f.y.b · inter departmental transfer : at cost price and invoice price stock reserve departmental...

F.Y.B.ComACCOUNTANCY PAPER - I

ACCOUNTANCY & FINANCIAL

MANAGEMENT

31

© UNIVERSITY OF MUMBAI

May, 2019 F.Y.B.Com., Accountancy Paper - I, Accountancy & FinancialManagement

DTP Composed : Ashwini ArtsGurukripa Chawl, M.C. Chagla Marg, Bamanwada,Vile Parle (E), Mumbai - 400 099.

Printed by :

Published by : Director Incharge,Institute of Distance and Open Learning ,University of Mumbai,Vidyanagari, Mumbai - 400 098.

Course and Programme : Dr. Madhura KulkarniCo-ordinator Asst. Prof-cum-Asst. Director, IDOL,

Universityof Mumbai, Mumbai-400 098.

Course Writer : Prof. M.A. GandhiMaharshi Dayanand College ofArts, Science& Commerce, Shri Mangaldar Verma Chowk,25 - Dr. S. S. Road, Parel, Mumbai - 400012.

: Dr. V. N. YadavShankar N. College ofArts & Commerce,Bhyander (E), Dist. Thane.

: Prof.AshokA. Gujar102, Gomati Niwas Sasmira Road,Worli, Mumbai - 400030.

: Prof. Jaya MaglaniH.R. College,Churchgate, Mumbai - 400020

Re-Edited : Dr. Atul V. BhaveDepartment of Commerce,Rayat Shikshan Sanstha's,Abasaheb MaratheArts & New Commerce,Science College, Rajapur, (Vikhare-Gothane)Dist. Ratnagiri -416702

Dr. Suhas PednekarVice-ChancellorUniversityof Mumbai,Mumbai

Dr. Shephali Pandya Anil R BankarDirector Incharge, Associate Prof. of History & Asst. Director &Institure of Distance & Open Learning, Incharge StudyMaterial Section,UniversityofMumbai, Mumbai IDOL, University of Mumbai, Mumbai

CONTENTS

Unit No. Title Page No.

SECTION - I

1 Introduction to accounting standards 1

2. AS - 1 Disclosure of Accounting Policies 13

3. AS - 2 Valuation of Inventories 25

4. AS- 9 Revenue Recognition 52

5. Inventory Valuation - I 65

6. Inventory Valuation II - 80

7. Capital, Revenue Expenditure & Receipts 98

8. FinalAccounts of Manufacturing Concern

(Proprietary Firm) 134

9. FinalAccounts II 165

10. DepartmentalAccounts - I 198

11. DepartmentalAccounts - II 217

12. Hire Purchase - I 241

13. Hire Purchase - II 257

SECTION - II

14. Accounting from Incomplete Records - I

(Single Entry System) 279

15. Accounting from Incomplete Records - II 290

16. ConsignmentAccount - I 311

17. ConsignmentAccount - II 325

18. BranchAccounts - I 349

19. BranchAccounts - II 367

20. Fire Insurance Claim - I 392

21. Fire Insurance Claim - II 404

I

Revised Syllabus

Applicable for IDOL Students

With Effect from the Academic Year 2018-2019

Accountancy and Financial Management

Section IModules at a Glance

Sr. No. Modules

1 Accounting standards issued by ICAI and Inventoryvaluation

2 Final Accounts

3 Departmental Accounts

4 Accounting for Hire Purchase

Sr.No.

Modules / Units

1 Accounting standards issued by ICAI and Inventoryvaluation

Accounting standards:

Concepts, benefits, procedures for issue of accountingstandards Various AS :

AS – 1: Disclosure of Accounting Policies

Purpose, Areas of Policies, Disclosure of Policies,

Disclosure of Change in Policies, Illustrations

AS – 2: Valuation of Inventories (Stock)

Meaning, Definition, Applicability, Measurement of

Inventory, Disclosure in Final Account, Explanation

with Illustrations.

AS – 9: Revenue Recognition

Meaning and Scope, Transactions excluded, Sale of

Goods, Rendering of Services, Effects of

Uncertainties, Disclosure, Illustrations.

Inventory Valuation

Meaning of inventories Cost for inventory valuation

Inventory systems : Periodic Inventory system and

II

Perpetual Inventory System Valuation: Meaning and

importance

Methods of Stock Valuation as per AS – 2 :

FIFO and Weighted Average Method Computation ofvaluation of inventory as on balance sheet date: Ifinventory is taken on a date after the balance sheet orbefore the balance sheet

2 Final Accounts

Expenditure: Capital, Revenue Receipts: Capital,

Revenue Adjustment and Closing Entries

Final accounts of Manufacturing concerns (ProprietaryFirm)

3 Departmental Accounts

Meaning

Basis of Allocation of Expenses and Incomes/Receipts

Inter Departmental Transfer : at Cost Price and Invoice

Price Stock Reserve Departmental Trading and Profit &

Loss Account and Balance Sheet

4 Accounting for Hire Purchase

Meaning Calculation of interest

Accounting for hire purchase transactions by asset

purchase method based on full cash price

Journal entries, ledger accounts and disclosure in balancesheet for hirer and

vendor (excluding default, repossession and calculation ofcash price)

III

Section II

Modules at a Glance

Sr.

No.

Modules

1 Accounting from Incomplete Records

Introduction

Problems on preparation of final accounts of ProprietaryTrading Concern (conversion method)

2 Consignment Accounts

Accounting for consignment transactions Valuation ofstock Invoicing

3 Branch Accounts

Meaning/ Classification of branch

Accounting for Dependent Branch not maintaining fullbooks: Debtors method Stock and debtors method

4 Fire Insurance Claim

Computation of Loss of Stock by Fire Ascertainment ofClaim as per the Insurance Policy Exclude: Loss ofProfit and Consequential Loss

Sr. No. Modules

1 Accounting from Incomplete Records

2 Consignment Accounts

3 Branch Accounts

4 Fire Insurance Claim

IV

Question Paper Pattern

Question

No

Particular Marks

Q-1 Objective Questions

A) Sub Questions to be asked 12 and tobe answered any 10

B) Sub Questions to be asked 12 and tobe answered any 10

(*Multiple choice / True or False / Match

the columns/Fill in the blanks)

20 Marks

Q-2

Q-2

Full Length Question

OR


15 Marks

15 Marks

Q-3

Q-3


OR


15 Marks

15 Marks

Q-4

Q-4


OR


15 Marks

15 Marks

Q-5

Q-5


OR


15 Marks

15 Marks

Q-6

Q-6

A) Theory questions

B) Theory questions

OR

Short Notes

To be asked 06

To be answered 04

10 Marks

10 Marks

20 Marks

Note:

Question of 15 marks may be divided into two sub questions

of 7/8 and 10/5 Marks.

1

1

INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTINGSTANDARDS

Unit Structure:

1.0 Objectives

1.1 Introduction

1.2 Meaning of Accounting Standards

1.3 Formation of the Accounting Standards Board

1.4 Scope of Accounting Standards

1.5 Procedure for Issuing an Accounting Standard

1.6 Compliance with the Accounting Standards

1.7 List of the Accounting Standards as issued by ICAI

1.8 List of IAS / IFRS and corresponding IND AS notified by

MCA

1.9 List of IFRS issued by IASB

1.10 Questions

1.0 OBJECTIVES

After studying the unit students will be able to: Understand the meaning of Accounting Standard. Know the scope of Accounting Standard. Understand the composition, objectives and functions of

Accounting Standard Board. Explain the procedure for issuing Accounting Standards. Know the list of Accounting Standards issued by ICAI

1.1 INTRODUCTION

Financial statements are prepared to summarize the end-result of all the business activities by an enterprise during anaccounting period in monetary terms. These business activitiesvary from one enterprise to the other. It is very difficult to comparethe financial statements of different reporting enterprises becauseof different methods and principles adopted by these businessenterprises in preparing their financial statements. Accountingstandards are evolved to make these methods and principles

2

uniform and financial statements comparable to the possible extent.Following are the different group of persons interested in thefinancial statements:-

1. Bankers2. Shareholders3. Investors4. Creditors5. Customers6. Employees7. Competitors8. Income tax/Sales tax/Excise authorities

1.2 MEANING OF ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

1.2.1 MEANING‘Accounting Standards are written, policy documents

issued by expert accounting body or by Government or otherregulatory authorities covering the aspects of recognition,measurement, treatment, presentation and disclosure of accountingtransaction in the financial statement.’ The main purpose offormulating accounting standard is to standardize the diverseaccounting policies with a view to eliminate to the extent possiblethe incomparability of information provided in financial statementsand add reliability to such financial statements. Accountingstandards ensure the consistency and the comparability of thefinancial statements reported by the different enterprises creating ageneral sense of confidence that users have in the fairness andreliability of the statements they rely.

Accounting Standards will not, however, apply toenterprises only carrying on the activities which are not ofcommercial, industrial or business nature, e.g., an activity ofcollecting donations and giving them to flood affected people.Exclusion of an enterprise from the applicability of the AccountingStandards would be permissible only if no part of the activity ofsuch enterprise is commercial, industrial or business in nature.Even if a very small proportion of the activities of an enterprise areconsidered to be commercial, industrial or business in nature, theAccounting Standards would apply to all its activities includingthose which are not commercial, industrial or business in nature.

1.2.2 OBJECTIVES:

1. To standardise the diverse accounting policies.

2. To standardise the accounting practices.

3. To enhance the reliability of financial statements.

4. To eliminate non-comparability of financial statements

3

1.2.3 ADVANTAGES:

1. It provides the accountancy profession with useful working rules.

2. It assists in improving quality of work performed by accountant.

3. It strengthens the accountant’s resistance against the pressurefrom directors to use accounting policy which may be suspect inthat situation in which they perform their work.

4. It ensures the various users of financial statements to getcomplete crystal information on more consistent basis fromperiod to period.

5. It helps the users to compare the financial statements of two ormore organizations engaged in same type of businessoperation.

1.2.4 DISADVANTAGES:

1. Users are likely to think that said statements prepared usingaccounting standard are foolproof.

2. They have been derived from social pressures which mayreduce freedom.

3. The working rules may be rigid or bureaucratic to some users offinancial statement.

4. The more standards there are, the more costly the financialstatements are to produce.

1.3 FORMATION OF THE ACCOUNTINGSTANDARDS BOARD

The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI),recognizing the need to harmonize the diverse accounting policiesand practices in use in India, constituted the Accounting StandardsBoard (ASB) on 21st April, 1977.

1.3.1 COMPOSITION OF THE ACCOUNTING STANDARDSBOARD (ASB)

The composition of the ASB is fairly broad-based andensures participation of all interest-groups in the standard-settingprocess. Apart from the elected members of the Council of the ICAInominated on the ASB, the following are represented on the ASB:

1. Nominee of the Central Government representing theDepartment of Company Affairs on the Council of the ICAI.

2. Nominee of the Central Government representing the Office ofthe Comptroller and Auditor General of India on the Council ofthe ICAI.

4

3. Nominee of the Central Government representing the CentralBoard of Direct Taxes on the Council of the ICAI.

4. Representative of the Institute of Cost and Works Accountantsof India.

5. Representative of the Institute of Company Secretaries ofIndia.

6. Representatives of Industry Associations (1 from AssociatedChambers of Commerce and Industry (ASSOCHAM), 1 fromConfederation of Indian Industry (CII) and 1 from Federation ofIndian Chambers of Commerce and Industry (FICCI)

7. Representative of Reserve Bank of India

8. Representative of Securities and Exchange Board of India

9. Representative of Controller General of Accounts

10. Representative of Central Board of Excise and Customs

11. Representatives of Academic Institutions (1 from Universitiesand 1 from Indian Institutes of Management)

12. Representative of Financial Institutions

13. Eminent professionals co-opted by the ICAI (they may be inpractice or in industry, government, education, etc.)

14. Chairman of the Research Committee and the Chairman ofthe Expert Advisory Committee of the ICAI, if they are nototherwise members of the Accounting Standards Board

15. Representative(s) of any other body, as consideredappropriate by the ICAI

1.3.2 OBJECTIVES OF THE ACCOUNTING STANDARDSBOARD

The following are the objectives of the Accounting StandardsBoard:

i. To conceive of and suggest areas in which AccountingStandards need to be developed.

ii. To formulate Accounting Standards with a view to assist theCouncil of the ICAI in evolving and establishing AccountingStandards in India.

iii. To examine how far the relevant International AccountingStandard/International Financial Reporting Standard can beadapted while formulating the Accounting Standard and toadapt the same.

5

iv. To review, at regular intervals, the Accounting Standards fromthe point of view of acceptance or changed conditions, and, ifnecessary, revise the same.

v. To provide, from time to time, interpretations and guidance onAccounting Standards.

vi. To send comments on various consultative papers such asexposure drafts, discussion papers etc., issued byInternational Accounting Standards Board and various otherInternational bodies such as Asian-Oceania Standard-SettersGroup (AOSSG).

vii. To carry out such other functions relating to AccountingStandards.

1.3.3 FUNCTIONS OF THE ACCOUNTING STANDARDS BOARD

The main function of the ASB is to formulate AccountingStandards so that such standards may be established by the ICAIin India. While formulating the Accounting Standards, the ASB willtake into consideration the applicable laws, customs, usages andbusiness environment prevailing in India.

The ICAI, being a full-fledged member of the InternationalFederation of Accountants (IFAC), is expected, inter alia, to activelypromote the International Accounting Standards Board’s (IASB)pronouncements in the country with a view to facilitate globalharmonization of accounting standards. Accordingly, whileformulating the Accounting Standards, the ASB will give dueconsideration to International Accounting Standards (IASs) issuedby the International Accounting Standards Committee (predecessorbody to IASB) or International Financial Reporting Standards(IFRSs) issued by the IASB, as the case may be, and try tointegrate them, to the extent possible, in the light of the conditionsand practices prevailing in India.

1.4 PROCEDURE FOR ISSUING AN ACCOUNTINGSTANDARD

The Accounting Standards are issued under the authority ofthe Council of the ICAI. The ASB has also been entrusted with theresponsibility of propagating the Accounting Standards and ofpersuading the concerned parties to adopt them in the preparationand presentation of financial statements. The ASB will provideinterpretations and guidance on issues arising from AccountingStandards. The ASB will also review the Accounting Standards atperiodical intervals and, if necessary, revise the same. The

6

following procedure is adopted for formulating AccountingStandards:

1. The ASB determines the broad areas in which AccountingStandards need to be formulated and the priority in regard to theselection thereof.

2. In the preparation of Accounting Standards, the ASB will beassisted by Study Groups constituted to consider specificsubjects. In the formation of Study Groups, provision will bemade for wide participation by the members of the Institute andothers.

3. The draft of the proposed standard will normally include thefollowing:

a) Objective of the Standard,b) Scope of the Standard,c) Definitions of the terms used in the Standard,d) Recognition and measurement principles, wherever

applicable,e) Presentation and disclosure requirements.

4. The ASB will consider the preliminary draft prepared by theStudy Group and if any revision of the draft is required on thebasis of deliberations, the ASB will make the same or refer thesame to the Study Group.

5. The ASB will circulate the draft of the Accounting Standard tothe Council members of the ICAI and the specified bodies fortheir comments.

6. The ASB will hold a meeting with the representatives ofspecified bodies to ascertain their views on the draft of theproposed Accounting Standard. On the basis of commentsreceived and discussion with the representatives of specifiedbodies, the ASB will finalize the Exposure Draft of the proposedAccounting Standard.

7. The Exposure Draft of the proposed Standard will be issued forcomments by the members of the Institute and the public. TheExposure Draft will specifically be sent to specified bodies (aslisted above), stock exchanges, and other interest groups, asappropriate.

8. After taking into consideration the comments received, the draftof the proposed Standard will be finalized by the ASB andsubmitted to the Council of the ICAI.

The Council of the ICAI will consider the final draft of theproposed Standard and if found necessary, modify the same in

7

consultation with the ASB. The Accounting Standard on therelevant subject will then be issued by the ICAI.

1.5 COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACCOUNTINGSTANDARDS

Accounting Standards are mandatory from the respectivedates mentioned in the standards. Hence, it is the duty of themanagement to see that all the Accounting Standards are compliedwith while preparing financial statement, in the case of anydeviation, necessary disclosure should be made in the audit reportso as to make the readers aware of the deviations.

The mandatory status of an Accounting Standard impliesthat while discharging their attest functions, it will be the duty of themembers of the Institute

(a) To examine whether ‘Statements’ relating to accounting mattersare complied with in the presentation of financial statementscovered by their audit. In the event of any deviation from the‘Statements’, it will be their duty to make adequate disclosures intheir audit reports so that the users of financial statements may beaware of such deviations; and

(b) To ensure that the ‘Statements’ relating to auditing matters arefollowed in the audit of financial information covered by their auditreports. If for any reason a member has not been able to performan audit in accordance with such ‘Statements’, his report shoulddraw attention to the material departures there from.

1.6 LIST OF THE ACCOUNTING STANDARDS ASISSUED BY ICAI

The council of the Institute of the Chartered Accountants ofIndia has so far issued 32 Accounting Standards, However AS- 8on Accounting for Research and Development (stands withdrawnafter introduction of AS-26), thus effectively there are 31Accounting standards.

8

Accounting

Standard No.

Title of Accounting Standard

AS-1 Disclosure of Accounting Policies

AS-2 Valuation of Inventories

AS-3 Cash Flow Statements

AS-4 Contingencies and Events (Occurring afterthe Balance Sheet Date)

AS-5 Net Profit or Loss for the Period, Prior Period Items and Changes in AccountingPolicies

AS-6 Depreciation Accounting

AS-7 Construction Contracts

AS-8 Accounting for Research and Development(standard withdrawn after introduction ofAS-26)

AS-9 Revenue Recognition

AS-10 Accounting for Fixed Assets

AS-11 The Effect of Changes in ForeignExchange Rates

AS-12 Accounting for Government Grants

AS-13 Accounting for Investments

AS-14 Accounting for Amalgamations

AS-15 Employee Benefits

AS-16 Borrowing Cost

AS-17 Segment Reporting

AS-18 Related Party Disclosures

AS-19 Leases

AS-20 Earnings per Share

AS-21 Consolidated Financial Statements

AS-22 Accounting for Taxes on Income

AS-23 Accounting for Investment in Associates inConsolidated Financial Statements

AS-24 Discontinuing Operations

AS-25 Interim Financial Reporting

9

AS-26 Intangible Assets

AS-27 Financial Reporting of Interests in JointVenture

AS-28 Impairment of Assets

AS-29 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities andContingent Assets

AS-30 Financial Instruments: Recognition andMeasurement

AS 31 Financial Instruments: Presentation

AS 32 Financial Instruments: Disclosures

1.7 LIST OF IAS / IFRS AND CORRESPONDING INDAS NITIFIED BY MCA

IAS No. Title CorrespondingConverged INDAS

IAS-1 Presentation of FinancialStatements

IND AS 1

IAS-2 Inventories IND AS 2

IAS- 7 Cash Flow Statements IND AS 7

IAS-8 Accounting policies, change inaccounting estimates and errors

IND AS 8

IAS-10 Events after the Balance Sheetdate

IND AS 10

IAS-12 Income Taxes IND AS 12

IAS-16 Property, Plants and Equipment IND AS 16

IAS- 17 Leases IND AS 17

IAS-19 Employees Benefits IND AS 19

IAS-20 Accounting for GovernmentGrants and Disclosure ofGovernment Assistance

IND AS 20

IAS-21 The Effect of Changes inForeign Exchange Rates

IND AS 21

IAS-23 Borrowing Costs IND AS 23

10

IAS-24 Related Party Disclosures IND AS 24

IAS-26 Accounting and Reporting byRetirement Benefit Plan

IAS-27 Consolidated and SeparateFinancial Statements

IND AS 27

IAS-28 Investments in Associates andJoint Ventures

IND AS 28

IAS-29 Financial Reporting in HyperInflationary Economies

IND AS 29

IAS-32 Financial Instruments :-Presentation

IND AS 32

IAS-33 Earnings per Share IND AS 33

IAS-34 Interim Financial Reporting IND AS 34

IAS-36 Impairment Assets IND AS 36

IAS-37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilitiesand Contingent Assets

IND AS 37

IAS-38 Intangible Assets IND AS 38

IAS-40 Investment Property IND AS 40

IAS-41 Agriculture IND AS 41

1.8 LIST OF IFRS ISSUED BY IASB

IFRS:-The term ‘IFRS’ includes standards and interpretations approved byIASB and the International Accounting Standards andinterpretations issued by the International Financial ReportingInterpretations Committee.

International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) has issued thefollowing International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS):-

IAS No. Title CorrespondingConverged IND AS

IFRS-1 First Time Adoption of IFRS IND AS 101

IFRS-2 Share based payments IND AS 102

IFRS-3 Business Combination IND AS 103

IFRS-4 Insurance Contracts IND AS 104

11

IFRS-5 Non-currents Assents held forsale and discontinuedoperations

IND AS 105

IFRS-6 Exploration for and evaluationof mineral resources

IND AS 106

IFRS-7 Financial instruments:disclosure

IND AS 107

IFRS-8 Operating segment IND AS 108

IFRS-9 Financial instruments IND AS 109

IFRS-10 Consolidated FinancialStatements

IND AS 110

IFRS-11 Joint Arrangement IND AS 111

IFRS-12 Disclosure of Interest in OtherEntities

IND AS 112

IFRS-13 Fair Value Measurement IND AS 113

IFRS-14 Regulatory Deferral Accounts IND AS 114

IFRS-15 Revenue from contracts withcustomers

IND AS 115

IFRS-16 Leases -

1.9 QUESTIONS

1. What do you understand by Accounting standard?

2. What is the need and purpose of accounting standards?

3. Briefly explain the importance of accounting standards?

4. What is the duty of the auditor in case of non-compliance of

mandatory accounting standard?

5. Briefly explain the procedure for issuing an accounting

standard?

6. Select Correct Alternative:

i. Accounting standards are important1. For making correct financial statements2. For correct valuation of inventories3. For correct treatment of depreciation and lease and

investment4. All of the above

12

ii. Accounting standards are statements prescribed by1. Law2. Bodies of shareholders3. Professional accounting bodies4. All of the above

iii. The Policy of ‘anticipate no profit and provide for all possiblelosses’ arises due to convention of

1. Consistency2. Disclosure3. Conservatism4. All of Above

iv.Accounting has certain norms to be observed by theaccountants in recording of transactions and preparation offinancial statements. These norms reduce the vagueness andchances of misunderstanding by harmonizing the variedaccounting practices. These norms are

1. Accounting regulations.2. Accounting guidance notes.3. Accounting standards.4. Accounting framework.

v. Following is the example of external users:1. Government.2. Owners.3. Management.4. Employees.

vi. Following is the example of internal users:1. Government.2. Investors.3. Creditors.4. Employees.

vii. The information provided in the annual financial statementsof an enterprise pertain to

1. Business Industry.2. Economy.3. Individual business entity.4. None of the above.

Answers: i-4, ii-3, iii- 3, iv-3, v-1, vi-4, vii-3

13

2

AS-1 DISCLOSURE OF ACCOUNTINGPOLICIES

Unit Structure:

2.0 Objectives

2.1 Introduction

2.2 Meaning and Nature of Accounting Policies

2.3 Areas of different Accounting Policies

2.4 Notes to Accounts

2.5 Disclosure of Accounting Policies

2.6 Disclosure of Change in Accounting Policies

2.7 Illustrations

2.8 Practical Applications

2.9 Questions

2.0 OBJECTIVES

After studying the unit students will be able to:

Understand the meaning and nature of accounting policies. Explain the areas of different accounting policies. Know the disclosure of accounting policies. Know the disclosure of change in accounting policies. Give some examples of significant accounting policies. Solve the practical problems related to accounting policies.

2.1 INTRODUCTION

Accounting Standard (AS) 1 issued by the AccountingStandards Board, the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India on‘Disclosure of Accounting Policies’ deals with the disclosure ofsignificant accounting policies followed in preparing and presentingfinancial statements. It may be noted that this Accounting Standardis now mandatory for use by companies listed on a recognizedstock exchange and other large commercial, industrial andbusiness enterprises in the public and private sectors. AccountingStandards are intended to apply only to items which are material.

14

2.2 MEANING AND NATURE OF ACCOUNTINGPOLICIES

‘Accounting policies are the specific accounting principlesand methods of applying those principles adopted by the enterprisein the preparation and presentation of the financial statements.’ E.g.to depreciate fixed asset of the company over a period of time isaccounting policy and which method should follow to depreciate theasset (SLM or WDV) is method of accounting.

There is no single list of accounting policies which areapplicable to all circumstances. The differing circumstances inwhich enterprises operate in a situation of diverse and complexeconomic activity make alternative accounting principles andmethods of applying those principles acceptable.

IMPORTANCE OF ACCOUNTING STANDARD (AS) 1

The view presented in the financial statements of anenterprise of its state of affairs and of the profit or loss can besignificantly affected by the accounting policies followed in thepreparation and presentation of the financial statements. Theaccounting policies followed vary from enterprise to enterprise.Disclosure of significant accounting policies followed is necessary ifthe view presented is to be properly appreciated. The disclosure ofsome of the accounting policies followed in the preparation andpresentation of the financial statements is required by law in somecases.

PURPOSE OF ACCOUNTING STANDARD (AS) 1

The disclosure of significant accounting policies and themanner in which accounting policies are disclosed in the financialstatements would facilitate better understanding of financialstatements and a more meaningful comparison between financialstatements of different enterprises.

FUNDAMENTAL ACCOUNTING ASSUMPTIONS

The Financial Statements are prepared with the following threeFundamental Accounting Assumptions. Unless otherwisespecified, it is assumed that the Financial Statements are prepared according to following assumptions:

1. Going Concern,2. Consistency,3. Accrual.

15

They are explained as follows:

1. Going Concern:The enterprise is normally viewed as a going concern, that

is, as continuing in operation for the foreseeable future. It isassumed that the enterprise has neither the intention nor thenecessity of liquidation or of curtailing materially the scale of theoperations.

2. Consistency:It is assumed that accounting policies are consistent from

one period to another.

3. Accrual:Revenues and costs are accrued, that is, recognized as they

are earned or incurred (and not as money is received or paid) andrecorded in the financial statements of the periods to which theyrelate.

It is mandatory to disclosure if the above mentionedassumptions are not followed.

2.3 AREAS OF DIFFERENT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The following are examples of the areas in which differentaccounting policies may be adopted by different enterprises.

Methods of depreciation, depletion and amortization

Treatment of expenditure during construction

Conversion or translation of foreign currency items

Valuation of inventories

Treatment of goodwill

Valuation of investments

Treatment of retirement benefits

Recognition of profit on long-term contracts

Valuation of fixed assets

Treatment of contingent liabilities.

CONSIDERATIONS IN THE SELECTION OF ACCOUNTINGPOLICIES

The primary consideration in the selection of accountingpolicies by an enterprise is that the financial statements preparedand presented on the basis of such accounting policies shouldrepresent a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the enterpriseas at the balance sheet date and of the profit or loss for the periodended on that date.

16

For this purpose, the major considerations governing theselection and application of accounting policies are:—

1. Prudence2. Substance over Form3. Materiality

They are explained as follows:

1. Prudence: In view of the uncertainty attached to future events,profits are not anticipated but recognized only when realizedthough not necessarily in cash. Provision is made for all knownliabilities and losses even though the amount cannot bedetermined with certainty and represents only a best estimate inthe light of available information. Example of Prudence is toselect an accounting policy where inventory valuation is at lowerof cost or net realizable value.

2. Substance over Form: The accounting treatment andpresentation in financial statements of transactions and eventsshould be governed by their substance and not merely by thelegal form. Best example of this assumption can be state is hirepurchase. If company is purchasing any asset on hire purchasesystem then purchaser is not legal owner at the time ofpurchase. In hire purchase ownership is transferred on thepayment of the last installment but actually the asset is in thepossession of purchaser and he is using in his businessoperation, so substantially he is better owner than legal. Itshould be recorded in the books of purchaser.

3. Materiality: Financial statements should disclose all “material”items, i.e. items the knowledge of which might influence thedecisions of the user of the financial statements. That means ifprofit & loss accounts contains an irregular transaction which isnot routine and probably effects shareholders or investors, thesame should be disclosed separately. Example- Any expensehaving amount more than Rs.5000 or 1% of turnover whicheveris higher should be disclosed separately rather to club withmiscellaneous expenses.

2.4 NOTES TO ACCOUNTS

Notes to accounts are the explanation given by themanagement about the items in the financial statements i.e. Profitand Loss Account and Balance Sheet. The management of theinstitute has to give more explanation and information as regardsthe items given in the Profit and Loss Account and Balance Sheetand any other item in the way of notes to accounts. E.g. Disclosure

17

of details of contingent liability by notes to accounts. Notes toaccounts are part and parcel of the financial statement.

2.5 DISCLOSURE OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

To ensure proper understanding of financial statements, it isnecessary that:-

1. All significant accounting policies adopted in the preparation andpresentation of financial statements should be disclosed.

2. The disclosure of the significant accounting policies as suchshould form part of the financial statements and the significantaccounting policies should normally be disclosed in one place.

3. Disclosure of accounting policies or of changes therein cannotremedy a wrong or inappropriate treatment of the item in theaccounts.

4. If the fundamental accounting assumptions of Going Concern,Consistency and Accrual are followed in financial statements,specific disclosure is not required. If a fundamental accountingassumption is not followed, the fact should be disclosed.

2.6 DISCLOSURE OF CHANGE IN ACCOUNTINGPOLICIES

A change in the accounting policies should be made inthe following conditions:

1. Adoption of different accounting policies is required by statueor for compliance with an Accounting Standard.

2. It is considered that change would result in more appropriatepresentation of financial statements.

In case if there is a change in accounting policies, thefollowing information must be disclosed:

1. Any change in the accounting policies which has a materialeffect in the current period or which is reasonably expected to havea material effect in later periods should be disclosed.

2. In the case of a change in accounting policies which has amaterial effect in the current period, the amount by which any itemin the financial statements is affected by such change should alsobe disclosed to the extent ascertainable. Where such amount is notascertainable, wholly or in part, the fact should be indicated.

18

2.7 ILLUSTRATIONS

Significant accounting policies can be found in financialstatements of public companies. Some examples of significantaccounting policies are as follows:

1. InventoriesThis significant accounting policy comes from 2017-18

annual financial statements of Zimmer Holdings, Inc.

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, withcost determined on a first-in first-out basis.

2. Property and EquipmentThis significant accounting policy comes from 2017-18

annual financial statements of Google, Inc.

We account for property and equipment at cost lessaccumulated depreciation and amortization. We computedepreciation using the straight-line method over the estimateduseful lives of the assets, generally two to five years. Wedepreciate buildings over periods up to 25 years. Depreciation forequipment commences once it is placed in service and depreciationfor buildings and leasehold improvements commences once theyare ready for our intended use. Land is not depreciated

3. Cash and Cash EquivalentsThis significant accounting policy comes from 2017-18

annual financial statements of Hill-Rom, Inc.

We consider investments in marketable securities and otherhighly liquid instruments with a maturity of three months or less atdate of purchase to be cash equivalents. Investments which haveno stated maturity are also considered cash equivalents.

2.8 PRACTICAL APPLICATIONS

1. A Company has switched over to weighted average formula forascertaining the cost of inventory, from the earlier practice of usingFIFO. The closing inventory by using FIFO is Rs. 4 lakh and that byweighted average formula is Rs.3.85 lakh. Explain the AccountingTreatment/Disclosures as necessary

Ans: The fact that change in accounting policy pull down profit andvalue of inventory by Rs.15,000 is to be disclosed.

2. Shreya’s Ltd. prepared Profit and Loss Account and the BalanceSheet for the year 2017-18.The accounting policies about Profit and

19

Loss Account have been disclosed below Profit and Loss Accountand accounting policies about Balance Sheet have been disclosedbefore Balance Sheet. Comment

Ans: As per AS-1, the accounting policies adopted for preparationof final accounts should form part of the final accounts. Thesepolicies should be disclosed at one place only forming part of theaccounts. It should not be disclosed separately.

3. PG Ltd. prepared Profit & Loss Account and Balance Sheet oncash basis. Comment.

Ans: As per AS-1, accrual basis is the fundamental accountingassumption. The company follows cash basis. The fundamentalaccounting assumption is not followed; it should be disclosed in theform of a note to the accounts.

4. Akshata Ltd. prepared final accounts for the year 2017-18.During the year accident took place in the factory, the worker whogot injured lodged a claim of Rs.3,00,000 against the company .Theclaim is under dispute, the accountant did not mention this in theaccounts, Comment.

Ans. Claim for compensation under dispute is a contingent liability.As per AS-1, it should be disclosed as a foot-note to the finalaccounts. The company must make a disclosure about thecontingent claim.

5. Draft the Accounting policies to be disclosed in the financialstatements for the following items:i. Revenue Recognition-Sale of goods

Ans. Sales are recognized when good are invoiced and dispatchedto customers and are recorded inclusive of excise duty, net tradediscount and sales tax.

ii. Revenue Recognition-Sale of Equipment

Ans. Sale of Equipment is recognized when (1) it has a firmcontract, (2) the product has been shipped to and accepted by thecustomer or the service has been provided, and (3) amounts arereasonably assured of collection. Most equipment sales requireinstallation of the product. As such, revenue is recognized at thetime of delivery and installation at the customer location. Equipmentrevenues are based on established prices by product type andmodel and are net of discounts.

20

iii. Revenue Recognition-Sales Return

Ans. A sales return is accepted only when the equipment isdefective and does not meet product performance specifications.

iv. Inventories

Ans. Inventories, other than scrap, are valued at cost, on weightedaverage basis. Scrap is valued at realizable value.

v. Depreciation – Machinery Spares

Ans. Machinery spares which can be used only in connection withan item of fixed asset and whose use is expected to be irregular arecapitalized and depreciated over the residual useful life of therelated plant and machinery.

vi. Depreciation- Fixed Assets

Ans. Fixed assets ( Other than leasehold land, technical knowhowand temporary structure) are depreciated on straight-line method(SLM) at the rate and in the manner prescribed in schedule XIV tothe Companies Act, 1956 by writing off 95% of the cost of theassets over the specified period of the assets.

6. Explain requirement in the following cases with reference toDISCLOSURE OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (AS-1)

1. Where proper disclosures regarding changes in accountingpolicies have not been made by a company, in the method ofproviding depreciation on plant and machinery from straight linemethod to written-down value method and due to the change thenet profit for the year, the net block as well as the reserves andsurplus lowered by Rs.50,00,000.

Ans. The company has not disclosed in its accounts the fact ofchange, from this year, in the method of providing depreciationon plant and machinery from straight line method to written-downvalue method, as also the effect of this change. As a result of thischange, the net profit for the year, the net block as well as thereserves and surplus are lower by Rs.50,00,000 each as comparedto the position which would have prevailed had this change notbeen made.

2. Where a company has not disclosed all significant accountingpolicies like treatment of research and development costs and hasalso not disclosed the accounting policies at one place.

21

Ans. The company had disclosed those accounting policies thedisclosure of which is required by the Companies Act, 1956. Othersignificant accounting policies, viz., those relating to treatment ofresearch and development costs have not been disclosed nor haveall the policies been disclosed at one place, which is contrary toAccounting Standard (AS) 1, `Disclosure of Accounting Policies'issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.

2.9 QUESTIONS

1. What is an accounting policy?2. List out different Accounting policies?3. Mention the areas in which different policies may be adopted

by different organizations?4. Write a short note on selection of accounting policies?5. What are basic accounting assumptions?6. What are the disclosure requirements of AS-1 issued by ICAI?7. What do you understand by “notes to accounts”?


i. Accounting policy is1. accounting postulate2. accounting convention3. accounting standard4. specific accounting principle or method chosen by

management out of permissible alternatives

ii. Example of accounting policy is1. Method of depreciation chosen by management2. Separate entity concept3. Balance sheet4. Standard audit

iii. RPC Ltd. follows the written down value method ofdepreciating machinery year after year due to

1. Comparability.2. Convenience.3. Consistency.4. All of the above.

iv. A change in accounting policy is justified1. To comply with accounting standard.2. To ensure more appropriate presentation of the financial

statement of the enterprise.3. To comply with law.4. All of the above.

22

v. Fundamental accounting assumptions are1. Materiality.2. Business entity.3. Going concern.4. Dual aspect

vi. M/s ABC Brothers, which was registered in the year 2000,has been following Straight Line Method (SLM) ofdepreciation. In the current year it changed its method fromStraight Line to Written down Value (WDV) Method, sincesuch change would result in the additional depreciation ofRs. 200 lakhs as a result of which the firm would qualify tobe declared as a sick industrial unit. The auditor raisedobjection to this change in the method of depreciation.

The objection of the auditor is justified because

1. Change in the method of depreciation should be done only withthe consent of the auditor.

2. Depreciation method can be changed only from WDV to SLMand not vice versa.

3. Change in the method of deprecation should be done only if it isrequired by some statute and change would result inappropriate presentation of financial statement.

4. Method of depreciation cannot be changed under anycircumstances.

vii. State the case where the going concern concept is applied?

1. When an enterprise was set up for a particular purpose,which has been achieved, or to be achieved shortly.

2. When a receiver or liquidator has been appointed in case ofa company which is to be liquidated.

3. Fixed assets are acquired for use in the business for earningrevenues and are not meant for resale.

4. When an enterprise is declared sick.

viii. Principle requires that the same accounting method shouldbe used from one accounting period to the next.

1. Conservatism.2. Consistency.3. Business entity.4. Money measurement.

23

ix. The cost of a small calculator is accounted as an expenseand not shown as an asset in a financial statement of abusiness entity due to __________

1. Materiality concept.2. Matching concept.3. Periodicity concept.4. Conservatism concept.

x. It is generally assumed that the business will not liquidate inthe near foreseeable future because of

1. Periodicity.2. Materiality.3. Matching.4. Going concern.

xi. The accounting concept requiring the practice of creditingclosing stock to the trading account

1. Going concern2. Cost3. Matching4. All of Above

xii. Accounting Principles are generally based on1. Practicability2. Subjectivity3. Convenience in recording4. All of Above

xiii. “Substance of any transaction should be considered whilerecording them and not only the legal form” is the statementwhich holds true for

1. Substance over form.2. Disclosure of accounting policies.3. Both (a) and (b).4. None of the three.

xiv. Change in the method of depreciation is change in________.

1. Accounting estimate.2. Accounting policy.3. Measurement discipline.4. None of the above.

Answers: i-4, ii-1, iii-3, iv-4, v-3, vi-3, vii-3, viii-2, ix-1, x-4, xi-1, xii-1,xiii-3, xiv-2

8. State whether the following statements are true or false:

1. The ‘materiality concept’ refers to the state of ignoring smallitems and values from accounts.

24

2. Accounting principles are rules of action or conduct which areadopted by the accountants universally while recordingaccounting transactions.

3. The ‘conservatism concept’ leads to the inclusion of allunrealized profits.

4. Accounting concepts are broad assumptions.

5. India is a member of IASC (International Accounting StandardsCommittee).

6. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI), the apexbody of accounting and auditing, constituted an AccountingStandards Board (ASB) on April 21, 1977, to pronouncestandards on various items of the financial statements.

Answers: True: 1, 2, 4, 5, 6False: 3.

25

3

AS-2 VALUATION OF INVENTORIES

Unit Structure:

3.0 Objectives

3.1 Introduction

3.2 Objective and Scope of AS-2

3.3 Measurement of Inventories

3.4 Net Realisable Value

3.5 Disclosures

3.6 Disclosure Practice on Valuation of Inventories (AS-2)

3.7 Guidance Note on MODVAT / CENVAT issued by the ICAIand Valuation of Inventory

3.8 Cost of Inventories


3.10 Exercises

3.0 OBJECTIVES

After studying the unit students will be able to: Understand objective and scope of AS-2. Make the measurement of inventories at various cases. Solve the examples related to allocation of Fixed Overheads

Calculate the cost of inventories. Solve the problems on calculation of the cost of inventories.

3.1 INTRODUCTION

Accounting Standard (AS) 2 'Valuation of Inventories', issuedby the Council of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Indiasupersedes Accounting Standard (AS) 2, 'Valuation of Inventories',issued in June, 1981. The revised standard comes into effect inrespect of accounting periods commencing on or after 1.4.1999 andis mandatory in nature. Inventories consist of Finished Goodswhich are held for sale in the ordinary course of business, RawMaterial & Work in Progress.

26

DEFINITION1. INVENTORYInventories are assets: Held for sale in the ordinary course of business, In the process of production for such sale or In the form of materials or supplies to be consumed in the

production process or in the rendering of services.

Inventories encompass goods purchased and held forresale, for example, merchandise purchased by a retailer and heldfor resale, computer software held for resale, or land and otherproperty held for resale. Inventories also encompass finished goodsproduced, or work in progress being produced, by the enterpriseand include materials, maintenance supplies, consumables andloose tools awaiting use in the production process. Inventories donot include machinery spares which can be used only in connectionwith an item of fixed asset and whose use is expected to beirregular; such machinery spares are accounted for in accordancewith Accounting Standard (AS) 10,Accounting for Fixed Assets.

2. NET REALISABLE VALUENet realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinarycourse of business less the estimated costs of completion and theestimated costs necessary to make the sale.

3.2 OBJECTIVE AND SCOPE OF AS-2

3.2.1 OBLECTIVEA primary issue in accounting for inventories is the

determination of the value at which inventories are carried in thefinancial statements until the related revenues are recognized. ThisStatement deals with the determination of such value, including theascertainment of cost of inventories and any write-down thereof tonet realizable value.

3.2.2 SCOPE

This Statement should be applied in accounting for inventoriesother than:

a. work in progress arising under construction contracts, includingdirectly related service contracts (see Accounting Standard (AS)7, Accounting for Construction Contracts 3);

b. work in progress arising in the ordinary course of business ofservice providers;

c. shares, debentures and other financial instruments held asstock-in-trade; and

27

d. producers' inventories of livestock, agricultural and forestproducts, and mineral oils, ores and gases to the extent thatthey are measured at net realizable value in accordance withwell established practices in those industries.

The inventories referred to in paragraph (d) are measured at netrealizable value at certain stages of production. This occurs, forexample, when agricultural crops have been harvested or mineraloils, ores and gases have been extracted and sale is assured undera forward contract or a government guarantee, or when ahomogenous market exists and there is a negligible risk of failure tosell. These inventories are excluded from the scope of thisStatement.

3.3 MEASUREMENT OF INVENTORIES

Inventories should be valued at the lower of cost and netrealizable value.

3.3.1 Cost of InventoriesThe cost of inventories should comprise all costs of

purchase, costs of conversion and other costs incurred in bringingthe inventories to their present location and condition.

3.3.2 Costs of PurchaseThe costs of purchase consist of the purchase price

including duties and taxes (other than those subsequentlyrecoverable by the enterprise from the taxing authorities), freightinwards and other expenditure directly attributable to theacquisition. Trade discounts, rebates, duty drawbacks and othersimilar items are deducted in determining the costs of purchase.

3.3.3 Costs of ConversionThe costs of conversion of inventories include costs directly

related to the units of production, such as direct labour. They alsoinclude a systematic allocation of fixed and variable productionoverheads that are incurred in converting materials into finishedgoods. Fixed production overheads are those indirect costs ofproduction that remain relatively constant regardless of the volumeof production, such as depreciation and maintenance of factorybuildings and the cost of factory management and administration.Variable production overheads are those indirect costs ofproduction that vary directly, or nearly directly, with the volume ofproduction, such as indirect materials and indirect labour.

28

Fig 3.1: Measurement of Inventory

3.3.4 Allocation of fixed Overheads

The allocation of fixed production overheads for the purposeof their inclusion in the costs of conversion is based on the normalcapacity of the production facilities. Normal capacity is theproduction expected to be achieved on an average over a numberof periods or seasons under normal circumstances, taking intoaccount the loss of capacity resulting from planned maintenance.The actual level of production may be used if it approximatesnormal capacity. The amount of fixed production overheadsallocated to each unit of production is not increased as aconsequence of low production or idle plant.

Unallocated overheads are recognized as an expense in theperiod in which they are incurred. In periods of abnormally highproduction, the amount of fixed production overheads allocated toeach unit of production is decreased so that inventories are notmeasured above cost. Variable production overheads areassigned to each unit of production on the basis of the actual useof the production facilities.

29

1.3.5 Examples - Allocation of Fixed Overheads

Example 1.

Total Production 100 Units

Normal Capacity 50 Units

Goods Sold 80 Units

Closing Stock 20 Units

Direct Cost 10 per unit

Fixed Overhead Rs.80

Variable Overhead Rs.120

Ans: Valuation of Stock = Direct Cost + Fixed Cost + Variable Cost=10 + 0.8 + 1.2= Rs.12

Fixed Cost= (80/100) = Rs.0.8

Variable cost= (120/100) = Rs.1.2

Note: In case of Actual Production is abnormally high then, FixedOverhead is allocated to Finished Goods on actual Productionbasis.

3.3.6 Joint ProductsA production process may result in more than one product

being produced simultaneously. This is the case, for example,when joint products are produced or when there is a main productand a by-product. When the costs of conversion of each productare not separately identifiable, they are allocated between theproducts on a rational and consistent basis. The allocation may bebased, for example, on the relative sales value of each producteither at the stage in the production process when the productsbecome separately identifiable, or at the completion of production.Most by-products as well as scrap or waste materials, by theirnature, are immaterial. When this is the case, they are oftenmeasured at net realizable value and this value is deducted fromthe cost of the main product. As a result, the carrying amount of themain product is not materially different from its cost.

3.3.7 Other CostsOther costs are included in the cost of inventories only to the

extent that they are incurred in bringing the inventories to theirpresent location and condition. For example, it may be appropriateto include overheads other than production overheads or the costs

30

of designing products for specific customers in the cost ofinventories.

Interest and other borrowing costs are usually considered asnot relating to bringing the inventories to their present location andcondition and are, therefore, usually not included in the cost ofinventories.

3.3.8 Exclusions from the Cost of InventoriesIn determining the cost of inventories in accordance with

paragraph 6, it is appropriate to exclude certain costs andrecognize them as expenses in the period in which they areincurred. Examples of such costs are:

(a)Abnormal amounts of wasted materials, labour, or otherproduction costs;

(b)Storage costs, unless those costs are necessary in theproduction process prior to a further production stage;

(c) Administrative overheads that do not contribute to bringing theinventories to their present location and condition; and

(d) Selling and distribution costs.

3.3.9 Cost Formulae

1. Specific Identification Method for–i) Goods not ordinarily interchangeable;ii) Goods/services produced and segregated for specific

projects.

Specific identification of cost means that specific costs areattributed to identify items of inventory. This is an appropriatetreatment for items that are segregated for a specific project,regardless of whether they have been purchased or produced.However, when there are large number of items of inventory whichare ordinarily interchangeable, specific identification of costs isinappropriate since, in such circumstances, an enterprise couldobtain predetermined effects on the net profit or loss for the periodby selecting a particular method of ascertaining the items thatremain in inventories.

2. FIFO, Weighted Average Method in other cases.The cost of inventories, in other cases should be assigned

by using the first-in, first-out (FIFO), or weighted average costformula. The formula used should reflect the fairest possibleapproximation to the cost incurred in bringing the items of inventoryto their present location and condition.

31

A variety of cost formulae is used to determine the cost ofinventories other than those for which specific identification ofindividual costs is appropriate. The formula used in determining thecost of an item of inventory needs to be selected with a view toproviding the fairest possible approximation to the cost incurred inbringing the item to its present location and condition. The FIFOformula assumes that the items of inventory which were purchasedor produced first are consumed or sold first, and consequently theitems remaining in inventory at the end of the period are those mostrecently purchased or produced. Under the weighted average costformula, the cost of each item is determined from the weightedaverage of the cost of similar items at the beginning of a period andthe cost of similar items purchased or produced during the period.The average may be calculated on a periodic basis, or as eachadditional shipment is received, depending upon the circumstancesof the enterprise.

3.3.10 Techniques for the Measurement of CostTechniques for the measurement of the cost of inventories,

such as the standard cost method or the retail method, may beused for convenience if the results approximate the actual cost.Standard costs take into account normal levels of consumption ofmaterials and supplies, labour, efficiency and capacity utilization.They are regularly reviewed and, if necessary, revised in the light ofcurrent conditions.

The retail method is often used in the retail trade formeasuring inventories of large numbers of rapidly changing itemsthat have similar margins and for which it is impracticable to useother costing methods. The cost of the inventory is determined byreducing from the sales value of the inventory the appropriatepercentage gross margin. The percentage used takes intoconsideration inventory which has been marked down to below itsoriginal selling price. An average percentage for each retaildepartment is often used.

3.4 NET REALISABLE VALUE

3.4.1 MEANINGIt means the estimated selling price in ordinary course of

business, less estimated cost of completion and estimated costnecessary to make the sale. Estimation of NRV also takes intoaccount the purpose for which the inventory is held.

3.4.2 When cost of inventories may not be recoverable?i. If inventories are damaged,ii. If they have become wholly or partially obsolete,iii. If their selling prices have declined.iv. If the estimated costs of completion or the estimated costsnecessary to make the sale have increased.

32

The practice of writing down inventories below cost to netrealizable value is consistent with the view that assets should notbe carried in excess of amounts expected to be realized from theirsale or use. An assessment is made of net realizable value as ateach balance sheet date.

3.4.3 Net Realizable Value for Raw Material - Para 24 of AS 21) If finished goods in which Raw Material is used, is sold at orabove cost, then net realizable value of Raw Material is consideredmore than its cost.

2) If finished goods in which Raw Material used is sold below cost,then net realizable value of Raw Material is equal to replacementprice of Raw Material.

3.4.4 Analysis of Inventory valuation under cost and NRVAspects

33

Example 2:Suppose, there are 1,00,000 units in stock, of which 60,000 are tobe delivered for Rs.40 each as per contract with one of thecustomer. Cost of stock is Rs.45 per unit & NRV is estimated ofRs.50 per unit. What will be the value of stock?

Ans. In this case, 60,000 units will be valued at Rs.40 & balancestock of 40,000 units will be valued at Rs.45 per unit.

Example 3:

Items X Y Z Total

Cost 20 16 8 44

NRV 14 16 12 42

How will you value the stock under provisions of AS-2?

Ans:

Items X Y Z Total

Cost 20 16 8 44

NRV 14 16 12 42

Value(under AS 2)

14 16 8 38

3.5 DISCLOSURES

The financial statements should disclose:i. Accounting policies relating to inventoriesii. Cost formula usedIii.Carrying amount of inventories with appropriate classifications

Information about the carrying amounts held in differentclassifications of inventories and the extent of the changes in theseassets is useful to financial statement users. Commonclassifications of inventories are raw materials and components,work in progress, finished goods, stores and spares, and loosetools.

3.6 DISCLOSURE PRACTICE ON VALUATION OFINVENTORIES (AS-2)

Illustration:This significant accounting policy comes from 2006 annual financialstatements of Bharat Forge America Inc.

34

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, with the costdetermined on the First-In, First-Out (FIFO) method.

Explain requirement in the following cases with reference to

VALUATION OF INVENTORIES (AS-2)

1. The company is valuing its stocks at `cost' instead of `lower ofcost or net realizable value". Further, in valuing the closing stock atcost, the company has included interest and other borrowings in`cost'.

Ans. That the company is valuing its stocks at ‘cost' instead of`lower of cost and net realizable value’. Further, in valuing theclosing stock at cost, the company has included interest and otherborrowings in ‘cost'. This is not in accordance with principles ofvaluation of inventory as laid down in Revised AccountingStandard AS-2 on Valuation of Inventories , issued by theInstitute of Chartered Accountants of India, which recommends,inter alia, that the inventories should be valued at `lower of costand net realizable value' and that the interest and other borrowingshould not normally be included in the cost.

2. The Company in respect of its Chemical Division followed thepractice of valuing its inventories on FIFO basis. This year itchanged the basis of valuation from FIFO to LIFO basis. If thischange had not been made, the profit of the Company would havebeen higher by Rs.20 lakhs and inventories would have beenhigher by Rs.20 lakhs.

Ans. The Company in respect of its Chemical Division followed thepractice of valuing its inventories on FIFO basis. This year itchanged the basis of valuation from FIFO to LIFO basis. Had thischange not been made, the profit of the Company would have beenhigher by Rs.20 lakhs and inventories would have been higher byRs.20 lakhs. This is not accordance with principles of valuation ofinventory as laid down in Revised Accounting Standard AS-2 on`Valuation of Inventories', issued by the Institute of CharteredAccountants of India, which recommends, inter alia, that theinventories should be value at FIFO and at LIFO.

3. As per the past practice, the excise duty paid on finishedgoods inventory amounting to Rs.3 crores has been treated asprepayment till the goods are sold and estimated excise duty ofRs.2 crores on finished goods lying in the factory premises but notcleared from excise bonded warehouse as on March 31, 2011 hasnot been included in inventory valuation.

35

Ans. As per the past practice, the excise duty paid on finishedgoods inventory amounting to Rs.3 crores has been treated asprepayment till the goods are sold and estimated excise duty ofRs.2 crores on finished goods lying in the factory premises but notcleared from excise bonded warehouse as on March 31, 2011 hasnot been provided and hence, not included in inventory valuation.This treatment, however, has no effect on the profits for the year.

3.7 GUIDANCE NOTE ON MODVAT/CENVAT ISSUEDBY THE ICAI AND VALUATION OF INVENTORY

ICAI issued a “Guidance Note on Accounting Treatment for

MODVAT / CENVAT”, with the substitution of the MODVAT Credit

Scheme with CENVAT w.e.f. 1-4-2000. The revised Guidance Note

has provided clarification on the above anomaly, with examples on

both the inclusive method (Sec.145A) and exclusive method (AS-

2), where it is clear that the above anomaly is only in respect of the

disclosure, with no effect on the total profit/loss of the enterprise.

Therefore, for purposes of tax filings and tax audit forms, the

inclusive method should be used as per section 145A of the

Income-tax Act, whereas for purposes of general purpose financial

statements, the exclusive method under AS-2 should be followed.

Inclusive Method (Gross Value Approach)

Raw material is accounted for at gross value inclusive ofspecified duty.

CENVAT credit available on final products can be accounted forthrough a separate account CENVAT Credit Availed Account.

Inputs may be consumed partly. CENVAT Credit availableshould be segregated into two parts:- CENVAT Credit on inputs consumed in respect of final

products;- CENVAT credit on inputs lying in the stock.

CENVAT credit available on inputs consumed for final products isadjusted with the cost of raw material consumed.

CENVAT credit available on inputs lying in the godown should beadjusted against the value of closing stock of raw material.

Exclusive Method (opening separate CENVAT Credit Account)

Specified duty (i.e., duty paid against which CENVAT credit isavailable) paid on inputs is debited to a separate account,namely CENVAT Credit Receivable (Input) Account.

36

As and when CENVAT credit is actually utilized againstpayment of excise duty on final products, CENVAT CreditReceivable (Input) Account is credited.

Inputs consumed and inventory is valued excluding specifiedduty.

Balance standing in the CENVAT Credit Receivable (Input)Account is shown on the asset side of the Balance Sheetunder Advances.

3.8 COST OF INVENTORIES

A] Cost of Purchase:I] Purchase Price xxii] Duties & Taxes xxiii] Freight Inward xxiv] Other Expenditure directly

attributable to acquisition xx xxLess: i] Duties and Taxes recoverable

from tax authorities xxii] Trade discount xxiii] Rebate xxiv] Duty Drawback xxv] Other similar items xx xx xxx

B] Cost of Conversion:Direct Materials xxDirect Labour xxDirect Expenses xxSystematic allocation of:

Variable Production Overheads xxFixed Production Overheads xx xxx

C] Other Costs:Cost incurred for bringing the

inventories to their present xxxlocation and condition xxx


Illustration 1: (Duties and taxes not recoverable)Ambalal furnishes you following detailsAscertain the cost of purchase of inventoryi] Purchase of Raw materials Rs. 10 lakhsii] Duties and Taxes paid on the

acquisition and are not recoverable Rs. 2 lakhsiii] Carriage inward Rs. 1 lakhsiv]Others paid for acquisition of inventory Rs. 1 lakhs

37

Solution:Cost of Purchase Rs. in lakhsCost of Purchase of Raw Materials 10Duties & Taxes not recoverable 02Carriage inward 01Other Expenses 01Total 14

Illustration 2Big Bagha Associates furnishes you following details from whichyou are required to ascertain cost of purchase of inventories.i] Cost of Purchase of Inventory Rs. 20 lakhsii] Duties & Taxes paid and are

recoverable from Tax Authorities Rs. 5 lakhsiii] Trade Discount Rs. 2 lakhsiv] Duties & Taxes paid and not recoverable Rs. 2 lakhsv] Freight Inwards Rs. 1 lakhsvi] Other Expenses directly attributable

to Acquisition of Inventory Rs. 2 lakhs

Solution : Big Bagha Associates

Calculation of Cost of Purchase Rs. in lakhsCost of Purchase 20Duties & Taxes paid and not recoverable 02Freight Inward 01Other Expenses 02

25Less : Duties & Taxes recoverable from

Tax Authorities 05Trade Discount 02 07Total 18

Illustration 3Chrome Ltd. manufactures different types of Dichromates.

From the following information find the value of inventory per kgof Sodium DichromateMaterial cost Rs. 150 per kgDirect Labour Cost Rs. 50 per kgDirect Variable Production Overheads Rs. 20 per kgFixed production overheads for the year on normal capacity of1,00,000 kgs is Rs.15 lakhs.Finished goods on stock at the end of the year 3,000 kgs.

Solution: Chrome Ltd.Cost per kg of Sodium Dichromate

As per AS-2 cost of conversion includes a systematicallocation of fixed and variable production overheads, which are

38

incurred for converting materials into finished goods. The allocationof fixed production overheads is based on normal capacity.

Statement of Cost (Per Kg) Rs.Material Cost 150Direct Labour 50Direct Variable Production Overheads 20

Fixed Production Overheads

15,00,000

1,00,00015

235Value of Stock = 3,000 kgs @ Rs. 235

= Rs. 7,05,000

Illustration 4Ind Ltd. manufacture computers, during the year ended 31st March,2008 the company manufactured 550 computers, it has the policyof valuing finished stock of goods at a standard cost of Rs.1.8 lakhsper computer. The details of the cost are as under;

(Rs. in Lakhs)Raw material consumed 400Direct Labour 250Variable production overheads 150Fixed production overheads 290(Including interest of Rs. 100)

Compute the value of cost per computer for the purpose ofclosing stock.

Solution: As per AS-2 (Revised) (refer point 3.6), on valuation ofInventories, finished stock of goods should be valued on the basisof absorption costing. While absorbing fixed production overheadsthe normal production capacity is considered. In this case, finishedstock has been valued at a standard cost of Rs.1.8 lakhs percomputer which incidentally synchronizes with the value computedon the basis of absorption costing as under:

, (Rs. in lakhs)Materials 400Direct Labour 250Fixed production overheads 150Fixed production overheads 290Less : Interest 100 190Total Cost 990

Number of computers produced 550(Assumed to be normal production)Cost per computer 990/550 = Rs. 1.80 lakhs

Policy of the company to value closing stock is not as perAS-2. As per para 18 of AS-2, (refer point 3.9-1) the techniques of

39

standard cost method may be used for convenience if the resultapproximates to the actual cost and standard cost is regularlyreviewed if necessary. In the instant case, the cost of inventory canbe conveniently calculated as per absorption costing. Therefore,there is no reason that standard costing method should be adopted.

Illustration 5

Dolphin Simulators Ltd. manufactures simulators.Raw material was purchased at Rs. 100 per kg. Price of raw

material is on the decline. The finished goods in which the rawmaterial is incorporated are expected to be sold at below cost.10,000 kgs of raw material is in stock at the year-end. Replacementcost is Rs. 80 per kg. How will you value the inventory?

Solution :Dolphin Simulators Ltd.

As per para 24 of AS-2, on valuation of inventories, material andother supplies held for use in the production of inventories are notwritten down below cost if the finished products in which they willbe incorporated are expected to be sold at or above cost. However,when there has been a decline in the price of materials and it isestimated that the cost of the finished products will exceed netrealisable value, the materials are written down to net realisablevalue. In such circumstances, the replacement cost of the materialmay be the best available measure of their net realisable value.

Hence, in this case, the stock of 10,000 kgs. of raw material willbe valued at Rs.80 per kg. The finished goods, if on stock, shouldbe valued at cost or net realisable value, whichever is lower.

Illustration 6Lurcko Pvt. Ltd. manufactures computers. During the year

ended 31st March, 2017, the company manufactured 1000computers. The break up of cost is as under:

Raw Material Rs. 450 lakhsDirect Labour Rs. 300 lakhsVariable Production Overheads Rs. 200 lakhsFixed Production Overheads(Includes interest of Rs.100 lakhs) Rs. 300 lakhsCompute the cost per computer for the purpose of closingstock.

Solution:As per AS-2 Inventory should be valued as per absorption

costing. The cost is calculated as under :

40

Calculation of Cost of PurchaseRs. in lakhs

Raw Material 450Direct Labour 300Variable Production Overheads 200Fixed Production Overheads 300Less Interest 100 200

1150

Cost per computer = 1,150 Lakhs /1,000 = Rs. 1.15 lakhs

Note: Interest is excluded from cost of inventory.

Illustration –7Gurecha Pvt. Ltd. furnishes you following information from

which you are required to value inventory of Finished Goods.Material cost Rs. 200 per kg.Direct Labour cost Rs. 40 per kg.Direct variable production overhead Rs. 20 per kg.

Fixed production charges for the year on normal capacity ofone lakh kgs. is Rs. 20 lakhs. 2000 kgs. of finished goods are onstock at the year-end.

Solution: Gurecha Pvt. Ltd.In accordance with paras 8 & 9 of AS-2, (refer point 3.6) the

cost of conversion include a systematic allocation of fixed andvariable production overheads that are incurred in convertingmaterials into finished goods. The allocation of fixed productionoverheads for the purpose of their inclusion in the cost ofconversion is based on the normal capacity of the productionfacilities.

Thus, cost per kg. of finished goods can be computed asfollows:

Rs Rs.Material cost 200Direct Labour cost 40Direct variable production overhead 20Fixed production overhead(Rs. 20,00,000/100000) 20 80

280

Thus, the value of 2000 kgs. of finished goods on stock atthe year-end will be Rs.5,60,000 = (2000 kgs. X Rs. 280)

Illustration 8Hirel Techno points Associates is a company situated at MIDC,

Pune. The company deals in three products A, B and C, which areneither similar nor interchangeable. At the time of closing of its

41

accounts for the year 2016-17; the historical cost and net realisablevalues of the items of closing stock are given below:

Items : Historical Cost Net Realisable Value(Rs. in lakhs) (Rs. in lakhs)

A 25 20B 20 20C 10 15

55 55

What will be the value of stock?

Solution: HIREL TECHNOPOINTS, PUNEHistorical Cost or Net Realisable Value whichever is less is

the value of stock. This should be done item by item as givenbelow:

Rs. in lakhsA. Net Realisable Value 20B. Historical Cost 20C. Historical Cost 10

Value of Closing Stock 50

Illustration 9The company deals in three products, A, B and C, which are

neither similar nor interchangeable. The Historical Cost and NetRealizable Value of the items of closing stock for the year 2016-17are determined as follows:

Items Historical Cost Net Realizable Value

(Rs. in lakhs) (Rs. in lakhs)

A 40 28

B 32 32

C 16 24

What will be the value of Closing Stock?

Ans: As per Para 5 of AS 2 on Valuation of Inventories, inventoriesshould be valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value.Inventories should be written down to net realizable value on anitem-by item basis in the given case.

Items Historical Cost Net RealizableValue

Valuation ofclosing stock

(Rs. in lakhs) (Rs. in lakhs) (Rs. in lakhs)

A 40 28 28

B 32 32 32

C 16 24 16

Total 88 84 76

Hence, closing stock will be valued at Rs. 76 lakhs.

42

Illustration 10X Co. Limited purchased goods at the cost of Rs.40 lakhs inOctober, 2011. Till March, 2012, 75% of the stocks were sold. Thecompany wants to disclose closing stock at Rs.10 lakhs. Theexpected sale value is Rs.11 lakhs and a commission at 10% onsale is payable to the agent. Advice, what is the correct closingstock to be disclosed as at 31.3.2012.

Ans: As per Para 5 of AS 2 “Valuation of Inventories”, theinventories are to be valued at lower of cost and net realizablevalue. In this case, the cost of inventory is Rs.10 lakhs. The netrealizable value is 11, 00,000 @ 90% = Rs.9, 90,000. So, the stockshould be valued at Rs.9, 90,000.

Illustration 11The Company X Ltd. has to pay for delay in cotton clearingcharges. The company up to 31.3.2017 has included such chargesin the valuation of closing stock. This being in the nature of interest,X Ltd. decided to exclude such charges from closing stock for theyear 2006-07. This would result in decrease in profit by Rs.5 lakhs.Comment.

Ans: As per Para 12 of AS 2 (revised), interest and other borrowingcosts are usually considered as not relating to bringing theinventories to their present location and condition and are therefore,usually not included in the cost of inventories. However, X Ltd. wasin practice to charge the cost for delay in cotton clearing in theclosing stock. As X Ltd. decided to change this valuation procedureof closing stock, this treatment will be considered as a change inaccounting policy and such fact to be disclosed as per AS 1.Therefore, any change in amount mentioned in financial statement,which will affect the financial position of the company should bedisclosed properly as per AS 1, AS 2 and also a note should begiven in the annual accounts that, had the company followed earliersystem of valuation of closing stock, the profit before tax wouldhave been higher by Rs. 5 lakhs.

Illustration 12Normal capacity = 20,000 unitsProduction = 18,000 unitsSales = 16,000 unitsClosing Stock = 2,000 unitsFixed Overheads = Rs. 60,000Calculate cost of fixed overheads to closing stock

Ans: Fixed Overheads = Rs.60,000 / 20,000 = Rs. 3 per unitFixed Overheads will be bifurcated into three parts:Cost of Sales: 16,000*3 = 48,000Closing Stock: 2,000 *3 = Rs. 6,000

Under normal capacity: 2,000 *3 = Rs. 6,000

(to be charged to P/L A/c)

43

Illustration 13

Normal capacity = 20,000 unitsProduction = 25,000 unitsSales = 23,000 unitsClosing Stock = 2,000 unitsFixed Overheads = Rs 60,000Calculate Cost of fixed overheads to closing stock

Ans: Fixed Overheads = Rs 60,000/20,000 = Rs.3 per unitBut, Due to production above normal capacity = Rs.60,000 / 25,000= Rs. 2.40 per unitCost of Sales: 23,000 * 2.4 = Rs. 55,200Closing Stock: 2,000 * 2.4 = Rs. 4,800

Illustration 14Ascertain the cost of Inventory by using the data given below:

i. Purchase Price Rs.20 lakhs

ii. Duties and Taxes paid on acquisition and arenot recoverable

Rs.2 lakhs

iii. Freight inward Rs.2 lakhs

iv .Others paid for acquisition of inventory Rs.1 lakhs

Ans. Cost of Purchase:

Cost of Inventory Rs. in lakhs

Purchase Price 20

Duties and Taxes paid on acquisition and are notrecoverable

02

Freight inward 02

Others paid for acquisition of inventory 01

Total 25

Illustration 15Zenith Ltd. manufactures computers. During the year ended 31st

March 2017, the Company manufactured 5,000 computers andincurred following cost:

i. Raw Material Rs.400 lakhs

ii. Direct Labour Rs.400 lakhs

iii.Variable Production overheads Rs.150 lakhs

iv. Fixed Production overheads(including interest 50 lakhs)

Rs.250 lakhs

Compute cost per computer for the purpose of closing stock.

44

Ans.

Cost of Purchase Rs. in lakhs

Raw Material 400

Direct Labour 400

Variable Production overheads 150

Fixed Production overheads 200

Total 1,150

Note: Interest excluded from cost of Inventory

Cost per Computer (1,150 lakhs / 5,000) Rs. 23,000

3.10 EXERCISE

3.10.1 PRACTICAL PROBLEMS

1. How do you ascertain the cost of purchase of inventory by usingthe following datai] Purchase Price Rs. 5,00,000ii] Duties and Taxes paid on the Acquisition

of Inventory and are not recoverable Rs. 2,00,000iii] Freight Inward Rs. 1,00,000iv] Other Expenses for Acquisition of Materials Rs. 2,00,000

[Ans. Rs. 10,00,000]

2. Ganesh Pvt. Ltd. produces product x 2007.The production cost per unit

Raw Materials Rs. 15Labour Rs. 6Direct Expenses Rs. 5Normal capacity 10,000 units p.a.Actual production 7,000 unitsFixed Factory overheads Rs. 30,000 p.a.Closing Stock 2500 units

Calculate the value of closing stock

Normal Capacity 10000units

Actual Production 7000 units

Total Fixed overheads 30000

Fixed overhead per unit 3Rs

Ans. Value of closing stock= 2500 units@29 =72500

45

3. Company deals in three products X, Y and Z, which are neithersimilar nor interchangeable. At the time of closing its account forthe year 2001-2002. The historical cost and net realisablevalues of the items of closing stock are determined as below :

Items Historical Cost Net realisable value(Rs. in lakhs) (Rs. in lakhs)

X 20 14Y 16 16Z 8 12

44 42What will be the value of closing stock?

[Ans. : Rs. 38]

4. Company is collecting Gumkriya from the plant of forest forcollecting Gumkriya. Company paid Rs.5 crores to forestdepartment as license fee for financial year 2001-2002. Duringthe year it collected 1 crore kg. of Gumkriya from the forest andsold 60 thousand kg. for Rs.12 crores. Other direct expensesand overheads were Rs.7 crores for the financial year 2001-2002. The company valued the closing stock of 40,000 kg. atRs. 4.80 crores following the AS-2. Whether the valuation iscorrect.

[Ans. : AS-2 does not apply to forest product]

5. X Ltd. is selling refrigerator; purchase price of the Refrigerator isRs.15,000 as per the terms of sales. The refrigerator is to bedelivered and installed at customer’s house free of cost. X Ltd.has hired Y & Co. for the purpose and being paid Rs.1,000 –per Refrigerator for delivery and installation. At year ended on31-3-2002, 10 refrigerator were in stock. The market price of therefrigerator is Rs.15,750. Calculate the value of closing stock asper AS-2.

[Ans. : Rs. 1,47,500]

6. Apple Consultancy Ltd. is the management consultant giving theconsultancy in the field of re-structuring, amalgamation andvaluation. The company has got consultancy contract worthRs.20 lakhs from Y Ltd. for giving their report of restructuring ofthe organization. X Consultancies Ltd. commences the work on1-3-2008 and expect that work will take four months to becompleted. X Consultancy Ltd. has deployed four seniorconsultants for the assignment whose salary is Rs. 20,000 permonth. For the year ended 31-3-2008. The company values thework-in-progress of Rs.80,000 in its financial statement applyingthe formula of valuation of cost or nets realisable valuewhichever is less as per AS-2.Is the valuation of W.I.P. of Rs. 80,000 is correct. If not why?[Ans. : AS-2 does not apply to service contract]

46

7. Z Ltd. produced 10,000 units of product A during 2007-2008 perunit cost is as follows :

Raw Material Rs. 100Direct wages Rs. 50Direct Expenses Rs. 2

Rs. 152Production overhead is Rs. 20,000 of which 40% is fixed. The

company sold 800 units and 2,000 units were in stock as on 31st

March 2008. Normal capacity is 50,000 units.Calculate the value of closing stock.[Ans.: Rs. 309600]

8. Historical Cost and Net Realibsable Value of five inventoryitems are given below :

Items : Historical Cost Net Realisable ValueRs. Rs.

A 20,000 30,000B 12,000 10,000C 12,000 18,000D 32,000 26,000E 28,000 26,000

1,04,000 1,10,000Determine the value of inventory.

[Ans. Rs. 94,000]

9. Cost of Production of Product x 100 is given below :Direct Material per unit Rs. 150Direct Wages per unit Rs. 100Overheads per unit Rs. 50

Rs. 300

As on the balance sheet date, replacement cost of material isRs. 120 per unit. There were 2,000 units of material on 31st March,2008

Calculate the value of stock of material under the followingconditions:

i] If finished product is sold at Rs.320 per unit, what will be thevalue of stock of material.

ii] If finished product is sold at the rate of Rs.280 per unit, what willbe the value of closing stock of materials.

[Ans. (i) Rs. 3,00,000. (ii) Rs. 2,40,000]

10. Indulkar Ltd. produced 1,00,000 units during the year 2006-07.The cost per unit is as follows:

Direct Materials Rs. 100Direct Labour Rs. 50Direct Expenses Rs. 10

47

Production overheads are Rs. 2,00,000 of which 60% isvariable. The company sold 80,000 units and 20,000 units were instock as on 31st March, 2007. Normal capacity is 50,000 units.Calculate the value of Closing Stock.

[Ans. Variable Production Overheads Rs. 1,20,000

Fixed Production Overheads Rs. 80,000Variable Production Overheadsper unit Rs. 1,20,000

Rs. 1,00,000 = 1.20Fixed Production Overheads Rs. 80,000 = 1.60Per unit Rs. 50,000Cost per unit Rs. 162.80Value of Stock = 20,000 x 162.80

= Rs. 32,56,000]

3.10.2 THEORY QUESTIONS

1] What are the objectives of AS-2?

2] Under what circumstances AS-2 is applicable?

3] Define the term ‘Inventories’?

4] Write a detailed note on ‘Measurement of Inventories’?

5] State and explain important aspects of ‘Inventory Valuation’.

6] Write short notes oni] Treatment of other costii] Inclusion of excise duty in valuation of finished goodsiii] Exclusion from cost of inventoriesiv] Disclosure of inventory valuation policy in financial

statement.v] Cost formulavi] Net realisable value

7] Explain the followinga] Cost of purchaseb] Cost of conversionc] Standard methodd] Retail methode] Specific cost methodf] Net Realisable value

8] Compare the followingi] Standard cost and retail methodii] Historical cost and Realisable value

9] Briefly explain Main Product, Joint Product and By Product.

48

3.10.3 OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS


1. Under inflationary conditions, ________ method will showhighest value of closing stock?

a. FIFOb. LIFOc. Weighted Averaged. None of the above

2. The inventory valuation method that identifies the invoice cost ofeach item in ending inventory to determine the cost assigned tothat inventory is the:

a. Weighted-average inventory method.b. Retail inventory method.c. Specific identification method.d. First-in, First-out method.

3. A company had the purchases shown below during the currentyear. On December 31, there were 26 units remaining in endinginventory. These 26 units consisted of 2 from January, 4 fromFebruary, 6 from May, 4 from September and 10 fromNovember. Using the specific identification method, what is thecost of the ending inventory?

January 10 units @ 120February 20 units @ 130

May 15 units @ 140

September 12 units @ 150November 10 units @ 160

a. 3,500b. 3,800c. 3,960d. 3,280

4. The original cost of an inventory item is above the replacementcost. The inventory item's replacement cost is above the netrealizable value. Under the lower of cost or market method, theinventory item should be valued at:

a. Original cost.b. Replacement cost.c. Net realizable value.d. Net realizable value less normal profit margin.

49

5. A manufacturer has the following per-unit costs and values forits sole product:

Cost Rs.10.00Current replacement cost Rs.5.50Net realizable value Rs. 6.00Net realizable value less normal profit margin Rs. 5.20

In accordance with AS 2, what is the per unit carrying value ofinventory in the manufacturer’s statement of financial position?

a. 5.20b. 5.50c. 6.00d. 10.00

6. AS-2 is related to :a. Valuation of inventoriesb. Accounting for Construction Contractsc. Cash Flow Statementsd. Depreciation accounting

7. Assuming constant inventory quantities, which of the followinginventory-costing methods will produce a lower inventoryturnover ratio in an inflationary economy?

a. FIFO (first in, first out).b. LIFO (last in, first out).c. Moving average.d. Weighted average.

8. In specific identification method of inventory valuation themethod applicable will be

a. FIFOb. LIFOc. Average costd. None of the above

9. Sales for the year ended 31st March, 2005 amounted toRs.10,00,000. Sales included goods sold to Mr. A for Rs. 50,000at a profit of 20% on cost. Such goods are still lying in thegodown at the buyer’s risk. Therefore, such goods should betreated as part of

a. Sales.b. Closing stock.c. Goods in transitd. Sales return

50

10.Approximate actual cost method of inventory valuation is --

a. Actual costb. Standard costc. Weighted average costd. FIFO

11. A company normally sells its product for Rs.20 per unit, whichincludes a profit margin of 25%. However, the selling price hasfallen to Rs.15 per unit. This company's current inventoryconsists of 200 units purchased at Rs.16 per unit. Replacementcost has now fallen to Rs.13 per unit. Calculate the value of thiscompany's inventory at the lower of cost or market.

a. 2,600b. 2,550c. 2,700d. 3,000

12.A businessman purchased goods for Rs.25,00,000 and sold70% of such goods during the accounting year ended 31stMarch, 2005. The market value of the remaining goods wasRs.5,00,000. He valued the closing stock at Rs.5,00,000 andnot at Rs.7, 50,000 due to

a. Money measurement.b. Conservatism.c. Cost.d. Periodicity.

13.At the end of the accounting year, material A costing Rs.10,000was having net realizable value of Rs.9,500 only, while materialB costing Rs.12,000 was having a net realizable value ofRs.13,000 in the market and material C costing Rs.15,000 washaving net realizable value of Rs.14,000 only. The total amountof closing stock will be

a. Rs.37, 000.b. Rs. 35,500.c. Rs. 36,500.d. Rs. 38,000.

14. The following data has been provided by Omega Ltd.:

Item No. Units Cost per unit Realization valueper unit

1 2 10 112 10 5 43 2 2 2

51

The value of inventory on item by item basis will bea. Rs. 40.b. Rs.64.c. Rs.66.d. Rs.60.

15. “Inventories should be out of godown in the sequence in whichthey arrive” is based ona. HIFO.b. LIFO.c. FIFO.d. Weighted average.

Answers: 1- a, 2-c, 3-b, 4-c, 5-c, 6-a, 7- a, 8-d, 9- a, 10-c, 11-a,12- b,13- b,14-b, 15-c.

52

4

AS-9 REVENUE RECOGNITION

Unit Structure:

4.0 Objectives

4.1 Introduction

4.2 Purpose

4.3 Non Applicability of AS-9

4.4 Revenue Recognition

4.5 Effect of Uncertainties on Revenue Recognition

4.6 Disclosure Requirements


4.8 Exercises

4.0 OBJECTIVES

After studying the unit the students will be able to: Understand the purpose and scope of AS-9. Know the non applicability of AS-9 Explain the effects of uncertainties on revenue recognition. Understand the circumstances in which revenue recognition has

been postponed. Recognize revenue practically.

4.1 INTRODUCTION

Revenue is the gross inflow of cash, receivables or otherconsideration arising in the course of the ordinary activities of anenterprise from the sale of goods, from the rendering of servicesand from the use by others of enterprise resources yieldinginterest, royalties and dividends. This Statement AS-9, RevenueRecognition issued in 1985 deals with the bases for recognition ofrevenue in the statement of profit and loss of an enterprise. Thestatement is concerned with the recognition of revenue arising inthe course of the ordinary activities of the enterprise from

1. The sale of goods,2. The rendering of services, and3. The use by others of enterprise resources yielding interest,

royalties and dividends.

53

Revenue recognition is mainly concerned with the timing ofrecognition of revenue in the statement of profit and loss of anenterprise. The amount of revenue arising on a transaction isusually determined by agreement between the parties involved inthe transaction. When uncertainties exist regarding thedetermination of the amount, or its associated costs, theseuncertainties may influence the timing of revenue recognition. Thisstandard is mandatory for all enterprises.

4.2 PURPOSE

The Purpose of AS-9 is recognizing revenue arising in thecourse of the ordinary activities of the enterprise.

SCOPE of AS-9It includes the following activities: Sale of goods. Rendering of services. Use by others of enterprise resources yielding interest,

royalties and dividends.

4.3 NON APPLICABLITY of AS-9

This Statement does not deal with the following aspects of revenuerecognition to which special considerations apply:

1. Revenue arising from construction contracts.2. Revenue arising from hire-purchase, lease agreements.3. Revenue arising from government grants and other similar

subsidies.4. Revenue of insurance companies arising from insurance

contracts.5. Profit or loss on sale of fixed assets6. Realized or unrealized gains resulting from changes in foreign

exchange rates

Examples of items not included within the definition of “revenue” forthe purpose of this Statement are:

1. Realized gains resulting from the disposal of and unrealizedgains resulting from the holding of, non-current assets e.g.appreciation in the value of fixed assets;

2. Unrealized holding gains resulting from the change in value ofcurrent assets and the natural increases in herds andagricultural and forest products;

54

3. Realized or unrealized gains resulting from changes in foreignexchange rates and adjustments arising on the translation offoreign currency financial statements;

4. Realized gains resulting from the discharge of an obligation atless than its carrying amount;

5. Unrealized gains resulting from the restatement of the carryingamount of an obligation.

4.4 REVENUE RECOGNITION

1. Sale of goodsA key criterion for determining when to recognize revenue

from a transaction involving the sale of goods is that the seller hastransferred the property in the goods to the buyer for aconsideration. The transfer of property in goods, in most cases,results in or coincides with the transfer of significant risks andrewards of ownership to the buyer. However, there may besituations where transfer of property in goods does not coincidewith the transfer of significant risks and rewards of ownership.Revenue in such situations is recognized at the time oftransfer of significant risks and rewards of ownership to thebuyer. Such cases may arise where delivery has been delayedthrough the fault of either the buyer or the seller and the goods areat the risk of the party at fault as regards any loss which might nothave occurred but for such fault. Further, sometimes the partiesmay agree that the risk will pass at a time different from the timewhen ownership passes.

At certain stages in specific industries, such as whenagricultural crops have been harvested or mineral ores have beenextracted, performance may be substantially complete prior to theexecution of the transaction generating revenue. In such caseswhen sale is assured under a forward contract or a governmentguarantee or where market exists and there is a negligible risk offailure to sell, the goods involved are often valued at net realizablevalue. Such amounts, while not revenue as defined in thisStatement, are sometimes recognized in the statement of profitand loss and appropriately described.

Thus, sale of goods is recognized when1. The property in goods in transferred for a price.2. All significant risks and rewards have been transferred and

no effective control is retained.3. No significant uncertainty exists regarding the amount of

consideration.4. It is reasonable to expect ultimate collection of

consideration.

55

2. Rendering of ServicesRevenue from service transactions is usually recognized as

the service is performed, either by the proportionate completionmethod or by the completed service contract method.

i) Proportionate Completion Method — Performance consistsof the execution of more than one act. Revenue is recognizedproportionately by reference to the performance of each act.The revenue recognized under this method would bedetermined on the basis of contract value, associated costs,number of acts or other suitable basis. For practical purposes,when services are provided by an indeterminate number of actsover a specific period of time, revenue is recognized on astraight line basis over the specific period unless there isevidence that some other method better represents the patternof performance.

ii) Completed service Contract Method — Performance consistsof the execution of a single act. Alternatively, services areperformed in more than a single act and the services yet to beperformed are so significant in relation to the transaction takenas a whole that performance cannot be deemed to have beencompleted until the execution of those acts. The completedservice contract method is relevant to these patterns ofperformance and accordingly revenue is recognized whenthe sole or final act takes place and the service becomeschargeable.

Revenue recognition in rendering of servicesCompleted service method recognises revenue only When service complete or substantially complete. In such cases there are more than one act involved and

revenue is recognised on' execution of all those acts.

Proportionate completed method Recognises revenue proportionate with the degree of

completion of services. There is more than one act involved and revenue is

recognised on execution of certain acts.

Thus, Service is recognized when Service is recognised either on completed service or

proportionate completion method. No significant uncertainty exists regarding amount of

consideration. It is reasonable to expect ultimate collection of

consideration.

56

EXAMPLES1] On sale, buyer takes title and accepts billing but delivery isdelayed at buyer’s request.

Ans. Revenue should be recognised notwithstanding that physicaldelivery has not been completed.

2] Sale on approval.

Ans. Revenue should not be recognised until the goods have beenformally accepted or time for rejection has elapsed or where notime has been fixed, a reasonable time has elapsed.

3] Sales with the condition of ‘money back if not completelysatisfied.

Ans. It may be appropriate to recognize the sale but to makesuitable provision for returns based on previous experience.

4] Consignment sales.

Ans. Revenue should not be recognised until the goods are sold toa third party.

5] Instalment sales.

Ans. Revenue of sale price excluding interest should be recognisedon the date of sale.

6] Special order and shipments.

Ans. Revenue from such sales should be recognized when thegoods are identified and ready for delivery.

7] Where seller concurrently agrees to repurchase the same goodsat a later date.

Ans. The sale should not be recognised, as this is a financialarrangement.

8] Subscriptions received for publications.

Ans. Revenue received or billed should be deferred andrecognised either on a straight-line basis over time or where theitems delivered vary in value from period to period, revenue shouldbe based on the sales value of the item delivered.

57

9] Sale of show tickets.

Ans. Revenue should be recognised when the event takes place.

10] Guaranteed sales of agricultural crops.

Ans. When sale is assured under forward contract or governmentguarantee, the crops can be recognised at net realizable valuealthough it does not satisfy the criteria of revenue recognition.

Rendering of Services

1] Installation Fees

Ans. In cases where installation fees are other than incidental tothe sale of a product, they should be recognised as revenue onlywhen the equipment is installed and accepted by the customer.

2] Advertisement commission received

Ans. It is recognised when the advertisement appears beforepublic.

3] Insurance agency commission received

Ans. It is recognised on the effective commencement or renewaldates of the related policies.

4] Tuition fees received

Ans. It should be recognised over the period of instruction.

5] Admission fees

Ans. Revenue from artistic performances, banquets and otherspecial events should be recognised when the event takes place.When a subscription to a number of events is sold, the fee shouldbe allocated to each event on a systematic and rational basis.

6] Entrance and membership fees

Ans. Revenue recognition from these sources will depend on thenature of the services being provided. Entrance fee received isgenerally capitalised. If the membership fee permits onlymembership and all other services or products are paid forseparately, or if there is a separate annual subscription, the feeshould be recognised when received. Publications to be providedduring the year, it should be recognised on a systematic andrational basis having regard to the timing and nature of all servicesprovided.

58

3. Use of enterprise resources by others:

The use of such enterprise resources by others gives rise to:

(i) Interest—charges for the use of cash resources or amountsdue to the enterprise;

(ii) Royalties—charges for the use of such assets as know-how,patents, trademarks and copyrights;

(iii) Dividends—rewards from the holding of investments inshares.

Revenue recognition in use of enterprise resources by others

1.Interest: Revenue is recognized on the time basis determined bythe amount outstanding and the rate applicable.

2.Royalty: Revenue is recognized in accordance with the terms ofthe relevant agreement.

3.Dividends: Revenue is recognized only when a right to receivepayment is established.

When interest, royalties and dividends from foreign countriesrequire exchange permission and uncertainty in remittance isanticipated, revenue recognition may need to be postponed.

4.5 EFFECT OF UNCERTAINTIES ON REVENUERECOGNITION

1. Recognition of revenue requires that revenue is measurableand that at the time of sale or the rendering of the service itwould not be unreasonable to expect ultimate collection.

2. Where the ability to assess the ultimate collection withreasonable certainty is lacking at the time of raising any claim,e.g., for escalation of price, export incentives, interest etc., andrevenue recognition is postponed to the extent of uncertaintyinvolved. In such cases, it may be appropriate to recognizerevenue only when it is reasonably certain that theultimate collection will be made. Where there is nouncertainty as to ultimate collection, revenue isrecognized at the time of sale or rendering of service eventhough payments are made by installments.

3. When the uncertainty relating to collectability arisessubsequent to the time of sale or the rendering of the service,it is more appropriate to make a separate provision toreflect the uncertainty rather than to adjust the amount ofrevenue originally recorded.

59

4. An essential criterion for the recognition of revenue is that theconsideration receivable for the sale of goods, the rendering ofservices or from the use by others of enterprise resources isreasonably determinable. When such consideration is notdeterminable within reasonable limits, the recognition ofrevenue is postponed.

5. When recognition of revenue is postponed due to the effectof uncertainties, it is considered as revenue of the periodin which it is properly recognized.

4.6 DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS

In addition to the disclosures required by AccountingStandard 1 on ‘Disclosure of Accounting Policies’ (AS 1), Whenrecognition of revenue is postponed due to the effect ofuncertainties, an enterprise should disclose the circumstances inwhich revenue recognition has been postponed.

Question:-Explain requirement in the following cases with referenceto REVENUE RECOGNITION (AS-9)

Accounts of certain items of income are recorded on cash basis, Asa result, the net profit for the year and current assets areunderstated by Rs.20,000 each.

Ans. Accounts of certain items of income recorded on cash basiswhich is not in line with the Accounting Standard 9 regarding"Revenue Recognition" issued by the Institute of CharteredAccountants of India. As a result, the net profit for the year andcurrent assets are understated by Rs.20,000 each as compared tothe position which would have prevailed if the company hasaccounted for interest income on accrual basis." should bedisclosed.


1) Arjun Ltd. sold farm equipments through its dealers. One of theconditions at the time of sale is payment of consideration in 14days and in the event of delay interest is chargeable @ 15% perannum. The Company has not realized interest from the dealersin the past. However, for the year ended 31.3.2018, it wants torecognize interest due on the balances due from dealers. Theamount is ascertained at Rs.9 lakhs. Decide whether income byway of interest from dealers is eligible for recognition as per AS9.

Ans. As per AS 9 “Revenue Recognition”, where the ability toassess the ultimate collection with reasonable certainty is lacking at

60

the time of raising any claim, the revenue recognition is postponedto the extent of uncertainty expected. In such cases, the revenue isrecognized only when it is reasonably certain that the ultimatecollection will be made.

In this case, the company never realized interest for thedelayed payments made by the dealers. Hence, it has to recognizethe interest only if the ultimate collection is certain.The interest income hence is not to be recognized.

2) Y Ltd. used certain resources of X Ltd. In return X Ltd. receivesRs.10 lakhs and Rs.15 lakhs as interest and royaltiesrespectively, from Y Ltd. during the year 2017 –2018. State onwhat basis X Ltd. should recognize their revenue, as per AS 9.

Ans. As per AS 9 on ‘Revenue Recognition’, interest of Rs.10lakhs received in the year 2017-2018 should be recognized on thetime basis, whereas royalty of Rs.15 lakhs received in the sameyear should be recognized on accrual basis as per the terms ofrelevant agreement.

3) The Board of Directors of X Ltd. decided on 31.3.2017 toincrease sale price of certain items of goods sold retrospectivelyfrom 1st January, 2017. As a result of this decision the companyhas to receive Rs.5 lakhs from its customers in respect of salesmade from 1.1.2017 to 31.3.2017. But the Company’sAccountant was reluctant to make-up his mind. You are askedto offer your suggestion.

Ans. As per Para 10 of AS 9 ‘Revenue Recognition’, the additionalrevenue on account of increase in sales price with retrospectiveeffect, as decided by Board of Directors of X Ltd., of Rs.5 lakhs tobe recognized as income for financial year 2016-17, only if thecompany is able to assess the ultimate collection with reasonablecertainty. If at the time of rising of any claim it is unreasonable toexpect ultimate collection, revenue recognition should bepostponed.

4) X Limited has recognized Rs.10 lakhs on accrual basis incomefrom dividend on units of mutual funds of the face value ofRs.50 lakhs held by it as at the end of the financial year 31st

March, 2017. The dividends on mutual funds were declared atthe rate of 20% on 15th June, 2017. The dividend was proposedon 10th April, 2017 by the declaring company. Whether thetreatment is as per the relevant Accounting Standard? You areasked to answer with reference to provisions of AccountingStandard.

Ans. Paragraph 8.4 and 13 of Accounting Standard 9 on RevenueRecognition states that dividends from investments in shares are

61

not recognized in the statement of profit and loss until a right toreceive payment is established. In the given case, the dividend isproposed on 10th April, 2017, while it is declared on 15th June,2003. Hence, the right to receive payment is established on 15thJune, 2017. As per the above mentioned paragraphs, income fromdividend on units of mutual funds should be recognized by X Ltd. inthe financial year ended 31st March, 2018.

5) The stages of Production and sale of the producer are asfollows (all in rupees):

Stage Activity Cost todate(Rs.)

Net RealizableValue(Rs.)

A Raw Materials 45,000 43,000

B WIP 1 47,000 48,000

C WIP 2 50,000 54,500

D Finished Product 55,000 1,10,000

E For Sale 55,000 1,10,000

F Sale Agreed 55,000 1,10,000

G Delivered 56,950 1,10,000

H Paid For 56,950 1,10,000

State and explain the stage at which you think revenue will berecognized?

Ans. According to As-9, sales will be recognized only when

1. The sale value is fixed and determinable.2. Property of the goods is transferred to the customer.

Both these conditions are satisfied at stage F, when sales areagreed at a price and goods allocated for delivery purpose.

4.8 EXERCISE

4.8.1 PRACTICAL PROBLEMS1. AST Co. Ltd. uses certain resources of BST Co. Ltd. In returnBST Co. Ltd. received Rs. 8 lakhs and Rs. 12 lakhs as interest androyalties from AST Co. Ltd. during the year 2017-18.You arerequired to state on whether and what basis this revenues can berecognized by BST Co. Ltd.?

2. X Limited has recognized Rs.10 lakhs on accrual basis incomefrom dividend on securities of the face value of Rs.50 lakhs held byit as at the end of the financial year 31st March, 2017. Thedividends on mutual funds were declared at the rate of 20% on 25thMay, 2017. The dividend was proposed on 10th April, 2017 by thedeclaring company. Whether the treatment is as per the relevantAccounting Standard? You are asked to answer with reference toprovisions of Accounting Standard.

62

3. The Board of Directors of X Ltd. decided on 31.3.2017 toincrease sale price of certain items of goods sold retrospectivelyfrom 1st January, 2017. As a result of this decision the companyhas to receive Rs.5 lakhs from its customers in respect of salesmade from 1.1.2017 to 31.3.2017. The decision was communicatedto customers and was approved. Can X Ltd. recognize revenuepertaining to increase in sale -price?

4. Goods worth Rs.6 lakhs are supplied to Ram & Co on 15th March2017 on sale on approval basis. Comment in light of AS-9 whetherrevenue should be recognized?

4.8.2 THEORY QUESTION

1. When can revenue be recognized in the case of transaction ofsale of goods?

Ans. As per AS 9 Revenue Recognition, revenue from salestransactions should be recognized when the followingrequirements as to performance are satisfied, provided that atthe time of performance, it is not unreasonable to expectultimate collection:

(i) The seller of goods has transferred to the buyer theproperty in the goods for a price or all significant risks andrewards of ownership have been transferred to the buyerand the seller retains no effective control of the goodstransferred to a degree usually associated with ownership;and

(ii) No significant uncertainty exists regarding the amount ofthe consideration that will be derived from the sale ofgoods.

2. What are the two general criteria that must be satisfied before acompany can recognize revenue?

3. Explain why, in most cases, a seller recognizes revenue when itdelivers its product rather than when it produces the product.

4. Distinguish between the percentage-of-completion andcompleted contract methods of accounting for long-termcontracts with respect to income recognition. Under whatcircumstances should a company use the completed contractmethod?

5. When does a consignor recognize revenue for a consignmentsale?

63

4.8.3 OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS1. Select Correct Alternative:

i. In AS-9 Revenue recognition applies to1. Sale of goods only2. Sale of services only3. Use of enterprises resources by other only4. All the above

ii. In AS-9 Revenue recognition requires that revenue from dividedbe recognized

1. On date of proposal2. On date of declaration3. On date of dispatch of divided warrant4. On accrual basis

iii. Revenue from sale of products, is generally, realized in theperiod in which

1. Cash is collected.2. Sale is made.3. Products are manufactured.4. None of the above.

iv. AS-9 deals with Revenue recognition except:1. Revenue arising from construction contracts.2. Revenue arising from hire-purchase, lease agreements.3. Both (1) & (2)4. None of these

v. Revenue is the gross inflow of cash through1. sale of goods,2. rendering of services,3. Yielding interest, royalties and dividends.4. All of the above

.vi. As per AS 9 items not included in the definition of “revenue” are:

1. Unrealized holding gains resulting from the change in valueof current assets, and the natural increases in herds andagricultural and forest products;

2. Realized gains resulting from the discharge of an obligationat less than its carrying amount;

3. Unrealized gains resulting from the restatement of thecarrying amount of an obligation.

4. All of the above

Answers: i-4, ii-2, iii-2, iv-3, v-4, vi-4

64

2. Match the following:

1. AS 1 (i) Revenue Recognition

2. AS 9 (ii)Disclosure of Accountingpolicies.

3. AS 10 (iii) Non- Refundable Taxes

4. AS 2 (iv) Accounting for Fixed Assets.

5. Cost of Purchase include (v) Inventory Valuation

6. Completed contract method (vi) Refundable Taxes

7. Percentage of completion method (vii)Defers recognition until projectis complete

8. Consignment sales (viii)Recognition proportion to workcompleted.

(ix)Risks and rewards of ownershipretained by seller

Answers: 1-ii, 2-i, 3-iv, 4-v, 5-iii, 6-vii, 7-viii, 8-ix

65

5

INVENTORY VALUATION - I

UNIT STRUCTURE

5.0 Objectives

5.1 Introduction

5.2 Importance of inventory / stock valuation

5.3 Methods of stock valuation

5.4 Valuation of stock at lower of cost or market price

5.5 First In First Out (FIFO)

5.6 Average Cost

5.7 Reconciliation at Physical Stock and Stock as Per StockRegister

5.8 Exercise

5.0 OBJECTIVES

After studying the unit students will be able to: Understand the meaning of inventory and importance of

inventory valuation. Explain the methods of stock valuation. Know the advantages and disadvantages of FIFO method

and Average cost method. Understand the reconciliation of physical stock and stock as

per stock register. Solve the problems of stock valuation.

5.1 INTRODUCTION

The stock that kept to meet further requirements ofproduction and sales is called “Inventory”. The basic reason forholding stock is to keep up the production activities undisturbed. Itis neither physically possible nor economically justifiable to wait forthe stocks to arrive at the time when they are actually required.Therefore, keeping of inventory is a must for the efficient working ofan industrial unit. The principal types of inventories are:

(i) Raw materials and suppliers,(ii) Work-in progress and(iii) Finished goods.

66

Raw materials represent goods kept by a manufacturingfirm prior to being utilized in the production process generallyinclude tools, stores and spares which are consumed in theproduction of goods and service.

Work-in progress represent the semi finished goods andinclude those materials that have been commuted to productionprocess but have not yet been converted into finished goods.

Finished goods are completed goods awaiting sale. In amanufacturing concern or in case of trading concern, it willcomprise only finished goods or stock in trade owned by it for saleto customers in the normal course of business.

5.2 IMPORTANCE OF INVENTORY / STOCKVALUATION

The balance sheet of a concern must show true and fair viewof the financial position of the concern. For this purpose assetsincluding inventory should be properly valued to exhibit a true andfair view.

If stock is valued at a value which is less than the actualvalue and as a result, the profits will reduce. Shareholders wouldget less dividend. On the other hand, if inventory is valued at avalue which is more that the actual value, the profits would beinflated and the shareholders would receive more dividend, a partof which would thus be paid out of capital. Payment of dividend outof capital would exhaust the capital and the company would beinsolvent. Moreover, under / over valuation of inventory will not onlyaffect the operating results and financial position of the currentperiod but will also affect those of the next period.

The following are some of the important reason for toomuch emphasis on inventory or stock valuation:

1. Sufficient stock for production / sale process :For all manufacturing and trading concerns, inventory

represents a major current asset investment. Adequate inventory isessential for the Production / Sales process of an enterprises asinsufficient inventory hampers production and fails to generatesufficient sales. This shows the necessity for proper valuation ofinventory.

2. Proper determination of profit :The proper determination of profit depends upon the proper

valuation. If the ending inventory is valued at a lower figure, profit isunder stated and if it is overvalued, profit is overstated. This showsthat proper method of valuation of inventory should be followed.

67

3. True financial position :Over valuation of inventory amounts to window dressing

which gives wrong idea about the liquid position of the company.The proper valuation of inventories which constitute a significantportion of current assets is essential so that short term creditorsmay not be misled about the liquid position of the company.Balance sheet can exhibit a true and fair view of the financialposition of a company if there is a proper valuation of inventorywhich constitutes a major portion of current assets.

5.3 METHODS OF STOCK VALUATION

Methods of taking inventories / stock

Method of Inventory

(2) Perpetual inventory Method(1) Periodic inventory method.

1. Periodic Inventory Method:Under this method of taking inventories, value of stock is

determined by physical counting of the stock on the accountingdate of preparation of the final accounts. It is possible that stocktaking may take a week or so in large enterprises and purchasesand sales may have to be suspended for that period to get correctfigure of closing inventory. This method of ascertaining the value ofstock at the end of the year is also known as annual stock taking.Thus this method is based on physical stock taking, it provides dataonce in a year. It is simple and economical method of stocktaking. Itcan be adopted in small concerns. It does not provide basis forcontrol.

2. Perpetual Inventory Method:Perpetual Inventory Method is defined as a system under

which records are maintained by the controlling department, whichreflects the physical movements of stock and their current balance.Under this method, stock registers are maintained to make a recordof the physical movements of stock and their current balance.Stores ledger is maintained to keep a record of the receipt andissue of the materials and also reflects the balance in store.Similarly, work-in-progress ledger is maintained to give the value ofwork-in-progress on hand and a finished goods ledger ismaintained to know the value of finished goods on hand. Thus, thissystem provides a running record of inventories on hand at anytime. To ensure the accuracy of perpetual inventory records ,physical verification of the inventory is made by a program ofcontinuous stock taking.

It is possible that the balance of stock by the perpetualinventory may differ from the actual balance of stock as ascertainedby physical verification. Any difference noted between actual stocks

68

as disclosed by the physical verification and the stocks shown bystock records should be investigated and rectification will be made.If the physical verification reveals that actual balance of stock ismore than the balance shown by the stores ledger or work-in-progress ledger or finished goods ledger, debit note is preparedand stock records are adjusted accordingly so that balance mayreconcile with actual balance. A Stock Adjustment Account isprepared and debited with the shortage of stock and credited withsurplus.

Continuous stock taking is an essential feature of theperpetual inventory system. But the two terms, perpetual inventoryand continuous stock taking should not be taken as one; perpetualmeans the system of stock records and continuous stock takingwhereas continuous stock taking means only the physicalverification of stock records with actual stocks.

In continuous stock taking, physical verification is spreadthroughout the year. Every day 10 to 15 items are taken at rotationand checked in order to maintain surprise element in shortverification and each item is checked for a number of times duringthe year. On the other hand, surprise element is missing in case ofperiodical checking because checking is usually done at the end ofthe year. In short, this method is based on records. It requires a lotof recording and is thus expensive. It can be adopted only in bigconcerns. It provides data on running basis and thus facilitates thepreparation of financial statements at shorter intervals. It alsoprovides basis for control by investigation of the discrepanciesarising from the comparison of physical stock with their bookvalues.

Difference between Periodic Inventory and PerpetualInventory.

The following are the main differences between the twomethods of taking inventory.

Periodic Inventory Perpetual Inventory

1. It is based on physicalstock taking

1. It is based on records.

2. It provides dataperiodically i.e. once inyear.

2. It provides the data on runningbasis and thus facilitates thepreparation of financialstatements at shorter intervals.

3. It does not provide basisfor control.

3. It provides basis for control byinvestigating the discrepanciesarising from the comparison ofphysical stock with book values.

69

4. It is simple andeconomical method oftaking inventory and canbe adopted in smallconcern.

4. It is expensive as it requires a lotof recording because of anelaborate method of takinginventory. It can be adopted bybig concerns only.

5.4 VALUATION OF STOCK AT LOWER OF COSTOR MARKET PRICE

Stock is valued at cost or market price whichever is lower.Stock is valued at lower of cost or market price to ensure thatanticipated profits must not be accounted for until they have beenrealized and that full provision should be made for anticipatedlosses. This principle of valuation is on the important accountingconvention of conservatism. Conservatism means taking thegloomy view of a situation. It is policy of caution or playing safe andhad its origin as a safeguard against possible losses in a world ofuncertainty. According to this principle of valuation based onconvention of conservatism, if market price of the stock is higherthan the cost of the stock, the higher amount is ignored in theaccounts because profit is not booked by valuing inventory atmarket value which is higher than cost value. It is possible thatdividends to shareholders may be distributed out of unrealizedprofit. It will not be sound policy and in the future, if the expectedmarket price is not realized and there is a loss, unrealized profitdistributed will amount to distribution of dividend out of capital. Onthe contrary, if the stock is valued at market price which is lowerthan the cost. In this way, anticipated loss is taken intoconsideration and even if a loss occurs in the future, the businesswill not be affected adversely because loss has already beenprovided by valuing the asset at a lower value and if there is no lossas expected, it is quite good for the business.

Cost in relation to stock is outlay of cash or its equivalent inthe acquisition or manufacturing of the inventory concerned. Inother words, cost of stock is the sum of the applicable expenditureand charges directly or indirectly incurred in brining inventory to itsexisting condition and location.

Market value in relation to stock is the realizable value of thestock in the market i. e. the price at which it can be replaced, thevaluation of stock affects the profit of the year. Therefore, themethod of valuation of stock should not be changed from year toyear to enable comparison of profits of different years.

Methods for Valuation of Stock:The following are the various methods of the valuation of inventory:

70

5.5 FIRST IN FIRST OUT (FIFO)

5.5.1 MeaningUnder this method, the earliest lot of materials or goods purchasedor goods manufactured are exhausted first and closing stock is outof the latest consignments received or goods manufactured and isvalued at the cost of such goods. In other words, cost of goods soldis calculated keeping in view the earliest lots exhausted on thepresumption that units are sold in which they were acquired. Inshort, under this method, it is assumed that goods or materialswhich are purchased first are issued first. Stock consist of latestpurchase. Hence items lying in the stock should be valued at latestpurchase price.

5.5.2 Advantages

(1) This method is simple to understand and easy to operate.

(2) It is logical method because it takes into consideration thenormal procedure of utilizing first those items of inventory whichare received or manufactured first.

(3) This method is very useful when prices are falling because costof goods so sold will be high on account of using earliest lotswhich are costly.

(4) Closing stock is valued nearer the market price as it wouldconsist of recent purchase of units.

(5) This method is useful when transactions are not too many andprices are fairly steady.

(6) This method is useful when inventory is subject to deteriorationand obsolescence.

5.5.3 Disadvantages

(1) This method increases the possible clerical errors if the pricefluctuates, considerably at every time as issue of material issold, the store ledger clerk will have to go through his andascertain the price to be changed.

(2) If the prices fluctuate, comparison between different jobsexecuted by the concern becomes difficult because one jobstarted a few minutes later than another of the same nature mayhave consumed the supply of lower priced or higher pricedstock.

71

5.6 AVERAGE COST

The principal on which the average cost method is based isthat all items on the store are so mixed up that consumption ofmaterial or sale of finished goods are carried out at the averagecost of the various items on hand. Average may be of two types:

(a) Simple Average Method (not in syllabus)(b) Weighted Average Method

Stock taking is done which consist of following items :-1,000 units purchased @ Rs. 10 per unit2,000 units purchased @ Rs. 11 per unit3,000 units purchased @ Rs. 12 per unit

Weighted Average Method : This price is obtained by dividing thetotal cost of items in stock by the total quantity of items in hand.

Per unit weighted average cost is calculated as follows :-(1.000 10) (2,000 11) (3,000 12)

Rs.11.33(1,000 2,000 3,000)

The above rate is used to value the cost of sale of goods or costof consumption of goods.

Weighted average method is quite superior to other methodsand it is better to follow this method. This method can be used withadvantage in those cases where price and quantity vary widely.The average rate does not change with issue but would vary with afresh supply of materials received when a new average will have tobe calculated. In a period of fluctuating price, this method will evenout the fluctuations. This method is goods as the weighted averagerate lies in between the extreme rates as shown by FIFO and LIFOmethod. However, the difficulty is that fresh calculations are neededat every purchase of materials or goods.

Practical Problems

Problem No: 01A firm has just completed six months operations from 1st

January, 2000, to 30th June, 2017. It is about to value its stock atcost price. It has dealt with only one type of goods. From theparticulars given below, your are required to value closing stock atthe half year ending 30th June, 2017 under following method ofstock valuation –

(i) FIFO Method and(ii) Weighted Average Method

72

Purchase Sales

Date Units RateAmount

Rs.Units Rate

AmountRs.

15-1-17 200 20 8,000 - - -

16-2-17 - - - 300 25 7500

17-3-17 600 22 13,200 - - -

18-4-17 - - - 400 - 12,00

19-5-17 800 25 20,000 - - -

10-6-17 - - - 400 32 12,800

30-6-17 - - - 200 38 7,600

The firm had opening stock of 200 units at Rs.19 per unit.

Solution :We have to prepare ‘Store Ledger’ showing of goods and the

closing stock as on 30th June, 2017.

STORE LEDGERFIFO METHOD

Receipt (Purchase) Issue (Sales) Balance

Qty. Qty. Qty.Date

UnitRate(Rs.)

Amount(Rs.)

UnitRate(Rs.)

Amount(Rs.)

UnitRate(Rs.)

Amount(Rs.)

Op.St.

1-1-17

- - - - - - 200 19 3,800

15-1-17

200 20 4,000 - - - 200 19 3,800

- - - - - - 200 20 4,000

16-1-17

- - - 200 19 3,800

- - - 100 20 2,000 100 20 2,000

17-3-17

600 22 13,200 - - - 100 20 2,000

- - - - - - 600 22 13,200

19-4-17

- - - 100 20 2,000 300 22 13,200

- - - 300 22 6,600

19-5-17

800 25 20,000 - - - 300 22 6,600

- - - - - - 800 25 20,000

10-6-17

- - - 300 22 6,600 700 25 17,500

- - - 100 25 2,500

30-6-17

- - - 200 25 5,000 500 25 12,500

28,500

Cost of Goods sold

Value of Closing stock

73

Receipt (Purchase) Issue (Sales) Balance

Qty. Qty. Qty.Date

UnitRate(Rs.)

Amount(Rs.)

UnitRate(Rs.)

Amount(Rs.)

UnitRate(Rs.)

Amount(Rs.)

1-1-17 - - - - - - 200 19.00 3,800

15-1-17 200 20.00 4,000 - - - 400 19.50 7,800

16-1-17 - - - 300 19.50 5,850 100 19.50 1,950

17-3-17 600 22.00 13,200 - - - 700 21.64 15,150

19-4-17 - - - 400 21.64 8,657 300 21.64 6,493

19-5-17 800 25.00 20,000 - - - 1100 24.08 26,493

10-6-17 - - - 400 24.08 9,634 700 24.08 16,859

30-6-17 - - - 200 24.08 4,817 500 24.08 12,042

28,954

Cost of Goods sold

Value of Closing stock

Notes :

(i) The rate changes every time goods are purchased. Theaverage rate is found out by dividing the total amount with thetotal units on hand.

(ii) The rate remains unaffected with the issue or sale of goods.

5.7 RECONCILIATION AT PHYSICAL STOCK ANDSTOCK AS PER STOCK REGISTER.

Problems of stock taking for the purpose of final accounts:At the end of the last day of the accounting year, stocks in

hand are verified and valued for the purpose of recording in thefinal accounts. But in case of big organisations, it may not bepossible to verify the stock exactly on the last date of theaccounting period owing to certain difficulties. In such a case, stockis taken under either few days earlier or later, according to thesituation or convenience and assuring least disturbance in thenormal flow of work. Therefore, stock taken under circumstancesshall always be subject to some adjustments where stock taking iscompleted few days before the closing date should be adjusted withthe value of stock taking so as to arrive at the value of stock on theending date of accounting year, Similarly, if stock taking takes placeon the date after the closing date, the whole of the transactions ofgoods from the closing date (*i.e. stock taking date) are to beadjusted with the value of stock on the date of stock taking so as toarrive at the value of stock on the closing date of accounting year.

74

(A)When stock taking takes place on any date after the yearend dates

If the stock is taken on a later date, the followingadjustments are required to arrive at the stock as on the closingdate.

Statement showing value of stock as to the end of theaccounting year.

Rs.

The value of stock on the later date …. X

Add : Sales at cost between two dates

i.e. date of closing and Date of stock taking (Actual goodsbetween)

X

Add : Purchase returns during the said period X

Less : Purchase between two dates i.e. date of closing anddate of stock taking (Actual – goods received betweenthe Two dates) X

Less : Sales return (At cost price) between the above twodates X

Add : Any under costing in stock sheet X

Less : Any over costing in stock sheet X

Less: Any goods held on consignment basis (as Agent) X

Less : Any goods included in stock but title of such has beentransferred to the buyer X

Less : Goods purchased between the two dates but alreadyreceived before the closing date (such representspurchases of next accounting year) (normally ithappens when goods are received first & invoice isreceived later on) X

Add : Goods sold between the two dates but alreadydelivered before Closing date (Such goods representssales of next accounting Year) (Normally it happenswhen goods are delivered to Customer first & invoiceis prepared on later date)

X

75

Add : Any goods sent to consignee between the two dates(Whether They sold by consignee or not) X

Value of physical stock as on the date of closing X

Add : Any goods purchased before closing date henceincluded in Purchase of the last accounting year butnot received until the Date of stock-taking

X

Add: Any goods sent to customer before closing date onapproval basis but lying with them as an approved ason the date closing (Such goods must be taken at costprice) Value of stock-in-trade as on the date of closingfor inclusion In final accounts.

X

B) If stock are taken on an earlier dateIf stock is taken on a date before the closing date of

accounting year, the necessary adjustments should be made inrespect of transactions of goods taken place between the date ofstock-taking and closing date so as to obtain the correct value ofstock as on the closing date.Statement showing value of stock as on the ending date ofaccounting year.

Rs.

The value of stock on the later date X

Add : Purchase between the two dates i.e. from the dateof stock taking to the date of closing (Goodsactually received up to the date of closing X

Add: Sales returns (at cost price) between the two dates X

Less: Sales (at cots) between the two dates (goodsactually delivered) X

Less: Purchase returns between the two dates X

Less: Goods sent on approved basis (at cost price)between the two dates X

Less: Goods sent to consignee (at cost price) (whethersold or not) between the two dates X

76

Less: Goods received from consignor and held on theirbehalf X

Add: Any under costing in stock sheet X

Less: Any over costing in stock sheet X

Value of physical stock on the date of closing X

Add: Goods purchased before the closing date but notreceived upto the end of the accounting year(Goods-in-transit) X

Add: Cost of goods sent on approval basis but notapproved before the closing date still lying with thecustomers as on the date of the closing. X

Add: Unsold goods in the hands of the consignee as onthe date of closing. Value of stock-in-trade as onthe date of closing for inclusion in final accounts X

5.8 EXERCISE

1. Select the correct alternative:

1. If Cost of goods sold is Rs.80,700, Opening stock Rs.5,800 andClosing stock Rs.6,000. Then the amount of purchase will be

(a)Rs.80,500(b)Rs.74,900(c)Rs.74,700(d)Rs.80,900.

2. If sales are Rs. 2,000 and the rate of gross profit on cost ofgoods sold is 25%, then the Cost of goods sold will be

(a)Rs. 2,000.(b)Rs. 1,500.(c)Rs. 1,600.(d)None of the above.

3. The total cost of goods available for sale with a company duringthe current year is Rs.12,00,000 and the total sales during theperiod are Rs.13,00,000. If the gross profit margin of thecompany is 331/3% on cost, the closing inventory during thecurrent year is

(a)Rs.4,00,000(b)Rs.3,00,000(c)Rs.2,25,000(d)Rs.2,60,000.

77

4. C Ltd. recorded the following information as on March 31, 2005:Rs.

Stock as on April 01, 2016 80,000Purchases 1, 60,000Sales 2, 00,000

It is noticed that goods worth Rs.30, 000 were destroyed dueto fire. Against this, the Insurance company accepted a claim ofRs.20,000.The Company sells goods at cost plus 33 %. The valueof closing inventory, after taking into account the abovetransactions is,

(a)Rs.10,000(b)Rs.30,000(c)Rs.1,00,000(d)Rs.60,000

5. Consider the following for Alpha Co. for the year 2017-18:Cost of goods available for sale Rs.1, 00,000Total sales Rs. 80,000Opening stock of goods Rs. 20,000Gross profit margin 25%Closing stock of goods for the year 2017-18 was

(a)Rs.80,000(b)Rs.60,000(c)Rs.40,000(d)Rs.36, 000.

6. Cost of physical stock on 15.4.16 was Rs.3,00,000. Salesamounting Rs.1,00,000 and purchases worth Rs.50,000 wereheld between 31.3.16 and 15.4.16. Goods are sold at a profit of20% on sales. Value of inventory as on 31.3.16 is

(a)Rs.3,50,000.(b)Rs.2,70,000.(c)Rs.3,30,000.(d)Rs.3,00,000.

7. Record of purchase of T.V. sets.

Date Quantity Price per unit

Units Rs.

March 4 900 5

March 10 400 5.50

Record of issuesMarch 5 600 UnitsMarch 12 400 UnitsThe value of T.V. sets on 15 March, as per FIFO will be

(a)Rs.1,500(b)Rs.1,650(c)Rs.1,575.(d)None of the three.

78

8. Goods costing Rs.4,80,000 were sent on consignment basis.Goods are invoiced at 125% of the cost price. The invoice priceand the loading will be:

(a)Rs.6,00,000 and Rs.1,00,000.(b)Rs.5,00,000 and Rs.1,00,000.(c)Rs.6,00,000 and Rs.1,20,000.(d)Rs.5,00,000 and Rs.1,20,000.

9. A firm dealing in cloth has 15000 meters of cloth on April 1,2015 valued at Rs.1,50,000 according to FIFO. The firmpurchased 20,000 meters @ Rs.12 per meter during the yearending 31st March, 2016 and sold 30,000 meters @ Rs.25 permeter during the same period. As per FIFO, the closing stockwill be valued at:

(a)Rs.60,000(b)Rs.1,25,000(c)Rs.50,000(d)None of the above.

10.A minimum quantity of stock always held as precaution againstout of stock situation is called _________

(a)Zero stock.(b)Risk stock.(c)Base stock.(d)None of the above.

11.A trader has credited certain items of sales on approvalaggregating Rs.60,000 to Sales Account. Of these, goods of thevalue of Rs.16,000 have been returned and taken into stock atcost Rs.8,000 though the record of return was omitted in theaccounts. In respect of another parcel of Rs.12,000 (cost beingRs.6,000) the period of approval did not expire on the closingdate. Cost of goods lying with customers should be


12. If cost of physical stock on 31.3.2018 is Rs.2,80,000 and out ofwhich stock of Rs.1,20,000 is held as consignee. Goods costingRs. 25,000 were damaged beyond repair and were expected torealize at Rs.5,000 only. The value of own stock on 31.3.2018will be

(a)Rs.2,60,000(b)Rs.1,60,000(c)Rs.1,35,000(d)Rs.1,40,000

79

13.Bank overdraft as per trial balance is Rs.1,60,000. Bank hasallowed the customer to overdraw 80% of the hypothecatedvalue of the stock. Hypothecation of stock has been done by thebank at 80% of the original closing stock value. The amount ofclosing stock is

(a)Rs. 2,00,000.(b)Rs. 2,50,000.(c)Rs. 1,02,400.(d)Rs. 1,28,000.

14.Mr. Prakash sells goods at 20% above cost. His sales wereRs.10,20,000 during the year. However, he sold damagedgoods for Rs.20,000 costing Rs.30,000. This sale is included inRs.10, 20,000. The amount of gross profit is:

(a)Rs. 1,90,000(b)Rs.2,50,000(c)Rs.2,40,000(d)Rs.2, 00,000.

15.Opening stock of raw material of a manufacturing concern isRs.10,000, Purchase during the year is Rs.2,00,000, WagesRs.50,000, Carriage Rs.5,000, Factory overheadsRs.1,25,000 and closing stock of raw material is Rs. 15,000.The amount to be transferred is

(a)Rs. 3,75,000 to cost of goods manufactured account.(b)Rs.3,75,000 to cost of goods sold account.(c)Rs. 3,75,000 to cost of sales account.(d)Rs. 3,75,000 to cost to company account.

16.Goods costing Rs. 600 is supplied to Ram at the invoice of 10%above cost and a trade discount for 5%. The amount of saleswill be

(a)Rs. 627.(b)Rs. 660.(c)Rs. 570.(d)Rs. 620.

17.Goods purchased Rs.1,00,000. Sales Rs. 90,000. Margin 20%on sales. Closing stock is


Answers: 1- d, 2- c, 3-c, 4-d, 5-b, 6-c, 7-b, 8-c, 9-b, 10-c, 11-c, 12-d,13-b, 14-a, 15-a, 16-a, 17-c

80

6INVENTORY VALUATION II

ILLUSTRATION & EXERCISE

Unit Structure :

6.0 Objectives6.1 Solved Problems6.2 Exercises

6.0 OBJECTIVES

After studying the unit, students will be able to solve the practicalproblems on inventory valuation.

6.1 SOLVED PROBLEMS

Illustration No. 1

From the following particulars prepare Stores Ledger for the monthof March 2018(a) FIFO to “ABC”,(b) Weighted average to “XYZ”.

ABC XYZ

Stocks (Kgs) on1-3-2018 2,000 @ Rs. 28 4,000 @ Rs. 13

Purchases (Kgs)

[i] On 11-3-2018 1,800 @ Rs. 27 2,500 @ Rs. 14

[ii] On 21-3-2018 1,700 @ Rs. 25 2,000 @ Rs. 18

Sales (Kgs)

[i] On 6-3-2018 1,300 2,500

[ii] On 15-3-2018 1,400 2,000

[iii] On 18-3-2018 700 1,300

[iv] On 29-3-2018 1,100 1,700

(IDE, Nov. 1999, adapted)

81

Solution :(A) FIFO to “ABC”

STOCK LEDGER OF ABCDate Receipts Issues Balance

Units Price Amt. Units Price Amt. Units Price value

01-3-2008 Opening - - - - - 2,000 28.00 56,000

06-3-2008 - - - 1,300 28.00 36,400 700 28.00 19,600

11-3-2008 1,800 27.00 48,600 - - -700

1,800

28.00

27.00

19,600

48,600

15-3-2008 - - -700

700

28.00

27.00

19,600

18,9001,100 27.00 29,700

18-3-2008 - - - 700 27.00 18,900 400 27.00 10,800

21-3-2008 1,700 25.00 42,500 - - -400

1,700

27.00

25.00

10,800

42,500

29-3-2008 - - -400

700

27.00

25.00

10,800

17,5001,000 25.00 25,000

Therefore, the value of stock of ABC as on 31-3-2004 :

1,000 units @ Rs. 25.00 = Rs. 25,000

(B) Weighted Average (Under Perpetual System of Inventory)

STOCK LEDGER OF XYZ

Date Receipts Issues Balance

Units Price Amt. UnitsWt. Avg.

RateAmt. Units

Wt. Avg.Rate

Value

01-3-2008 Opening - - - - - 4,000 13.00 52,000

06-3-2008 - - - 2,500 13.00 32,500 1,500 13.00 19,500

11-3-2008 2,500 14 35,000 - - - 4,000 13.63 54,500

15-3-2008 - - - 2,000 13.63 27,250 2,000 13.63 27,250

18-3-2008 - - - 1,300 13.63 17,712 700 13.63 9,538

21-3-2008 2,000 18 36,000 - - - 2,700 16.87 45,538

29-3-2008 - - - 1,700 16.87 28,672 1,000 16,866

82

Working Notes :

1] Issued of XYZ on March 15 is valued at Rs. 13.63 which is theweighted average rate, arrived at as follows :

19,500 35,000 54,50013.625r / o13.63

1,500 2,500 4,000

2] Issue of XYZ on March 29 is valued at Rs. 16.87 per kg. whichis the weighted average rate arrived at as follows :

9,538 36,000 45,53816.865r / o16.87

700 2,000 2,700

Therefore, the value of stock as on 31-3-2008 : 1,000 units @Rs. 16.87 = Rs. 16,867

Illustration : 2

From the following information relating A to Z item, value closingstock on 31-12-2008 applying – (a) FIFO, (b) Weighted Average

Stocks (Kgs) on 1-12-2008 5,000 units @ Rs. 14

Purchases (Kgs)

[i] On 18-12-2008 4,200 units @ Rs. 13

[ii] On 23-12-2008 3,800 units @ Rs. 9

Sales (Kgs)

[i] On 7-12-2008 1,200 units

[ii] On 16-12-2008 2,600 units

[iii] On 19-12-208 1,800 units

[iv] On 30-12-2008 3,400 units

(IDE, April 1999, adapted)

83

Solution :

(A)FIFOSTOCK LEDGER



01-12-2008 Opening - - - - - 5,000 14.00 70,000

07-12-2008 - - - 1,200 14.00 16,800 3,800 14.00 53,200

16-12-2008 - - - 2,600 14.00 36,400 1,200 14.00 16,800

18-12-2008 4,200 13.00 54,600 - - -1,200

4,200

14.00

13.00

16,800

54,600

19-12-2008 - - -1,200

600

14.00

13.00

16,800

7,8003,600 13.00 46,800

23-12-2008 3,800 9.00 34,200 - - -3,600

3,800

13.00

9.00

46,800

34,200

30-12-2008 - - - 3,400 13.00 44,200200

3,800

13.00

9.00

2,600

34,200

Therefore, the value of stock as on 31-12-2008 : 4,000 units @Rs. 36,800

B] Weighted Average (Perpetual Inventory system)STOCK LEDGER



RateAmt. Units

Wt. Avg.

RateValue

01-12-2008 Opening - - - - - 5,000 14.00 70,000

07-12-2008 - - - 1,200 14.00 16,800 3,800 14.00 53,200

16-12-2008 - - - 2,600 14.00 36,400 1,200 14.00 16,800

18-12-2008 4,200 13.00 54,600 - - - 5,400 13.22 71,400

19-12-2008 - - - 1,800 13.22 23,800 3,600 13.22 47,600

23-12-2008 3,800 9.00 34,200 - - - 7,400 11.05 81,800

30-12-2008 - - - 3,400 11.05 37,584 4,000 44,216

84

Working Notes :

[1] Issue on December 19 is valued at Rs. 13.22 which is theweighted average rate, arrived at as follows :

16,800 54,600 71,40013.222r / o13.22

1,200 4,200 5,400

[2] Issue on December 30 is valued at Rs. 11.05 per kg. which isthe weighted average rate arrived at as follows :

47,604 34,200 81,80411.054r / o11.05

3,600 3,800 7,400

Therefore, the value of stock as on 31-12-2003 : 4,000 units @Rs.11.05 = Rs. 44,216

Illustration : 3

The following particulars have been extracted in respect ofMaterial X. Prepare a Stores Ledger Account showing the receiptsand issues, pricing the materials issued on the basis of

(a) Weighted Average and

(b) First In First Out.

[i] 01-10-2017 Opening Stock 200 units at Rs. 3.50 per unit

[ii] 03-10-2017 Purchased 300 units at Rs. 4.00 per unit

[iii] 13-10-2017 Purchased 900 units at Rs. 4.30 per unit

[iv] 23-10-2017 Purchased 600 units at Rs. 3.80 per unit

Issues :

[i] 05-10-2017 Issued 400 units

[ii] 15-10-2017 Issued 600 units

[iii] 25-10-2017 Issued 600 units

85

Solution:

(A)FIFOSTOCK LEDGER OF ‘X’



01-10-2017 Opening - - - - - 200 3.50 700

03-10-2017 300 4.00 1,200 - - -200

300

3.50

4.00

700

1,200

05-10-2017 - - -200

200

3.50

4.00

700

800100 4.00 400

13-10-2017 900 4.30 3,870 - - -100

900

4.00

4.30

400

3,870

15-10-2017 - - -100

500

4.00

4.30

400

2,150400 4.30 1,720

23-10-2017 600 3.80 2,280 - - -400

600

4.30

3.80

1,720

2,280

25-10-2017 - - -400

200

4.30

3.80

1,720

760400 3.80 1,520

Therefore, the value of stock as on 31-10-2017 : 400 units @Rs. 3.80 = Rs. 1,520

(B)Weighted Average (Perpetual Inventory System)STOCK LEDGER OF ‘X’


Units Price Amt. UnitsWt.

Avg.Rate

Amt. UnitsWt.

Avg.Rate

Value

01-10-2017 Opening - - - - - 200 3.50 700

03-10-2017 300 4.00 1,200 - - - 500 3.80 1,900

05-10-2017 - - - 400 3.80 1,520 100 3.80 380

13-10-2017 900 4.30 3,870 - - - 1,000 4.25 4,250

15-10-2017 - - - 600 4.25 2,550 400 4.25 1,700

23-10-2017 600 3.80 2,280 - - - 1,000 3.98 3,980

25-10-2017 - - - 600 3.98 2,388 400 3.98 1,592

86

Working Notes:

[1] Issue on October 5 is valued at Rs. 3.80 which is the weightedaverage rate, arrived at as follows :

700 1,200 1,9003.80

200 300 500


380 3,870 4,2504.25

100 900 1,000


1,700 2,280 3,9803.98

400 600 1,000

Illustration 4

From the following particulars, prepare stock record by FIFO andWeighted Average Method.

Date Transaction Units Rate Rs.

04-1-2018 Purchase 40 30

17-1-2018 Purchase 60 28

20-1-2018 Sale 50 35

22-1-2018 Purchase 80 29

25-1-2018 Sale 80 33

28-1-2018 Sale 20 34

30-1-2018 Purchase 100 26

31-1-2018 Sale 90 35

Stock on hand on 1st January 2018 was 50 units @ Rs.25 each.

87

Solution :

(A) FIFOSTOCK LEDGER X’



01-1-2018 Opening - - - - - 50 25.00 1,250

04-1-2018 40 30.00 1,200 - - -50

40

25.0030.00

1,2501,200

17-1-2018 60 28.00 1,680 - - -

50

40

60

25.0030.0028.00

1,2501,2001,680

20-1-2018 - - - 50 25.00 1,25040

60

30.0028.00

1,2001,680

22-1-2018 80 29.00 2,320 - - -

40

60

80

30.0028.0029.00

1,2001,6802,320

25-1-2018 - - -

40

40

30.00

28.00

1,200

1,120

20

80

28.00

29.00

560

2,320

28-1-2018 - - - 20 28.00 560 80 29.00 2,320

30-1-2018 100 26.00 2,600 - - -80

100

29.0026.00

2,3202,600

31-1-2018 - - -80

10

29.0026.00

2,320260

90 26.00 2,340

Therefore, the value of stock as on 31-01-2008 : 90 units @ Rs.26 = Rs. 2,340.

[B]Weighted Average (Perpetual Inventory System)STOCK LEDGER



RateAmt. Units

Wt. Avg.Rate

Value

01-1-2018 Opening - - - - - 50 25.00 1,250

04-1-2018 40 30.00 1,200 - - - 90 27.22 2,450

17-1-2018 60 28.00 1,680 - - - 150 27.53 4,130

20-1-2018 - - - 50 27.53 1,377 100 27.53 2,753

22-1-2018 80 29.00 2,320 - - - 180 28.18 5,073

25-1-2018 - - - 80 28.18 2,254 100 28.18 2,819

28-1-2018 - - - 20 28.18 564 80 28.18 2,255

30-1-2018 100 26.00 2,600 - - - 180 26.97 4,855

31-1-2018 - - - 90 26.97 2,427 90 26.97 2,428

88

Working Notes :

[1] Issue on January 20 is valued at Rs. 27.53 which is theweighted average rate, arrived at as follows :

1,250 1,200 1,680 4,13027.533r / o27.53

50 40 60 150

[2] Issue on January 25 is valued at Rs. 28.18 per kg. which is theweighted average rate arrived at as follows:

2,753 2,320 5,07328.183r / o28.19

100 80 180

[3] Issue on January 31 is valued at Rs. 26.97 per kg. which is theweighted average rate arrived at as follows:

2,255 2,600 4,85526.971r / o26.97

80 100 180

Therefore, the value of stock as on 31-1-2004 : 90 units @ Rs.26.97 = Rs. 2,428.

[4] Note: The Stock Book entries for both purchases / receipts andsales / issued are always made at cost. The selling price, even ifgiven, is to be ignored.

Illustration: 5

Sumit Ltd. has purchased and issued the materials in the followingorder:

Month Date Particulars Units Cost Per Unit Rs.

August, 2017 01 Purchases 300 3

04 Purchases 600 4

06 Issues 500 -

10 Purchases 700 4

15 Issues 800 -

20 Purchases 300 5

23 Issues 100 -

Ascertain the quantity of closing stock as on 31st August, 2017and what will be the value under the following methods.

[i] First in first out method.

[ii] Weighted Average method.

(IDE, Nov. 2000, adapted)

89

Solution :

(A) FIFOSTOCK LEDGER



1-8-2017 Opening - - - - - Nil Nil Nil

1-8-2017 300 3.00 900 - - - 300 3.00 900

4-8-2017 600 4.00 2,400 - - -300

600

3.00

4.00

900

2,400

6-8-2017 - - -300

200

3.00

4.00

900

800400 4.00 1,600

10-8-2017 700 4.00 2,800 - - -400

700

4.00

4.00

1,600

2,800

15-8-2017 - - -400

400

4.00

4.00

1,600

1,600300 4.00 1,200

20-8-2017 300 5.00 1,500 - - -300

300

4.00

5.00

1,200

1,500

23-8-2017 - - - 100 4.00 400200

300

4.00

5.00

800

1,500

Therefore, the value of stock as on 31-8-2003 : Rs. 2,300

[B]Weighted Average (Perpetual Inventory System)

STOCK LEDGER



RateAmt. Units

Wt. Avg.

RateValue

01-8-2017 Opening - - - - - Nil Nil Nil

01-8-2017 300 3.00 900 - - - 300 3.00 900

04-8-2017 600 4.00 2,400 - - - 900 3.67 3,300

06-8-2017 - - - 500 3.67 1,834 400 3.67 1,466

10-8-2017 700 4.00 2,800 - - - 1,100 3.88 4,266

15-8-2017 - - - 800 3.88 3,103 300 3.88 1,163

20-8-2017 300 5.00 1,500 - - - 600 4.44 2,663

23-8-2017 - - - 100 4.44 444 500 4.44 2,219

90

Working Notes :

[1] Issue on August 6 is valued at Rs. 3.67 which is the weightedaverage rate, arrived at as follows :

900 2,400 3,3003.666r / o3.67

300 600 900

[2] Issue on August 15 is valued at Rs. 3.88 per kg. which is theweighted average rate arrived at as follows :

1,465 2,800 4,2653.877r / o3.88

400 700 1,100

[3] Issue on August 23 is valued at Rs. 4.44 per kg. which is theweighted average rate arrived at as follows:

1,161 1,500 2,6614.435r / o4.44

300 300 600

Therefore, the value of stock as on 31-8-2002 : 500 units @ Rs.4.44 = Rs. 2,219.

Illustration :6

Following are the purchases and sales of wheat in themonths of March, 2018. Prepare a statement showing valuation ofstock on the basis of Weighted Average method.

Date Purchases Rate Sales

2018 (Kg.) (Rs.) (Kg.)

March 1 600 4 -

4 - - 300

5 300 3.80 -

10 - - 200

18 200 4.20 -

23 - - 400

29 400 4.40 -

31 - - 300

Out of purchases on March 5, 50 Kgs were returned to thesupplier on March 8.Out of Sales on March 23, a customer returned20 Kgs. on March 26.

91

B] Weighted Average (Perpetual Inventory System)

STOCK LEDGER



RateAmt. Units

Wt. Avg.Rate

Value

01-3-2018 600 4.00 2,400 - - - 600 4.00 2,400

04-3-2018 - - - 300 4.00 1,200 300 4.00 1,200

05-3-2018 300 3.80 1,140 - - - 600 3.90 2,340

05-3-2018 - - - 50 3.90 195 550 3.90 2,145

10-3-2018 - - - 200 3.90 780 350 3.90 1,365

18-3-2018 200 4.20 840 - - - 550 4.01 2,205

23-3-2018 - - - 400 4.01 1,604 150 4.01 601

26-3-2018 20 4.01 80 - - - 170 4.01 681

29-3-2018 400 4.40 1,760 - - - 5704.28

2,441

31-3-2018 - - - 300 4.28 1,285 2704.28

1,156

Working Notes :

[1] Issue on March 5 & March 10 is valued at Rs. 3.90 which is theweighted average rate, arrived at as follows :

1,200 1,140 2,3403.90

300 300 600

[2] Purchase returns of 50 kg. are out of the total stock of 600 kg.which was valued at Rs. 3.90 per kg.

[3] Issue on March 23 is valued at Rs. 4.01 per kg. which is theweighted average rate arrived at as follows :

1,365 840 2,2054.01

350 200 550

[4] Sales on March 23 are out of stock valued at Rs. 4.01 per kg.Hence returns of 20 kg. are also taken at a rate of Rs. 4.01 per kg.

[5] Weighted Average Rate on March 31 is arrived at as follows :

681 1,760 2,4414.28

170 400 570

92

Therefore, the value of stock as on 31-3-2008 : 270 units @ Rs.4.28 = Rs. 1,156

Illustration : 7

A company deals in 3 products viz. A, B and C. The details forpurchases and sales for January 2018 are as under.

Product A B C

Units Rs. Units Rs. Units Rs.

Selling Price perUnit

100 200 250

Opening Stock 100 60 100 100 50 120

Purchases :

Jan 9 300 65 200 110 50 135

Jan 20 100 64 50 120 100 140

Jan 29 50 68 50 125 20 130

Closing Stock 140 70 60

You are required to prepare a trading and profit and loss accountfor the month assuming the selling and distribution expenses to beRs. 63,000. Use FIFO method for stock valuation.

SolutionStock Ledger (FIFO Method)

Product – A

Date Purchases Sales Closing Stock

Qty. Rs. Qty. Qty. × Rs. = Amount

01-1-2018 - - 100 × 60 = 6,000

09-1-2018 300 × 65 - 100 × 60 = 6,000

300 × 65 = 19,500

25,500

20-1-2018 100 × 64 - 100 × 60 = 6,000

300 × 65 = 19,500

100 × 64 = 6,400

31,900

29-1-2018 50 × 68 - 100 × 60 = 6,000

300 × 65 = 19,500

100 × 64 = 6,400

50 × 68 = 3,400

35,300

Total Sales 100 ×60 90 × 64 = 5,760

During 300 ×65 50 × 68 = 3,400

January 10 × 64 9,160

410

93

Product – B



01-1-2018 - - 100 × 100= 10,000

09-1-2018 200 × 110 - 100 × 100= 10,000

200 × 110= 22,000

32,000

20-1-2018 50 × 120 100 × 100= 10,000

200 × 110= 22,000

50 × 120 = 6,000

38,000

29-1-2018 50 × 125 100 × 100= 10,000

200 × 110= 22,000

50 × 120 = 6,000

50 × 125 = 6,250

44,250

Total Sales 100× 100 20 × 120 = 2,400

During 200 × 110 50 × 125 = 6,250

January 30 × 120 8,650

330

94

Product C



01-1-2018 - - 50 × 120 = 6,000

02-1-2018 50 × 135 50 × 120 = 6,000

50 × 135 = 6,750

12,750

20-1-2018 100 × 140 - 50 × 120 = 6,000

50 × 135 = 6,750

100 × 140= 14,000

26,750

29-1-2018 20 × 130 - 50 × 120 = 6,000

50 × 135 = 6,750

100 × 140= 14,000

20 × 130 = 2,600

29,350

Total Sales 50 × 120 40 × 140 = 5,600

During 50 × 135 20 × 130 = 2,600

January 60 × 140 8,200

160

Note : 1

Number of units sold during January :

Product A B C

Opening Stock 100 100 50

Add : Total Purchase 450 300 170

550 400 220

Less : Closing Stock 140 70 60

Units Sold 410 330 160

95

Dr. Trading Account Cr.

Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs.

To Opening Stock By sales

A 100 × 60 =6,000 A 410 × 100 = 41,000

B 100 × 100 = 10,000 B 330 × 200 = 66,000

C 50 × 120 = 6,000 22,000 C 160 × 250 = 40,000 1,47,000

To Purchases By Closing Stock

A 29,300 A 9,160

B 34,250 B 8,650

C 23,350 86,900 C 8,200 26,010

To Gross Profit c/d 64,110

1,73,010 1,73,010

Dr. Profit & Loss Account Cr.


To Selling & DistributionExpenses

63,000 By Gross Profit b/d 64,110

To Net Profit 1,110

64,110 64,110

6.2 EXERCISES

Problem 1

From the following particulars, value the closing stockseparately under : (A) FIFO; (B) Weighted Average

1st April, 2018 Opening Stock 800 @ Rs. 4

4th April, 2018 Sales 200

8th April, 2018 Purchase 1,000 @ Rs. 5



15th April, 2018 Purchase 700 @ Rs.5.50


20th April, 2018 Purchase 1,200 @ Rs.6.00


96

The market value of 30th April, 2018 is Rs. 5.75.

Problem 2

The following is an extract of the record of receipt and issue ofcertain chemicals in a chemical factory during the month of March,2018.

Date Particulars Units Rate

2018

March 1Opening balance 500 Tonnes @ Rs.200

“ 3 Issue 70 Tonnes



“ 13 Received 200 Tonnes @ Rs.190

“ 14Returned fromDepartment

150 Tonnes


“ 20 Received 240 Tonnes @ Rs.-192






Issues are to be priced on the principle of ‘First-in-First-out’Principle. The stock verifier has found shortage of 10 tonnes on the22nd June, 1999 and left a note accordingly.

Prepare a Store Ledger Control Account for the materialshowing the above transactions.

97

Problem 3

Find the value of closing stock on FIFO method

Receipts : Purchase of Pipes

04.06.2017 20 Pipes @ Rs. 15.00 each

17.06. 2017 30 Pipes @ Rs. 14.00 each

02.07. 2017 40 Pipes @ Rs. 14.50 each

30.07. 2017 30 Pipes @ Rs. 13.00 each

Sold :

20-6-2017 25 Pipes

05-7-2017 40 Pipes

31.07. 2017 45 Pipes

On 28.07.2017, 2 pipes sold on 20.6.2017 were receivedback, out of which one pipe was found damaged on 28.7.2017 andhad to be discarded.

98

7CAPITAL, REVENUE EXPENDITURE

AND RECEIPTS

Unit Structure :

7.0 Objectives

7.1 Introduction

7.2 Characteristics / Tests for Capital or Revenue

7.3 Expenditure

7.4 Capital Expenditure

7.5 Revenue Expenditure

7.6 Distinctions between Capitals Expenditure and Revenue

Expenditure

7.7 Deferred Revenue Expenditure

7.8 Capital Receipts

7.9 Revenue Receipts

7.10 Distinctions between Capital Receipts and Revenue

Receipts

7.11 Deferred Revenue Income

7.12 Revenue Profit and Capital Profit

7.13 Revenue Loss and Capital Loss

7.14 Effect of Wrong Treatment On Profit

7.15 Illustration

7.16 Exercises

7.0 OBJECTIVES


Understand the meaning and characteristics of capitalexpenditure and revenue expenditure.

Distinguish between capital expenditure and revenueexpenditure.

Understand the meaning and characteristics of capital receiptsand revenue receipts.

Distinguish between capital receipts and revenue receipts.

Understand the meaning and characteristics of deferredrevenue expenditure

Know the disclosure of various items in final accounts.

99

Recognise with reason the given item is of capital nature orrevenue nature or deferred revenue nature.

7.1 INTRODUCTION

Final Accounts prepared at the end of the year consists ofIncome Statement and Balance Sheet. These are prepared fromtrial balance. Debit balance shown in trial balance represents eitherrevenue expenses or capital expenditure, credit balances are eitherrevenue income or capital receipts. All revenue expenses & gains /incomes are transferred to Income Statement. Capital expenditurerepresents assets shown on assets side of the Balance Sheet.Credit balance represents either gains or capital receipts, variousgains shown in Income Statement and capital receipts shown onliabilities side of the Balance Sheet. Therefore, it is very essential toknow, WHICH and WHY, how to distinguishing which are capitalsor revenue? While recording transaction in various books ofaccounts, it is necessary to classify them into revenue or capital.This classification is relevant for adherence to the requirements asper A.S. 9 & the accounting concept of matching costs withrevenue.

7.2 CHARACTERISTICS / TESTS FOR CAPITAL ORREVENUE

For deciding whether it is CAPITAL OR REVENUE followingfeatures should be tested.

1. Business Activity / Nature :In case such activities are recurring nature i.e. purchases or

sales of goods or rendering serves, it is revenue. Expenditurepertains to investing / financing activity, it is capital expenditure.

2. Long / Short Term Benefits :Benefits of expenditure is for short term, normally it is

Revenue e.g. wages paid, rent paid, while if benefits for long term,it is capital, e.g. purchase of Plant, Furniture, etc.

3. Recoverable :Amount spent is recoverable in short term, it is revenue, if it

is recoverable in long term, it is capital e.g. sale of goods isrevenue, sale of assets is capital receipts.

4. Recurring - Non-recurring :Any recurring receipts / payments are recurring in nature,

then it is revenue, if such receipts are non-recurring, it may becapital expenditure e.g. issue of shares is capital receipts andinterest received is revenue income.

100

5. Effect on Funds and Profits :Revenue receipts and revenue payments affects profits

whereas capital receipts increases funds, capital payments orexpenditure increases assets.

6. Treatment in Final Accounts :Revenue receipts or payments are shown in Income

Statement, capital expenditure or receipts are shown in the BalanceSheet.

7. Materially of amount :Huge or small amount doesn’t indicate whether it is capital or

revenue.

8. Treatment by other party :Treatment by other party to transaction is not relevant. E.g.

furniture sold by furniture manufactures is revenue receipts for him,it is capital expenditure for buyer as it is assets purchased, thus,there are no clear cut tests / rules, whether it is capital or revenue,it can be decided upon nature of transactions / nature of business /ultimately nature of receipts or payments.

7.3 EXPENDITURE

7.3.1 Meaning:As per guidance notes issued by I.C.A.I. in relation to

Financial Statements, “Expenditure means incurring a liability ordisbursement of cash or transfer of property for the purpose ofobtaining goods, services or assets” Expenditure does not onlyinvolve outflow of resources, but also giving rise to liability ortransfer of property. Such expenses may be Capital or Revenueexpenditure, depends up benefits that firm gets i.e. short term orlong term. An expenditure whether it is Capital or Revenue isdependent on various factors, such as:

7.3.2 Benefit of expenditure:In case benefit of it is available for short period i.e. less than

12 months, it is revenue expenditure. Expenditure is for longerperiod i.e. more than one year, it is capital expenditure.

7.3.3 Recurring or non-recurring:Revenue expenditure is reoccurring, is payable again and

again, i.e. rent, wages, salaries etc. It is considered as period cost.However, capital expenditure is not payable as per period, it isincurred only when Fixed Assets are purchased.

101

7.3.4 Decreases Cost of production / increased earningcapacity

Expenses on increasing earning capacity are treated ascapital expenditure whereas expenses incurred for keeping assetsin working condition are revenue expenditure.

7.4 CAPITAL EXPENDITURE

7.4.1 Meaning:Capital Expenditure means an expenditure carring probable

future benefit [Guidance Notes - I.C.A.I.] Eric. Kohler has definedCapital expenditure as “expenditure intended to benefit futureperiods, an addition to fixed assets. The term is generally restrictedto expenditure that add to Fixed Assets units or those have effectsof increasing earning capacity, efficiency, life span or economy ofan existing assets.”

In short, Capital Expenditure means:i) Expenditure incurred for acquisition of Fixed Assets.ii) Expenditure incurred in connection to acquisition of Fixed

Assets.iii) Expenditure which results in increases earning capacity of

business.iv) Expenditure which decreases cost of operation.

Balance in capital expenditure being an asset is carriedforward to subsequent period; still it is fully depreciated or disposedoff. Depreciation is charged annually either on book value or cost ofFixed Assets.

7.4.2 Characteristics / Tests:If expenditure has any of the following features, then it is

treated as Capital Expenditure.

1. Long Term Benefits :The benefits of capital expenditure can be enjoyed for long

periods and future period of time e.g. purchased of Plant &Machinery.

Any expenditure incurred in connection with acquisition offixed assets, e.g. Custom duty paid on machinery imported,installation cost of machinery.

2. Investing Activity :Such expenditure pertains to investing activity. Capital

expenditure helps to set up and develop a business. It creates andincreases earning capacity of the business. It gives birth to a newsource of income. It leads to acquisition of new asset. Examples

102

are Fixed Assets like Machinery, Furniture & Fixtures, Computer,etc.

3. Recoverable :Money spent on capital expenditure can be recovered

though income generated by the Assets itself or even by selling theassets at the end of its economic life or at the time of replacementof assets.

4. Non-recurring :Capital expenditure is non-recurring in nature, i.e. it need not

be incurred again and again. If a firm takes Building on rent, it ispayable every month, but if it purchased Building, it does notpurchase another building for many years.

5. Effect on Funds and Profits :Capital expenditure decreases funds in current year as

money goes out of business. But it may increase profits in futurefrom income derived by using such assets. Investment purchasedis capital expenditure, income earned from investment is RevenueReceipt.

6. Increases in performance of existing Assets :Normally amount spent is large, but not necessarily, e.g.

Calculator purchased, it is shown in the Balance Sheet as assets atbook value [cost less depreciation].

7.4.3 Examples of Capital Expenditure:Purchase of any Fixed Asset for use in the business, as per

AS-10, cost of fixed asset includes :

a. Cost of purchase of Fixed Assets.

b. Custom duty, taxes, cusses on cost.

c. Freight paid for transportation to factory site.

d. Professional charges paid in connection with acquisition ofFixed Assets, Installation of assets e.g. Legal charges paidfor preparing documents, project report, conductingfeasibility study, market surveys, negotiations forCollaboration etc.

e. Office and administrative expenditure connected withproject.

f. Interest on loan taken for purchase of Fixed Assets till it isput to use.

g. Any expenditure incurred during construction period.

h. Cost of an addition or extension to an existing asset.

i. Cost of development of Wasting Assets.

j. Cost of acquisition of an Intangible Assets.

103

7.5 REVENUE EXPENDITURE

7.5.1 Meaning:

1. REVENUE EXPENDITURE

Revenue expenditure means expenditure incurred forcarrying out the day to day business activities and from which nofuture benefits expected. [Guidance Notes - ICAI].

Eric Kohler has defined revenue expenditure as“Expenditure charged against operations, a term used to contrastwith capital expenditure”.

Any expenditure which is not capital expenditure is RevenueExpenditure. The items of expenditure having immediate or short-term benefices less than 12 months are treated as RevenueExpenditure.

2. COSTCost means amount of expenditure incurred on a specific article,product or activity [Guidance notes ICAI]. Thus, cost may be thecost of an asset or cost of goods or cost of services.

3. ExpensesExpenses means:

a) A cost relating to the operation during the accounting period.

b) A cost relating to the income earned during the accountingperiod.

c) A cost whose benefits do not extend beyond the accountingperiod.

d) An expired cost i.e. that portion of expenditure from which nofurther benefits are expected. [Guidance Notes ICAI].

e) Expenditure incurred to maintain assets in working condition.

f) Expenditure of revenue nature incurred after the plant startscommercial production. [AS-10].

g) Research and development cost written off.

In short, Revenue expenses means operating costs,matching costs, period cost, product cost and expired costsincurred during the accounting year.

7.5.2 Characteristics / Test:

If expenditure have any of the following characteristics ortests, it should be treated as Revenue Expenditure:

104

1. Business Activity :The expenditure that pertain to business activity is recorded

as revenue expenditure, as it helps to run a business and earnincome. Examples are purchase of goods, fees paid etc.

2. Maintain Assets :Expenditure that helps to maintains fixed assets in working

condition is treated as revenue expenditure. e.g. repairs,maintenance.

3. Not Recoverable :Money spent on revenue expenditure is not irretrievably

gone. It can be recovered hence expired costs and revenue lossesare treated as revenue expenditure.

4. Recurring :Revenue expenditure is recurring in nature. A same type of

expenditure is incurred again and again. e.g. salaries paid, rent,traveling expenses, audit fees.

5. Reduces Funds and Profits :Revenue expenditure reduces both funds and profits of the

current year. As money goes out, the funds available with theconcern are reduced. And as the money goes out irretrievably (i.e.never to comes back), it reduces the profits of the concern.

7.5.3 Disclosure in final accounts:Revenue expenditure pertains to current year is shown as

expenditure in the Profit & Loss A/C. However, part of theexpenses, if pertains to next year, is shown in the Balance Sheet asprepaid expenditure, on the assets side. Revenue expenditureincurred but not paid is taken in Profit & Loss A/C and it is shown inthe Balance Sheet as liabilities.

7.5.4 Examples:1. Cost relating to business activities during the accounting year is

treated as revenue expenditure i.e.

Cost of production [purchases of goods, wages paid.manufacturer expenses etc.]

Cost of administration [salaries, rent, printing & stationery,audit fees etc.]

Selling & Distribution cost [commission, traveling expenses,advertisement, etc.]

Cost of raising finance [interest on loans, debenturesinterest, and cash discount, etc.]

105

2. Cost relating to income earned during the same accountingperiod are treated as revenue expenditure e.g. carriage, freight,buying expenses, interest on loans.

Costs whose benefits do not extend beyond the accounting yearare treated as revenue expenditure i.e. white washing factory,loose tools and packing materials.

Expired Costs: Expenditure from which no future benefitsexpected is treated as revenue expenditures e.g. Depreciationon Fixed Assets, when any asset is sold at loss, book valuerepresents loss on sale of assets, it is treated as expired cost &written off as expired cost, debited to Profit and Loss A/C.

Revenue Loss: is treated as revenue expenditure e.g. goodsdestroyed by fire, bad debts and unsalable goods written off.Revenue losses arises in respect of business activities [tradingor / and manufacturing] or in respect to current assets such asstock, cash lost, debtors etc.

Revenue expenditure incurred after the plant has beguncommercial production is treated as expenses. AS - 10.

Expenditure on repairs which maintains the standard ofperformance of an existing fixed assets and machinery sparesconsumed are treated as revenue expenditure . A.S.-10.

According to A.S.8, any Research & Development costsincurred but it is not certain whether it will give rise to anybenefit in future can be treated as revenue expenditure.

7.6 DISTINCTIONS BETWEEN CAPITALEXPENDITURE AND REVENUE EXPENDITURE

No. Capital Expenditure Revenue Expenditure

1. Its benefit extends for morethan one accounting year .

It benefits only for currentaccounting year [12 months]

2. It is incurred for acquisition offixed assets .

It is incurred for earningrevenue.

3. It may be incurred to improvethe existing fixed assets heldby the concern.

It maintained fixed assets inworking condition.

4. It increases revenue earningcapacity.

It does not change revenueearning capacity.

106

5. It benefits more than oneaccounting year.

It benefits only in the sameaccounting year.

6. It decreases funds, butbenefits for longer period.

It decreases funds as wellas profits of business.

7. It may decreases cost ofproduction.

It decreases profits ofcurrent year.

8. It is shown on assets side ofBalance Sheet.

It is shown as expense inRevenue A/C.

9. Examples = goodwill, plant &machinery, land, building,furniture & fixtures, railwaysidings etc.

Examples = purchases ofgoods, wages, salaries,legal fees, rents. Insurance,carriage, interest, sellingexpenses, commission. etc.

CHECK YOUR PROGRESS

1. Fill in the blanks

a. Revenue expenditure is shown on ------------- side of Profit &Loss A/C.

b. -------------- expenditure is incurred for acquisition of FixedAssets.

c. -------------- expenditure benefits only in same accountingyear.

d. Purchase of goods is the example of ------------------expenditure.

e. Goodwill is the---------------------------expenditure.

f. Cost relating to income earned during the --------- accountingperiod are treated as revenue expenditure.

g. Expenditure from which no future benefits expected istreated as --------------expenditures.

h. Goods destroyed by fire is a ------------------------- expenditure.

i. Expenditure pertains to investing / financing activity is --------expenditure.

j. Custom duty, taxes, cusses on cost is a -----------expenditure.

k. Expenditure which results in increase in earning capacity ofbusiness is ---------------------- expenditure

l. Expenditure which decreases cost of operation is --------------expenditure.

107

2. Enlist the tests for treating the expenditure as Revenue.

3. Define the following terms:

a. Revenue expenditure

b. Capital expenditure

c. Cost

d. Expenditure

7.7 DEFERRED REVENUE EXPENDITURE

7.7.1 Meaning:Deferred Revenue Expenditure is that of revenue

expenditure which is carried forward on the presumption that it willbenefit over subsequent periods.

Guidance note issued by ICAI “Deferred RevenueExpenditure is that part of expenditure for which payment has beenmade or a liability incurred but which is carried forward onpresumption that it will benefit over a subsequent period orperiods”.

They are of a Quasi Capital Expenditure. Any heavy revenueexpenditure which is incurred in one year but it is likely to benefitmore than one accounting year, are considered as deferredrevenue expenditure. To defer means to postpone. DeferredRevenue Expenditure has mixed nature and has same features ofboth revenue and capital expenditure.

7.7.2 Medium term Benefits:The Deferred Revenue Expenditure has medium term

benefits, may be 3 to 4 years, therefore, cost of expenditure isdivided in say 3 to 4, or 5 years, the part of Deferred RevenueExpenditure benefit for current year debited to Profit & Loss A/C,remaining balance carried to subsequent years till It is fully writtenoff. e.g. Discount allowed Rs.1,00,000 on issue of Debentures,Debenture, likely to be redeemed after 10 years. The benefits ofissue of Debentures are for 10 years. Every year 1,00,000/10 =Rs.10,000 shall be written off, balance in Discount on issue ofDebentures carried forward. After ten year, there will be no balancein that account.

7.7.3 Nature of Expenses :Deferred Revenue Expenditure should be Revenue

Expenditure by nature in the first instance, for example,advertisement. But its matching with revenue may be deferredconsidering the benefit to be accrued in future.

108

7.7.4 Revenue Expenses, Deferred Revenue Expenditure &Prepaid Expenditure:

A thin line of difference exists between revenue expenses,deferred revenue expenditure and prepaid expenses. RevenueExpenditure is short time expenses, benefits of all these areexcused in the same accounting year. In some cases, part ofRevenue Expenses is treated as Deferred Revenue Expenditureand is carried forward on the presumption that it will benefit oversubsequent period or periods. e.g. heavy advertisement for newproduct launch in the market, such expenses may be assumed, it isgoing to benefit for 3 to 5 years, hence it can be treated asDeferred Revenue Expenditure. The benefits available from prepaidexpenses can be precisely [not presumption] estimated but that isnot so in case of Deferred Revenue Expenditure. e.g. Insurancepremium paid for the year ended 30th June 2018 Rs. 24,000/-Accounting year ended 31st March 2018. In this case three monthspremium pertains to subsequent period, = 24000/12*3 = Rs. 6000.Amount is ascertained and carried forwards according as prepaidinsurance Rs. 6000/-.

7.8 CAPITAL RECEIPTS

7.8.1 Meaning:Receipts means an amount received by a concern either

during its business activity [supply of goods or services] or duringits financing [obtaining money as capital or loan or sale of assets].Receipt arising out of business activity is known as revenuereceipts, wherever receipts arising out of financing activity areknown as capital receipts or liability.

Capital receipts means an amount received by a concern inthe course of financing activity [obtaining money as capital or loanor sale of Assets]. A concern need money to carry on its businessactivities and investing activities. The money is obtained either fromthe owner or loans or sales of assets or sales of investment. Capitalreceipts are non-recurring in nature.

Capital means the amount invested in the concern by itsowners, it to be refunded only when the concern finally stops itsbusiness and is closed down.

Liability means amounts received as loan basis from outsiderse.g. from Bank, financial institution.

Capital receipts are recognized on accrual basis as soon as therights of receipts are established. Capital receipts are notcredited to Profit & Loss A/C, it is shown as the liability or it mayreduce from Fixed Asset. However, it may be credited to Profit &Loss A/C to the profit realized on sale of asset.

109

7.8.2 Characteristics / Tests:If receipts have any of the following features, then it should

be treated as Capital Receipts:

Financing Activity:Receipts which arises from financingl activities areconcerned as Capital Receipts. It provides funds to acquirenew fixed assets. e.g. capital introduced, loan taken fromsale of assets, etc.

Non-recurring:Capital receipts are always non-recurring in nature. Suchamounts are not received again and again. These are longterm commitments.

Returnable:Money received as loan is returnable, as per various termsagreed upon. Capital introduced is paid back to owner whenbusiness is closed down.

Effect on fund and profits:Capital receipts increases fund available to business in theyear of receipts, as money comes in the business. But it maydecreases profits in future as one has to pay interest onloan. However, in long term, it will increase profits of the firm.e.g. Say you are borrowing @ 12%; return on investment tofirm say 18% and then extra 6% increases return to owner,without additional capital. This is possible only when returnsare higher from the business.

7.8.3 Disclosure in Final Accounts:Capital receipts are shown in Balance Sheet on liability side.

Capital receipts from sale of fixed assets are deducted fromconcerned fixed assets.

7.8.4 Example:a) Additional capital introduced by the owner Rs. 1,50,000.b) Loan of Rs. 5,00,000 taken from H.D.F.C. Bank.c) Investment costing Rs. 75,000 sold.d) Grants from government received Rs.1,75,000 for

construction of building.

7.9 REVENUE RECEIPTS

7.9.1 Meaning: Revenue receipts are those items of income, which are

received or accrued in ordinary course of business. Revenuereceipts means receipts from customers for sale of goods or

110

rendering services or for use of funds or use of assets.[Guidance Notes - I.C.A.I.] Revenue receipts are recurringin nature; this gives rise to Gross Income regularly so longas the business continues.

Income means revenue earned during the particularaccounting year.

7.9.2 Characteristics / Tests:If receipts have any of the following features, then it should

be treated as Revenue Receipts:

a) Business Activity:

Receipts in course of business activities are recorded asRevenue Receipts e.g. Sale of goods, interest received, dividendreceived, discount earned, etc.

b) Recurring:

Revenue Receipts are recurring in nature. Same types ofreceipts are received again and again on regular basis, periodicallyreceived in gap of two or three months, like interest on loan given.

c) Not Returnable:

Revenue Receipts are not returnable / refundable. It needsnot be paid back as concern has supplied goods or renderedservices to customers. Amounts received for sale of goods orrendering reverses, in normal case, money is not to be refunded tocustomers back. Legal ownership is with seller and need not to bepaid back.

d) Increase in funds and profits:

Revenue receipts increases both funds and profits of thecurrent year. As money received in the from of income, it increasesprofits and it is not to be refunded. It increases funds available atdisposals with the concern.

7.9.3 Disclosure in final accounts:Revenue receipts pertaining to current year are credited to

Profit & Loss A/C. Revenue receipts relating to future period shownin the Balance Sheet as received in advance, on liability side. [asincome received in advance]. However income is different thanreceipts. Income excludes revenues relating to the further period,received in advance & includes income earned in current year butnot received [income receivable] and income received in earlieryears for current year.

111

7.9.4 Examples:

Sales of goods:Goods means the commodities in which the concern deals.

Sales of goods whether manufactured or purchased are revenueincome.

Revenue is said to be arise from sale of goods when sale iscomplete and the buyer has no legal right to return the goods orask for refund. If at the time of receipts, sale is not complete orbuyer has right to ask for refund, [sale on approval, goods sent onconsignment] then it is treated as advance and the receipt is basedon advance and not as revenue. Only when the sale is complete,such advance is to be treated as revenue.

Rendering of Services:Services means ‘AID TO TRADE’, such as marketing,

financing, administration, distribution, transport etc. Receipts aretaken as revenue when services are provided.

Interest :Interest is taken as income on loan given by the concern.Amount received when such loan itself is returned, then it iscapital receipt.

Dividend :Receipt is treated as dividend when it is in the form of a rewardfrom investment in shares. Amount is received on sales of suchshares themselves are treated as capital receipts.

Royalty :Receipt is treated as royalty when it is received for used ofassets such as know-how, patents, trademarks and copyrights.Amount received on outright sales of such patents etc. arecapital receipts.

Insurance claim :Compensation received from insurance company for loss ofcurrent assets e.g. loss of goods, loss of cash due to theft etc.,are treated as revenue receipts.

7.9.5 GOVERNMENT GRANTSGrants received from Government are of two types. Grants

received for capital expenditure is capital receipt e.g. for roadconstruction, for Equipments to be purchased. However, grantreceived to re-imbrue or compensate for specified revenueexpenditure or revenue losses are revenue receipts. [e.g. salarygrant, rent, power grant] are treated as Revenue Receipts [A.S. -15 on Government Grants]. In brief, any receipt is recurring &

112

benefits are likely to be lost for not more than 12 months, areRevenue Receipts.

7.10 DISTINCTIONS BETWEEN CAPITAL RECEIPTSAND REVENUE RECEIPTS

No. Capital Receipts Revenue Receipts

1. It is non-recurring in nature. It is recurring in nature.

2. It arises from financial /investing activity.

It arises from businessactivity.

3. Capital receipts which areliabilities are to be repaid asper terms.

They are not repaid innormal course of business.

4. They are not gains to theconcern.

They are gains to theconcern.

5. They appear in BalanceSheet.

They appear in IncomeStatement.

6. Capital receipts arerecognized on accrual basisbut not matched with capitalexpenditure.

Revenue receipts arematched with Revenueexpenditure at the end ofaccounting year.

7. Examples of capital receiptsare capital brought in byowner, loan taken, sale offixed assets and sale ofinvestment.

Examples of revenuereceipts are sale of goods,rent received, interestreceived, discount earned,income from investment etc.

8. Capital receipts may becapital profit, it increasesfunds available.

In increases profits as wellas funds of businessconcern.

CHECK YOUR PROGRESS


a. Commission received is --------------receipt.

b. Rent received by sub-letting premises is -------------receipt.

c. Sale proceeds on sale of old car is -------------receipt.

d. Sale of furniture by furniture dealer is -------------receipt.

e. --------------- means assets held for short period.

f. Capital of owner of business is shown on -------------- side ofbalance sheet.

g. ------------- assets does not have physical identity.

h. Grants received from Government for capital expenditure isa--------------------------receipt.

113

i. Grant received for road construction is a ------------receipt.

j. Grant received for re-imbrues or compensate for specifiedrevenue expenditure or revenue losses are--------------receipts.

k. Sales of goods whether manufactured or purchased are ------income.

l. Revenue receipts pertaining to current year are ------------ toProfit & Loss a/c.

m. Revenue receipts relating to ---------- period shown in thebalance sheet as received in advance, on-------- side.

n. Deferred revenue expenditure should be ----------expenditureby nature in the first instance.

o. Discount on issue of debenture is a ----------------expenditure.


a. Revenue receipts

b. Capital receipts

c. Deferred revenue expenditure

3. What is the difference between income and receipt.

7.11 DEFERRED REVENUE INCOME

7.11.1 Meaning:

Deferred Revenue Income means income received inadvance before it is earned, which is carried forward to subsequentperiod to which it relates [Guidance note - ICAI] such income isreceived in advance. Such items of income is shown as ‘Incomereceived in advance’ on the liability side of Balance Sheet.

7.11.2 Examples:

Club annual membership fees received in advance fromsome members is to be treated as income received in advance, tobe carried forward to the period it belongs.

Educational institution fees may be collected for entirecourse, say three years, two years fees received is incomereceived in advance.

Grants received from Government for acquiring depreciableassets are treated as deferred income. Proportionate amount ofgrant basined on useful life of asset [i.e. total grant divided by theuseful life of assets] is taken as income every year and credited toProfit & Loss A/C. [A.S. - 15 on Government Grants - I.C.A.I.]

114

7.12 REVENUE PROFIT AND CAPITAL PROFIT

Business activities give rise to revenue profit whereasinvesting and financing activities give rise to capital profit. Revenueprofit / operating profit mean the net profit arising from the normaloperations / operating activities of the concern. Net operating profitmeans excess of gross operating income over total operatingexpenditure during the particular period. Capital profit arises whenassets or investment sold at higher price than cost. Shares areissued by the company at higher price than face value / nominalvalue, extra amount received is credited to Securities Premium A/Cand not to Profit and Loss A/C. In case of sale of Fixed Assets,difference between sale proceeds and cost is capital profit,difference between cost and book value is revenue profit. e.g. Plantcosting Rs. 7,50,000/- book value on date of sale Rs. 4,50,000/-[due to depreciation], sold for 9,00,000/-

Capital profit = 9,00,000 - 7,50,000= Rs. 1,50,000 [sale proceeds -cost]Revenue profit = 7,50,000 - 4,50,000 = Rs. 3,00,000 [cost - bookvalue]

7.13 REVENUE LOSS AND CAPITAL LOSS

Revenue due to business activity is revenue loss, e.g. losson sale of goods, bad debts, goods lost by theft. Such revenuelosses are expired cost and debited to Profit & Loss A/C. On theother hand, losses due to investing and financing activity is capitalloss. Capital loss due to investing activity is debited to Profit andLoss A/C as expired cost with no future benefits whereas lossesdue to capital, financing i.e. discount on issue of shares is carriedforward as ‘fictitious assets’ shown in the Balance Sheet under theheading “Miscellaneous Expenditure”.

7.14 EFFECT OF WRONG TREATMENT ON PROFIT

We believe that to erris human, to ignore its effect will coston someone, who may blame accountant.

Any error in classification of payments / receipts will affectfinal accounts. Every receipts and payments are classified intoeither Revenue or Capital. Revenue expenditure & incomes aretransferred to Profit & Loss A/C to ascertain net profit or loss for theperiod. Capital expenditure and capital receipts are shown in thebalance sheet. Balance shown in the balance sheet are carriedforward to subsequent period. Thus, any error in classification willeffect on accuracy of entire final accounts. Effect of such error canbe as under:-

115

1. Revenue Expenditure is shown as Capital Expenditure:

Revenue expenditure wrongly capitalized will increase profitsof this year and assets are overvalued, depreciation part insubsequent year shall decrease profits of all subsequent years e.g.Repairs to Machinery Rs. 60.000 wrongly debited to MachineryA/C. Since it is wrongly capitalized, expenditure not debited to Profit& Loss A/C profit shall be shown at higher amount and also athigher amount, in subsequent year, due to higher depreciation, itwill reduce profits.

2. Capital Expenditure is shown as Revenue Expenditure :As capital expenditure is debited to Profit & Loss A/C, Profit

& Loss A/C will show lower profit and Balance Sheet shows lowerassets. It will affect profits / loss in subsequent years also, asdepreciation shall not be charged, as entire amount is alreadydebited to Profit & Loss A/C e.g. Furniture purchased forRs.51,000, wrongly recorded in purchase day book. In this case,gross profit as well as net profit reduced by Rs. 51,000/- .Furnitureis not added to furniture in Balance Sheet. So, Balance Sheetshows fixed assets lower by Rs.51,000 if this type of error results into Window Dressing.

3. Capital Receipts are shown as Revenue Receipts:The Profit & Loss A/C shows higher profits and the Balance

Sheet shows lower liabilities or higher assets. e.g. Sale of oldassets for Rs. 25,000 recorded in Sales Day Book. In this case, assales are shown at higher amount, Gross Profit, Net Profit shall behigher, since it is not deducted from assets, they are shown athigher amount by Rs. 25,000. Profit or loss on sale of assets arealso not accounted. Deposit received from customers’ Rs. 27,000,wrongly credited to interest A/C, profit shown by Profit & Loss A/Cwill be higher and liabilities are shown lower by Rs. 27,000.

4. Revenue Receipts are shown as Capital Receipts:The Profit & Loss A/C shows lower profit and the Balance

Sheet shows higher liabilities, or lower assets e.g. Commissionreceived Rs. 71,000, from Z & Co. credited to Z & Co., income isshown less and Z & Co. as liability.

Sale of goods wrongly credited to Furniture A/C, sales isshown lower results in lower income and Furniture is reduced bythe same amount, assets are shown at lower amount.

116

7.15 ILLUSTRATION

Illustration 1:State with reason whether following are capital or revenue

expenditure:

i) Rs.12,000, paid for removable of stock to new site.

ii) Purchase of NOKIA mobile phone Rs.5,000 for office work.

iii) Expenses incurred in connection with obtaining a licence forstarting the factory for Rs.27,000.

iv) Legal fees to acquire property Rs.10,000.

v) The amount spent for replacement of work out part ofmachine Rs.50,000.

vi) Money spent to reduce working expenses Rs.25,000.

vii) Ring & Pistons of an engine were changed at cost ofRs.10,000 to get fuel efficiency.

Solution :

i) Rs.12,000, paid for removable of stock to new site isrevenue expenditure. This is neither bring enduring benefitnor enhance the value of the asset.

ii) Purchase of NOKIA mobile phone Rs.5,000 is capitalexpenditure; as it is incurred for acquisition of fixed assets.

iii) Money paid Rs. 27,000 for obtaining license to start a factoryis a capital expenditure. This is an item of expenditureincurred to acquire the right to carry on business.

iv) Legal fees to acquire property Rs.10,000 are part of cost ofthat property. It is incurred to possess the ownership rightsof the property and hence it is a capital expenditure.

v) The amount spent for replacement of work out part ofmachine Rs.50,000 is revenue expenditure since it is partof its maintenance cost. If was incurred to keep machine inworking condition.

vi) Money spent on reducing working expenses Rs.25,000 iscapital expenditure, as it generates long term benefit to theentity. It is part of intangible fixed assets. if is incurred forany specific assets then it is also capital expenditure. Itshould be capitalized.

vii) Rs.10,000 spent in changing rings and pistons of an engineto get fuel efficiency is capital expenditure. This is anexpenditure on improvement of fixed assets. It results inincreasing profit earning capacity of the business by costreduction.

117

Illustration 2 :State whether the following expenditure is a capital, revenue

or deferred revenue expenditure. Give reasons :

1. Legal expenses incurred in connection with issue of capital.

2. Cost of replacement of a defective part of the machinery.

3. Expenditure incurred in preparing a project report.

4. Expenditure for training employees for better running ofmachinery.

5. Expenditure incurred for repairing cinema screen.

Solution:

1. Deferred revenue expenditure: Legal expenses incurred inconnection with issue of capital are not treated as revenueexpenditure because the funds from issue of shares will benefitthe concern for many years, it is not treated as capitalexpenditure because it does not create any real asset. Hence, itis treated as deferred revenue expenditure and written off overcertain number of years.

2. Revenue expenditure: As replacement of a defective part willhelp to maintain the machinery in working condition.

3. Capital expenditure: If the project is implemented; asaccording to Accounting Standard 10, all expenditure till aproject commences is capitalized. However, if the project isgiven up or not implemented and the amount is small, it will bewritten off as revenue expenditure (as expired costs which willbring no benefit in future); if the project is not implemented andthe amount is heavy, it will be treated as deferred revenueexpenditure.

4. Revenue expenditure: As expenditure for training employeesfor better running of machinery is cost of administration relatedto normal business activities incurred in order to earn incomeduring the year.

5. Revenue expenditure: As expenditure incurred for repairingcinema screen is a cost incurred to maintain an existing asset inworking condition.

Illustration 3:State, with reasons, whether you would consider the

following as capital expenditure or revenue expenditure :

1. Amount spent on uniform of workers.

2. White-washing of the factory building.

118

3. Cost of stores consumed in manufacturing machinery forinstallation in own factory.

4. Wages paid for construction of the building extension.

5. Import duty on raw material purchased.

(June 1980, adapted)

Solution :

1. Revenue expenditure: As amount spent on uniform of workersis an administration cost related to normal business activities.

2. Revenue expenditure: As white-washing of the factory ofbuilding is a cost of maintaining an asset in working condition.

3. Capital expenditure: As cost of stores consumed inmanufacturing machinery for installation in own factory is adirect cost incurred for manufacturing an asset which is to becapitalized as per Accounting Standard 10.

4. Capital expenditure: As wages paid for construction of anextension to an existing asset is a direct cost incurred foracquiring an asset which is to be capitalized as per AccountingStandard 10.

5. Revenue expenditure: As import duty on raw materialpurchased is a direct product cost related to normal businessactivities incurred in order to earn income during the year.

Illustration 4:

State with reasons, whether you would consider the following ascapital expenditure or revenue expenditure.

1. Raw material costing $ 2,000/- was imported when 1 dollar wasworth Rs. 40; when payment was actually made the foreignexchange was purchased at the rate of 1 dollar equal to Rs. 42.

2. Premium paid in connection with acquisition of leaseholdpremises.

3. Renovation of factory canteen.

4. Fees paid for renewal of licence for factory.

(April 1984 adapted)

Solution :

1. Revenue Expenditure: As due to change in exchange rate, rawmaterial cost, which is a direct product cost, has gone up. Costof raw materials = 2000 × 40 = `80,000. it is purchased ofgoods. However, extra amount paid 2000 × (42 - 40) = 4,000

119

shall be treated as loss due to exchange fluctuation is alsorevenue expenditure, should be debited to profit & loss a/c.

2. Capital expenditure: As premium paid in connection withacquisition of leasehold premises is a direct cost incurred inconnection with the acquisition of an asset to be added to thecost of the asset [Accounting Standard 10].

3. Revenue expenditure: As renovation of factory canteen helpsto maintain the asset in working condition.

4. Revenue expenditure: As fees for renewal of factory licence isa recurring expenditure incurred in the course of normalbusiness activities.

Illustration 5:Electric Engineers Private Limited removed their factory to a

more suitable premises in Navi Mumbai. State with reasons theaccounting treatment for the following items:

1. A sum of Rs.99,500 was spent for dismantling, removing and re-installing plant, machinery and fixtures.

2. The removal of stock from the old factory to the new at a cost ofRs.1,000.

3. Plant and Machinery which stood in the books at `1,50,000included a machine at a book value of Rs. 1,50,000 included amachine at a book value of Rs. 3,400. This being obsolete, wassold off at Rs. 900 and was replaced by a new machine whichcost Rs. 4,800.

4. The freight and cartage on the new machine amounted to `300and erection charges Rs.550.

5. The furniture appeared in the books at Rs.15,000. Of these,some portion of the book value at Rs.3,000 was discarded andsold at Rs.1,200. New furniture of the book value of `2,400 wasacquired.

6. A sum of Rs.2,200 was spent on painting the new factory

(Oct. 1981, adapted)

Solution:

1. Deferred revenue expenditure: Cost of dismantling, removingand re-installing plant etc. is not treated as revenue expenditurebecause it is not a normal operating cost. If it is not treated ascapital expenditure because it does not create any real asset.

120

Hence it is treated as deferred revenue expenditure and writtenoff over certain number of years.

2. Revenue expenditure: As removal of stock from the old factoryto the new is a normal operating cost related to a current asset(stocks) and not capital asset.

3. When a machine costing Rs.3,400 is sold for Rs.900 receivedon sale of machinery is treated as capital receipt; and the bookvalue of the machine becomes Rs.2,500. As the machine hasbeen sold at its book value represents an ‘expired cost’ with nofuture benefits i.e. loss on sale of asset which is to be written offby debit to the Profit and Loss Account. Cost of new machine(Rs.4,800) will be treated as Capital expenditure.

4. Capital expenditure: As freight and cartage on the newmachine as well as the erection cost is a direct cost of bringingan asset to a condition where it can be put to use, which iscapitalized as per Accounting Standard 10.

5. Loss on sale of old furniture (Rs.3,000 - Rs. 1,200) is written offas expired cost by debit to the Profit and Loss Account; cost ofnew furniture (Rs.2,400) will be treated as Capital expenditure.

6. Capital expenditure: painting the new factory is a direct cost tillan asset is first put to use, which is capitalized as perAccounting Standard 10.

Illustration 6:State with reasons whether the following are Capital or

Revenue Expenditure:

1. Freight and cartage on new machine Rs.150, and erectioncharges Rs.200.

2. Fixtures of the book value of Rs.1,500 was sold off at Rs.600and fixtures of the value of Rs.10,000 was acquired, cartage onpurchase Rs.50.

3. A sum of Rs.100 was spent on painting the factory.

4. Rs.5,150 spent on repairs before using a second-hand carpurchased recently to put it in useable condition.

(FY, March 1995, adapted)

Solution :

1. Capital expenditure: Freight and cartage on new machine anderection charges are capitalized as all costs till an asset isinstalled are added to its cost as per Accounting Standard 10.

2. When fixtures are sold at Rs.600.Amount received on sale aretreated as Capital receipt and credited to Fixtures A/C; thebook value of the fixtures indicating Loss on sale of old fixtures

121

(1,500-600) is treated as an expense (expired cost) and writtenoff by debit to the Profit and Loss Account cost of new fixtures(Rs.10,000) and cartage (Rs.50) will be treated as Capitalexpenditure.

3. Revenue expenditure: As painting the factory helps to maintainthe asset in good working condition.

4. Capital expenditure: Repairs before using a second-hand carpurchased recently to put it in useable condition are capitalizedas per Accounting Standard 10 which states that all direct costsof bringing the asset to its working condition for its intended useform part of the cost of the asset.

Illustration 7:State with reasons whether the following items relating to asugar mill company are capital or revenue:

1. A motor truck costing Rs.15,000 and standing in the books atRs.7,250 was sold for Rs.12,000.

2. Rs.20,000 received from the issue of further shares, theexpenses of the issue being Rs. 2,500.

3. Rs.75,000 being cost of land purchased for agricultural farm and`450 paid for land revenue.

4. Rs.1,50,000 paid for excise duty on sugar manufactures.

5. Rs.50,000 invested in a government loan, interest receivedRs.4,500

6. Rs.60,000 spent on construction of railway siding.

(FY, March 1996; adapted).

Solution :

1. Capital receipt: As Rs.12,000 is received from sale of a capitalasset. The profit on sale of asset (Rs.12,000 - Rs. 7,250) will becredited to the profit and loss account as an extraordinary itemof income on sale of motor truck.

2. Capital receipt: (Rs.20,000) : As amount has been receivedfrom issue of shares in the course of financing activity of thecompany. Rs.2,500 spent as expenses on issue of shares willbe treated as deferred revenue expenditure. It is not treated asrevenue expenditure because it is not a normal operating cost. Itis a nonrecurring expenditure. It is not treated as capitalexpenditure because it does not create any real asset. Hence itis treated as deferred revenue real asset. Hence, it is treated asdeferred revenue expenditure and written off over certainnumber of years.

122

3. Rs.75,000 will be treated as capital expenditure as agriculturalland is a capital asset; Rs.450 paid for land revenue is revenueexpenditure in the course of normal operations of business.

4. Revenue expenditure: Excise duty on sugar manufactured isthe cost incurred during the course of normal businessoperations incurred in order to earn income. It is recurringexpenses payable on manufacture of excisable goods.

5. Capital expenditure: Purchase of government loan is aninvestment which will be returned on due date. Interest receivedRs.4,500, being income revenue income to be credit to Profit &Loss A/C.

6. Capital expenditure: As cost of construction of railway siding isfor acquisition of a capital asset.

Illustration 8 :State which of the following items are capital, revenue and

deferred revenues. Explain with reasons.

1. Expenditure incurred on overhauling machinery.

2. Taxes paid.

3. Wages paid to the workers for election of a new machinery.

4. Cost of goodwill.

5. Heavy expenditure incurred on advertisements.

6. Cost of construction of a building.

7. Machinery costing Rs.10,000 sold for Rs.12,000

8. Purchased machinery for Rs.15,000.

(FY, October 1996; adapted)

Solution :

1. Revenue expenditure: As expenditure incurred on overhaulingmachinery helps to maintain the machinery in working condition.

2. Revenue expenditure: If taxes are on goods purchased e.g.sales tax (Income tax is treated as drawings), goodsmanufactured, then excise duty has to pay.

3. Capital expenditure: Wages paid to workers for erection of anew machinery are capitalized as all costs till an asset isinstalled are added to its cost as per Accounting Standard 10.

4. Capital expenditure: As cost of goodwill is an acquisition ofcapital (intangible) asset.

5. Deferred revenue expenditure: If the heavy expenditureincurred on advertisements is going to benefit for a number ofyears.

123

6. Capital expenditure: As cost of construction of a building helpsto create a capital asset.

7. Capital receipt: As the amount of Rs.10,000 is received on saleof fixed asset. Profit on sale (Rs.2,000) is credited to the Profit &Loss A/c as an extra-ordinary item of income.

8. Capital expenditure: As it is an acquisition of a fixed asset.

Illustration 9:

State whether the following expenditure is a capital, revenueor deferred revenue expenditure. Give reasons:

1. Legal expenses incurred in connection with issue of EquityShares of the company.

2. Cost of replacement of a defective part of the machinery.

3. Expenditure incurred in preparing a project report.

4. Expenditure for training employees for better running ofmachinery.

5. Purchase of machinery for sale.

6. Daily wages paid to office peon.

(FY, April, 1996, adapted)

Solution:

1. Deferred revenue expenditure: Legal expenses incurred inconnection with issue of equity shares are not treated asrevenue expenditure because the funds received from issue ofshares will benefit the concern for many years. It is not treatedas capital expenditure because it does not create any realasset. Hence, it is treated as Deferred Revenue Expenditureand written off over certain number of years.

2. Revenue expenditure: As replacement of a defective part willhelp to maintain the machinery in working condition.

3. Capital expenditure: If the project is implemented; asaccording to Accounting Standard 10, all expenditure till aproject commences is capitalized. However, if the project isgiven up or not implemented and the amount is small, it will bewritten off as revenue expenditure (as expired costs which willbring no benefit in future); if the project is not implemented andthe amount is heavy, it will be treated as Deferred RevenueExpenditure.

4. Revenue expenditure: As expenditure for training employeesfor better running of machinery is cost of administration relatedto normal business activities incurred in order to earn incomeduring the year.

124

5. Revenue expenditure: As expenditure incurred for purchase ofmachinery for sale is a direct product cost related to normalbusiness activities incurred in order to earn income during theyear.

6. Revenue expenditure: As daily wages paid to office peon iscost of administration related to normal business activitiesincurred in order to earn income during the year.

Illustration 10:State whether the following expenditure is a capital, revenue

or deferred revenue expenditure. Give reasons:

1. Payment for purchase of goods.

2. Payment for purchase of stationery.

3. Payment for purchase of a car.

4. Payment for heavy inaugural expenses.

5. Partial refund of capital to a partner.

6. Payment of a loan taken earlier.

7. Payment of salaries.

8. Wages for erection or machinery.

(FY, October, 1996 adapted)

Solution :

1. Revenue expenditure: As expenditure incurred for purchase ofgoods is a direct product cost related to normal businessactivities incurred in order to earn income during the year.

2. Revenue expenditure: As purchase of stationary is cost ofadministration related to normal business activities incurred inorder to earn income during the year.

3. Capital expenditure: As purchase of a car helps to create acapital asset.

4. Deferred revenue expenditure: Heavy inaugural expenses arenot treated as revenue expenditure because these will benefitthe concern for many years. These are not treated as capitalexpenditure because these expenses do not create any realasset. Hence these are treated as deferred revenue expenditureand written off over certain number of years.

5. Capital expenditure: As partial refund of capital to a partnerreduces the liabilities of the concern.

6. Capital expenditure: As payment of a loan taken earlierreduces the liabilities of the concern.

125

7. Revenue expenditure: As salaries is cost of administrationrelated to normal business activities incurred in order to earnincome during the year.

8. Capital expenditure: As wages for erection of machinery is adirect cost incurred for acquiring an asset which is to becapitalized as per Accounting Standard 10.

Illustration 11. :

State, with reasons, whether you would consider thefollowing as capital expenditure or revenue expenditure:

1. Stock of Rs.25,000 was destroyed by fire of which Rs.15,000was received from the Insurance Company.

2. The concern spent Rs.1,00,000 on heavy advertisementcampaign to introduce a new product in the market.

3. Cost of dismantling a plant from a particular locality andreinstalling the same in another locality.

4. Cost of transporting newly purchased furniture.

5. Amount spent by factory in overhauling its plant which hasenhanced the life of the plant by five years.

6. Travelling expenses for a trip abroad for purchase of capitalgoods.

7. Amount spent on replacement of defective part of an old plant.

8. Cost of Goodwill purchased.

(FY, May 1998, adapted)

Solution :

1. Revenue loss / expenditure: Of net amount of Rs.10,000 asloss of stock by fire is related to loss of current assets (stocks)and not capital assets. Insurance claim received is revenuereceipts.

2. Deferred revenue expenditure: Expenses on heavyadvertisement campaign to introduce a new product in themarket are not treated as revenue expenditure because thesewill benefit the concern for many years. These are not treatedas capital expenditure because these expenses do not createany real asset. Hence these are treated as deferred revenueexpenditure and written off over certain number of years.

3. Deferred revenue expenditure: Cost of dismantling a plantfrom a particular locality and reinstalling the same in anotherlocality is not treated as revenue expenditure because it willbenefit the concern for many years. It is no treated as capital

126

expenditure because it does not create any real asset. Hence, itis treated as deferred revenue expenditure and written off overcertain number of years.

4. Capital expenditure: As cost of transporting newly purchasedfurniture is a direct cost incurred for acquiring an asset which isto be capitalized as per Accounting Standard 10.

5. Capital expenditure: Amount spent by factory in overhauling itsplant which has enhanced the life of the plant by five years is anexpenditure which helps to improve the standard ofperformance (working life) of an existing asset and is to becapitalized as per Accounting Standard 10.

6. Capital expenditure: As traveling expenses for a trip abroad forpurchase of capital goods is a direct cost incurred for acquiringan asset which is to be capitalized as per Accounting Standard10.

7. Revenue expenditure: As amount spent on replacement ofdefective part of an old plant will help to maintain the plant inworking condition.

8. Capital expenditure: As cost of Goodwill purchased is a directcost incurred for acquiring an asset which is to be capitalizedas per Accounting Standard 10.

Illustration 12:

State, with reasons, whether you would consider thefollowing as capital expenditure or revenue expenditure:

1. Professional fees paid in connection with acquisition ofleasehold premises.

2. Cost of registration and documentation of a newly formedcompany.

3. Compensation paid to a retrenched employee for loss ofemployment.

4. Expenditure incurred on purchase of cloth for uniform ofemployees.

5. Payment of import duty on purchase of raw materials.

(FY, November 1998, adapted)

Solution:

1. Capital expenditure: As professional fees paid in connectionwith acquisition of leasehold premises is a direct cost incurred inconnection with the acquisition of an asset to be added to thecost of that asset [Accounting Standard 10].

127

2. Deferred revenue expenditure: Cost of registration anddocumentation of a newly formed company is not treated asrevenue expenditure because it will benefit the concern formany years. It is not treated as capital expenditure because itdoes not create any real asset. Hence it is treated as deferredrevenue expenditure and written off over certain numbers ofyears. This type of expenses may be group known aspreliminary expenses.

3. Revenue expenditure: As compensation paid to a retrenchedemployee for loss of employment is an administrativeexpenditure incurred in the course of normal business activities.However, if the amount is heavy, it may be treated as DeferredRevenue Expenditure, as it is a non-recurring expenditure, notin the normal course of business which benefits the business formany years by way of reduction in salary.

4. Revenue expenditure: As purchase of cloth for uniform ofemployees is an administrative expenditure incurred in thecourse of normal business activities.

5. Revenue expenditure: As payment of import duty on purchaseof raw materials is a direct product cost incurred in the course ofnormal business activities in order to earn income. It should beadded to cost of material purchased.

Illustration 13 :

Saraswati Sisters removed their factory to their New Mumbaipremises. They carried out the following transactions:-

1. Cost of dismantling, transporting and re-installing the plantRs.50,500.

2. An old plant having depreciated value of Rs.60,000 was sold forRs.55,000.

3. A new machine was purchased for Rs.2,00,000 and installed atthe cost of Rs.35,000.

Apportion these into capital and revenue.

(IDE March 2000, adapted)

Solution :

1. Deferred revenue expenditure: Cost of dismantling,transporting and re-installing plant etc. is not treated as revenueexpenditure because it is not a normal operating cost. It is nottreated as capital expenditure because it does not create anyreal asset. Hence it is treated as deferred revenue expenditureand written off over certain number of years.

128

2. Capital receipt: As the machine has been sold, its book valuerepresents an ‘expired cost’ with no future benefits i.e. loss onsale of asset which is to be written off. Rs.55,000 is treated ascapital receipt.

3. Capital expenditure: Cost of new machine (Rs.2,00,000) willbe treated as capital expenditure. Installation cost (Rs.35,000) isa direct cost of bringing an asset to a condition where it can beput to use which is capitalized as per Accounting Standard 10.Therefore, cost of machinery shall be Rs.2,35,000.

7.16 EXERCISES

1. Write short notes ona) Capital Expenditureb) Deferred Revenue Expenditurec) Capital Profitd) Revenue Expendituree) Revenue Profit.

2. Distinguish betweena) Capital expenditure & revenue expenditure.b) Revenue expenditure & deferred revenue expenses.c) Revenue receipts & income.d) Revenue profits & capital profit.e) Revenue receipt & capital receipt.

3. Practical problems

Exercise 1 : S. Jaggi sells and services typewriters. State which ofthe following are capital expenditure and which are revenueexpenditure, giving reasons for your answer.

a. Purchase of a typewriter for office use.

b. Purchase of typewriters for re-sale.

c. Traveling expenses to service typewriters.

d. Purchase of spare parts to service typewriters.

e. Wages of mechanic

f. Wages of office staff.

g. Telephone charges.

h. Purchase of tools for servicing work.

[Ans. Capital - (a), (h); Revenue - other]

Exercise 2: Indicate - briefly giving your reasons in each case -which of the following represent capital receipts, capitalexpenditure, revenue income, revenue expenditure.

129

a. Interest on bank overdraft.

b. Purchase of typewriter for re-sale by the Office Supplies Co.

c. Purchase of typewriter for office use by the Sonali SocialClub.

d. Sale of a delivery van by Office Supplies Co.

e. Receipt of commission by a firm of brokers.

[Ans. CR - (d); CE - (c); RI - (e); RE - (a), (b)]

Exercise 3: State which of the following are Capital Expenditureand which are Revenue Expenditure, giving reasons in each case.

i) Payment by cheque for carriage on purchases.

ii) Purchase of packing material for distribution of goods fromthe Calcutta Paper Mill Ltd.

iii) Purchase of duplicator for use in own office from Gulab &Co.

iv) The firm acquired a private car from B. Raha, one of thepartners of the firm.

[Ans. RE - (i) & (ii); CE - (iii) & (iv)]

Exercise 4: During the year 2017 A. Ashar had the followingtransactions :-

1. Purchased a new motor van Rs.17,500 from B.G. Traders Ltd.on credit.

2. Paid cheque Rs.740 to Office Furnishing Ltd. being Rs.650 for anew office desk and Rs.90 for repair of an existing desk.

3. Paid Rs.1,420 by cheque for repairs and improvements topremises. Rs.1,000 of this amount is to be capitalized.

4. Purchased additional premises for Rs.30,000 which was paid bycheque.

State the total amount of capital expenditure involved in the abovetransactions.

[Ans. Capital expenditure - Rs. 49,150]

Exercise 5: State with reasons whether the following are Capital orRevenue expenditure:

1. Expenses incurred in connection with obtaining a licence forstarting the factory were Rs. 8,000.

2. Rs.1,500 paid for removal of stock to a new site.

3. Rings and Pistons of an engine were changed at a cost of Rs.4,000 to get fuel efficiency.

130

4. Rs. 2,500 spent as lawyer’s fee to defend a suit claiming thatthe firm’s factory site belonged to the plaintiff. The suit was notsuccessful.

5. Rs. 8,000 were spent on advertising the introduction of a newproduct in the market, the benefit of which will be effectiveduring four years.

6. A factory shed was constructed at a cost of Rs.1,20,000. A sumof Rs.7,000 had been incurred in the construction of temporaryhuts for storing building material.

[Ans. : CE - (i), (iii), (vi), RE - (ii), (iv); DRE - (v)]

4. Objectives type Questions:Multiple Choice Questions:

1) Amount received from insurance company on account ofmachinery damaged completely by fire.

a) Capital Receipts b) Revenue Receipt

c) Revenue Expenditure d) Capital Expenditure

2) Subsidy of Rs.20,000 received from Government by amanufacturing concern.a) Capital Receipt b) Capital Expenditure

c) Deferred Revenue income d) Revenue Receipts

3) Grant Rs.5,00,000 received from Government for constructionof Building.

a) Revenue income b) Capital Income

c) Capital Receipts d) Non of the above

4) Amount received from I.F.C.I. as a medium term loan forworking capital.

a) Deferred Revenue income b) Capital Receipt

c) Revenue Receipts d) Capital Profit

5) Painting of office premises Rs.---1,00,000 once in five year.

a) Revenue Expenditure b) Revenue loss

c) Deferred Revenue Expenditure d) Capital Expenditure

Ans. : 1 - a, 2 - d, 3 - c, 4 - b, 5 - c

Multiple Choice Questions:Pick up the correct answer from the following choices:

1) Amount received from S.B.I. as a term loan.

a) Revenue Receipt b) Capital Receipt

b) Capital Loss d) Non of above

131

2) Dividend on shares received

a) Deferred Revenue Income b) Revenue expenses

c) Revenue Income d) Capital Gain

3) Insurance claim received for loss of stock by fire.

a) Revenue Loss b) Capital Loss

c) Revenue Receipt d) Capital Receipt

4) Subsidy of Rs.10,000 received from Government for purchaseof computer.

a) Capital Receipt b) Revenue Receipt

c) Capital Loss d) Liability payable

5) Audit fees paid to Chartered Accountant.

a) Revenue Expenditure b) Capital Expenditure

c) Capital Loss d) Revenue Receipts

6) Legal fees paid to lawyer to defend civil suit.

a) Capital Expenditure b) Revenue expenditure

c) Deferred Revenue expenditure d) Non of the above

7) Travelling expenses of the director on trips abroad for purchaseof machinery.

a) Revenue expenditure b) Capital Expenditure

c) Revenue Loss d) All of the above

Ans. : 1 - b, 2 - c, 3 - c, 4 - a, 5 - a, 6 - b, 7 - b

Multiple Choice Questions:Pick up the correct answer from the following choices :

1) A bad debts recovered during the year.

a) Capital receipt b) Revenue Receipt

b) Revenue loss d) Capital expenditure

2) Sale of old plant & machinery at loss.

a) Capital loss b) Capital gain

c) Capital Receipt d) Revenue receipt

3) Heavy advertisement expenditure to launch a new product.

a) Revenue Expenditure b) Capital expenditure

c) Deferred Revenue Expenditure d) Revenue loss

4) Annual white-washing expenses.

a) Capital Expenditure b) Revenue Expenditure

c) Revenue loss d) Deferred Revenue expenditure

132

5) Goods withdrawn by proprietor for own use.

a) Capital Gain b) Capital loss

c) Capital Receipt d) Non of the above

6) Stationery purchased for office use.

a) Revenue expenditure b) Capital expenditure

c) Revenue loss d) Capital loss

7) Amount spend on the overhauling of old machinery purchased.

a) Capital expenditure b) Revenue expenditure

c) Deferred revenue expenditure d) Capital loss

8) Placed an order for purchase of plant.

a) Capital expenditure b) Revenue expenditure

c) Revenue loss d) None of the above

Ans. : 1 - b, 2 - c, 3 - c, 4 - b, 5 - d, 6 - a, 7 - a, 8 - d

Match the following columns :

Column A Column B

1) Capital work-in-progress a) Deferred revenue expenditure

2) Raw material purchased b) Capital Receipt

3) Heavy advertisement c) Investment

4) Sale of old furniture d) Revenue expenditure

5) Purchase of shares e) Drawing

f) Capital expenditure

g) Deferred revenue income

Ans. : 1 - g, 2 - d, 3 - a, 4 - b, 5- c

Match the following columns :

Column A Column B

a) Capital receipt i) Profit for current year

b) Revenue expenditure decrease ii) Sundry debtors

c) Current assets iii) Current liability

d) Bills payable iv) Revenue expenditure

e) An Expenditure from which nofuture benefit is expected

v) Non-recurring nature

f) Capital introduced by theproprietor

vi) Capital receipt

vii) Fixed Assets

viii) Fictitious assets

Ans. : a - v, b- i, c- ii, d- iii, e- iv, f - vi

133

State with reasons whether the following statements are Trueor False.

i) Legal fees paid to acquire a property is capital expenditure.

ii) Expenses incurred on the repairs & white washing for the firsttime on purchase of an old building are revenue expenditure.

iii) Amount spent for replacement of worn out part of machine isrevenue expenditure

iv) Expenditure means payment made by business to obtain somebenefit.

v) Capital expenditure is recurring in nature.

vi) Intangible asset is an asset which has a physical identify.

vii) Revenue expenditure reduces profit & funds for the year.

Ans. : True : i, ii, iv, vii

False : iii, v, vi

State with reasons whether the following statements are Trueor False.

a) Carriage paid for purchases of machinery is capital expenditure.

b) Repairs to furniture Rs.500 is capital expenditure.

c) A petrol car engine was replaced by a diesel engine is revenueexpenditure.

d) Purchase of 10% Govt. loan is capital expenditure.

e) Custom duty paid on import of raw materials is revenueexpenditure.

f) A sum of Rs.45,000 was spent on painting of office buildingonce in five years is revenue expenditure.

Ans. : True : a, d, e,

False : b, c, f.

134

8

FINAL ACCOUNTS OF MANUFACTURINGCONCERN [PROPRIETARY FIRM]

UNIT STRUCTURE

8.0 Objectives

8.1 Introduction

8.2 Manufacturing Account

8.3 Trading Account of A Manufacturer

8.4 Profit & Loss Account

8.5 Balance Sheet

8.6 Specimen Forms

8.7 Adjustments

8.8 Exercise

8.0 OBJECTIVES

After studying the unit, students will be able to: Understand the meaning, purpose, form and items of

Manufacturing A/C. Understand the form and items of Trading A/C and Profit &

Loss A/C. Know the meaning and form of Balance sheet. Draw the specimen forms of final accounts. Understand the meaning, types and closing entries for

adjustments.

8.1 INTRODUCTION

All business transactions are recorded in books of accounts.The primary function of accounting is to accumulate accountingdata in a manual that the amount of profit or loss suffered duringthe period can be determined along with status of the business infinancial terms. Final Accounts are prospered for this purpose. FinalAccounts are also known as Financial Statements. Preparation ofFinal Accounts is last phase of the accounting process.

The accounting process starts from recording all businesstransactions in set of books. At the end of accounting year, a

135

statement is proposed listing all balances namely Debit & Credit.This statement is called Trial Balance. The total of debit and creditbalances must tally with each other.

This chapter deals with preparation of Final Accounts ofmanufacturing concern carried on by sole proprietor. Soleproprietor concern means business is camped and headed by oneperson only.

Final Accounts of Manufacturers include Manufacturing A/C,Trading A/C, Profit & Loss A/C and Balance Sheet. Normally FinalAccounts are prepared for a period of 12 months, called asAccounting Year, Calendar Year (ending on 31st December) orFinancial Year / Govt Year (ending on 31st March) or it many anyother year ended (Diwali).

The purpose of preparing Manufacturing A/C is to ascertaincost of goods produced during the period. Manufacturing A/C ispart of Final Account, it addition to Trading A/C and Profit & LossA/C. Costs of finished goods produced are then transferred toTrading Account. Trading and Profit & Loss A/C is prepared to findout gross profit and net profit/loss of the year. These accountsmeasure the result of business operations. It is essential to matchrevenues of an accounting period with costs assignable in earningthe said revenues. This process is known as “The MatchingConcept” which leads to the preparation of Final Accounts. BalanceSheet is prepared to show the financial position of the business atthe end of accounting year.

Once all the adjustment entries are passed, the TrialBalance contains a ready list of the closing balances of all ledgeraccounts. The Trial Balance can now be directly used for preparingthe Final Accounts i.e. the Profit & Loss Account and the BalanceSheet. In case of a Manufacturer, the Profit & Loss Account isdivided into: (a) Manufacturing Account, (b) Trading Account and(c) Profit & Loss Account. In case of a trader, the Profit & LossAccount is divided into: (a) Trading Account, and (b) Profit & LossAccount. Each account in the Trial Balance must be shown in eitherthe Profit & Loss Account or the Balance Sheet.

8.2 MANUFACTURING ACCOUNT

8.2.1 Meaning:

A manufacturer sells finished goods manufactured byhimself in his factory; while a trader sells goods purchased by himfrom the manufacturer. The manufacturer purchases raw materialsand converts them into finished goods by means of machinery and

136

labour in the factory. So, it is necessary for a manufacturer tospend on wages to workers, on the manufacturing process, on thefactory etc. The manufacturer, therefore, prepares a “ManufacturingAccount” to find out his cost of finished goods manufactured.Manufacturing A/C means an account showing the summary of thecost of the manufacturing activity during the accounting year.

8.2.2 Purposes

The manufacturing account serves the following purposes.

i) It shows total cost of finished goods manufactured.

ii) It also shows cost of raw material consumed.

iii) It also provide details of appropriate i.e. direct and indirectmanufacturing cost.

iv) Comparison of cost of finished goods as per ManufacturingAccount and as per cost records kept by Costing Department.

v) Finished goods manufactured may be transferred to Tradingat market price. In such care production profit can beascertained.

8.2.3 FORM

Manufacturing Account is a ledger account. Its title is writtenas Manufacturing Account for the year ended ….. It is divided intotwo equal sides Debit and Credit, (see Worksheet 6.5 for specimenManufacturing Account.)

8.2.4 ITEMS

A Manufacturing Account contains the following items:

1. Opening Stock of WIP:The opening stock of Work-in-process (WIP) is shown as thefirst item on the debit side of the Manufacturing Account. Work-in-process means raw materials not yet fully converted intofinished goods, also known as partly finished goods. The valueof Work-in-Process is made up of the cost of raw material andthe manufacturing expenses incurred for processing.

2. Raw Materials:Next, the consumption of raw materials (also called Rs.directmaterials’) is shown as follows:

Opening stock of raw materials.Add : Purchase of raw materialsAdd : Direct Purchase Expenses(Carriage inwards, freight inwards, octroi, customs duties)Less : Purchase returns of raw materialsLess : Closing stock of raw materials= Consumption of raw materials

137

Direct purchase expenses means all expenses incurred inconnection with purchase of raw materials e.g. transportation,loading and unloading, coolie charges, insurance etc. Goods maybe purchased locally or imported from other countries. Localpurchases involve expenses of Carriage inward, Freight inward,Coolie charges and cartage etc. Imported goods involves importsexpenses of dock dues, customs duties, insurance etc. Theseexpenses increase the cost of purchased raw materials.

a) Carriage Inward: Carriage expenses means expenses fortransporting goods. These are also known as freight, cartage,coolie and cartage etc. The expenses for transporting the goodspurchased from the supplier to manufacturer’s premises, knownas Carriage inward. Freight inward etc. are debited to theManufacturing Account. The expenses on transporting thegoods sold from manufacturer’s premises to the customer,known as Carriage outward, Freight outward, are debited to theProfit & Loss A/C. The expenses on transporting new machineryetc. purchased are debited to the Machinery A/C. i.e. thatexpenses are capitalized.

b) Octroi Duty: Octroi duties mean the taxes paid to a Municipalityon goods brought within the municipal area from outside. Octroion purchase of goods is debited to the Manufacturing Account.Octroi on machinery purchased is debited to the Machinery A/C.

c) Dock Dues, Custom Duties: Dock dues mean the expenses ofunloading the goods in a port. Custom duties means the taxespaid to the Government; on goods imported from othercountries, also known as import duties. Freight, insurance, dockdues and customs duties on imports of Raw Materials aredebited to the Manufacturing Account. However, if goods aresold to other countries (exported), expenses on such exports(freight, dock dues for loading the goods on ship, export dutiesetc.) should be debited to the Profit & Loss Account, since theyare selling expenses. Dock dues and custom duties onmachinery imported are debited to the Machinery A/C.

(3) Wages: These include the wages paid to workers directlyengaged in production, also known as direct or productivewages or direct labour costs. (A combined item of Wages andSalaries appearing in the trial balance is shown in theManufacturing Account, while a combined item of Salaries andWages is shown in the Profit & Loss Account).

(4) Manufacturing Expenses: These include the expenses directlyconnected to manufacture such as royalty, hire charges ofspecial machinery, design expenses etc. While royalty for usingknow-how connected with manufacturing process is taken to

138

Manufacturing Account, royalty for use of trade mark is a sellingexpense shown in the Profit and Loss Account.

(5) Factory Expenses : These include all expenses incurred at thefactory such as (a) stores, oil, grease (b) salary to supervisors(c) power and fuel (d) repairs and maintenance of factorybuilding and machinery (e) depreciation of factory assets suchas factory building and machinery (f) rent, rates and taxes,insurance, lighting of factory building and so on.

(6) Closing Stock of WIP: The value of closing stock of work-in-process is shown on the credit side of the ManufacturingAccount.

[Note: Alternatively, instead of showing opening WIP on debit andclosing WIP on credit, the difference between the opening andclosing stocks of WIP is calculated first. If opening stock is morethan closing stock, the difference (opening stock of WIP – closingstock of WIP) is shown on the debit side of the Manufacturing A/C;if closing stock is more than opening stock (closing stock of WIP –opening stock of WIP), the difference is shown on the credit side ofthe Manufacturing A/C].”

(7) Sale of Scrap: Sale of scrap is shown on the credit side of theManufacturing Account.

(8) Cost of Production: The cost of production of goods is foundout by balancing the Manufacturing Account. The ManufacturingAccount is balanced like a ledger account. We take the totals ofboth the debit and credit sides of the Manufacturing A/C. In aManufacturing A/C, the debit side will always be bigger than thecredit side. This indicates the Net Cost of Production of theconcern. Thus, Gross cost of production Less WIP (Closing)and Sales of scrap = Net cost of production. We write theamount of cost of production on the credit side of theManufacturing A/C and carry it down to the debit side of theTrading Account. The cost of production (also known as cost ofmanufacture or cost of goods produced is transferred to theTrading Account in order to find out the Gross Profit or GrossLoss on sale of finished goods.

8.2.5 CLOSING ENTRIES:

The following worksheet shows entries to be passed totransfer the closing balances of the Goods Accounts and otherManufacturing Expenses Accounts, to the Manufacturing Account:

139

WORKSHEET 1: CLOSING ENTRIES(MANUFACTURING A/C)

No. Entries Amount

(1) Transfer Debit Balances : Dr. Cr.

Manufacturing Account Dr. X

To Opening Stock of WIP A/c X

To Raw Material Purchases A/c X

To Direct Purchase Expenses A/c X

To Wages A/c X

To Manufacturing Expenses A/c X

To Factory Expenses A/c X

(2) Closing Stock of WIP :

Closing Stock of WIP A/c Dr. X

To Manufacturing Account X

(3) Sales of Scrap :

Sales of Scrap A/c Dr. X


(4) Transfer Cost of Production to TradingA/c.

Trading Account Dr. X


8.2.6 TRANSFER AT PRICE HIGHER-THAN-COST:

1) Transfer at Sales Price or Cost + Fixed %: We have alreadyseen how manufacturing account is prepared when themanufactured items are transferred at cost to the Tradingaccount. However, the items produced by the manufacturingsection may be transferred to the Trading A/C at a price higherthan the cost i.e. (i) at cost plus a mark-up (e.g. cost + 25%); or(ii) at selling price.

2) Entries for Transfer: If the goods are transferred at a higher-than-cost price, the transfer to the Trading A/C will be creditedto the Manufacturing Account at the transfer value (i.e. loadedprice or selling price) and not at cost of manufacturing. Theexcess of transfer price over the cost of manufacturing willindicate the manufacturing profit. If, cost of manufacturing ismore than the transfer price it shows as manufacturing loss.

140

3) Closing Stock of Finished Good at Transfer Value: If someof the manufactured goods remain unsold and form part of theclosing stock of finished goods at the year-end, such closingstock will be valued at the transfer price in Trading A/C.

If the transfers to the Trading Account were made at cost price,the closing stocks would also be valued at cost and no furtheradjustment is needed.

If all the goods transferred at higher-than-cost have been sold, itmeans that the anticipated profits have been actually earnedand no further adjustment need be made.

However, if any of the finished goods transferred to the TradingAccount at loaded price or selling price are in stock, the value ofthe stock needs to be adjusted. Thus, if the cost is Rs.100 andthe goods are transferred at Rs.120, the profit element (Rs.20)is included in the closing stock. Otherwise, it will amount totaking credit for anticipated or unrealised profit which is againstthe accounting principle of “conservatism.” Unrealised profitincluded should be considered as Stock Reserve.

4) Stock Reserve: The unrealised profit in closing stock iseliminated by creating a stock reserve in respect of the stock ofmanufactured goods. The amount of stock reserve is calculatedby the following formula:

Stock reserve =

Transfer Value of StockProfit Included in Transfer Price

Transfer Price

5) Entry for Stock Reserve: The creation of the reserve is madeby the concern in the General Profit and Loss Account asfollows:

Profit of Loss A/c. Dr.To Stock Reserve A/c.

(Being the reserve created for unrealised profit included inclosing stock)

6) Balance Sheet: The relevant part of the Balance Sheet willappear as follows:

141

Balance Sheet as at….

Assets Rs.Current Assets :Closing Stock (Transfer Value) xx x yLess : Stock Reserve (xx) XX

XX

7) Next Year: In the beginning of the next year, the above entryis reversed as follows:Stock Reserve A/c. Dr.

To Profit & Loss A/c.

8.3 TRADING ACCOUNT OF A MANUFACTURER

8.3.1 ITEMS

1) Opening Stock of Finished Goods: The opening stock ofFinished Goods (FG) is shown as the first item on the debit sideof the Trading Account.

2) Cost of Finished Goods manufactured: Next, the Cost ofgoods manufactured transferred from the ManufacturingAccount is shown on debit side of the Trading Account.

3) Sales of Finished Goods: The net sales of finished goods(sales less returns) are shown on the credit side of the TradingAccount.

4) Other Out Going of Finished Goods : Sometimes, the TrialBalance or it may be given by way of adjustment may containOther Goods Accounts such as Goods Lost by Fire A/c, GoodsWithdrawn by Proprietor, Goods Distributed as Free Samples,etc. These accounts record the cost of finished goods lost,withdrawn or distributed. Since goods go out, these accountsare shown on credit side. These balances are transferred on thecredit of the Trading Account.

5) Closing Stock of Finished Goods: The closing stock ofFinished Goods is shown as the next last item on the credit sideof the Trading Account.

6) Gross Profit or Gross Loss: The final result is found out bybalancing the Trading Account. The Trading Account isbalanced like a ledger account. We take the totals of both thedebit and credit sides of the Trading A/c. If the credit side ishigher, it indicates that the value of sales is more than the costof goods manufactured & sold. This is called the Gross Profit

142

earned by the business. Thus, Income From Goods Sold LessCost of Goods Sold = Gross Profit. We write the amount ofGross Profit on the debit side and carry it down on credit side ofthe Profit and Loss Account. If the debit side is higher, itindicates that the cost of manufacture is more than the value ofsales. This is called Gross Loss. Gross Loss = Cost of GoodsSold Less Sales. We write the amount of Gross Loss on thecredit side of the Trading A/c and carry it down to the debit sideof the Profit and Loss Account. The Gross Profit or Gross Lossis transferred to the Profit and Loss Account in order to find outthe Net Profit or Net Loss after deducting other indirectexpenses. Thus, Gross Profit Less Expenses = Net Profit. Incase expenses are more than Gross Profit, then it amountsto Net Loss.

8.3.2 Closing Entries:The following worksheet shows entries to be passed to

transfer the closing balances of the Sales Accounts and otherAccounts, to the Trading Account:

WORKSHEET 2: CLOSING ENTRIES (TRADING A/C)

A/o. Entries Amount



To Opening Stock of Finished Goods A/c X

To Returns Inwards A/c X

(2) Transfer Credit Balances :

Sales of Finished Goods A/c. Dr. X

Finished Goods Lost/Taken/Distributed A/c X

(at cost) Dr. X

To Trading A/c X

(3) Closing Stock of Finished Goods

Closing Stock of Finished Goods A/c Dr. X

To Trading Account X

(4) Transfer Gross Profit or Gross Loss toProfit & Loss A/c:

(i) Gross Profit :


To Profit & Loss A/c X

(ii) Gross Loss :

Profit & Loss A/c Dr. X

To Trading Account X

143

8.4 PROFIT & LOSS ACCOUNT

8.4.1 Meaning

Closing balances of all nominal accounts, relating to theremaining income and expenses are transferred to Profit & LossA/c. Debit side of the Profit & Loss A/c shows expenses likeAdministrative Expenses, Selling Expenses, Financial Expenses,Depreciation and other Unusual Expenses and Losses. Credit sideof the Profit & Loss A/c shows Other Business Incomes and Gains.The balance of the Profit & Loss A/c shows the result of businessoperations during the year. The net profit or net loss shown by theProfit & Loss A/c is transferred to the Capital Account of theproprietor.

8.4.2 FORM

Profit & Loss Account is a ledger account. Its title, is writtenas “Profit & Loss Account for year ended….. “ It is divided into twoequal sides: Debit and Credit as per the specimen shown inWorksheet 7.

8.4.3 ITEMSThe following items normally appear in a Profit & Loss

Account.

(1) Gross Profit or Gross Loss b/d : The Gross profit b/d from theTrading Account is the first item on the credit side of the Profit &Loss Account. If there is Gross loss, it is the first item shown onthe debit side of the Profit & Loss Account.

(2) Administrative Expenses: Administrative expenses are theexpenses incurred to plan, organize, administer and control thebusiness. Examples are (a) Salaries to office staff, (b) Rent,rates, insurance, lighting of office, (c) Printing, telephones, telex,postage, (d) Depreciation and repairs of office equipments,building, furniture, vehicles, (e) Legal charges, Audit charges,Bank charges etc.

(3) Selling and Distribution Expenses: Selling expenses are theexpenses incurred to create and increase demand for goods.Distribution expenses are the expenses incurred from the timegoods sold leave the trader’s premises till the goods reach thecustomer. Examples are (a)Packing materials (b) Salaries ofSales and Distribution staff (c) Traveling, Conveyance (d)Commission or discount on sales (Advertisement or showroomexpenses (f) Warehouse or sales office rent, rates, insurance,lighting etc. (g) Freight outward, carriage outwards, expenseson exports (h) Depreciation and repairs or delivery van, vehiclesetc.

144

(4) Finance & Interest Expenses: Finance expenses are theexpenses incurred to obtain loans, bank charges and cashdiscount to debtors etc. The other item shown under this head isinterest paid on loans.

(5) Losses: Losses include amounts lost by the business by way ofGoods lost by fire, Goods distributed as free samples, Baddebts, Loss on sale of fixed assets etc. These are debited to theProfit & Loss Account.

(6) Other Income : Other income includes amounts received byway of interest on loans given, dividends received on amountsinvested in shares, rent received from premises given on rent,discount received, commission received, Profit on sale of fixedassets and so on. All these amounts/incomes are credited to theProfit & Loss Account.

(7) Gains: Gains includes amounts received by the business byway of recovery of bad debts, subsidies or grants received etc.These are credited to the Profit & Loss Account.

(8) Appropriations: Appropriations mean amounts transferred outof net profits for payment of income-tax or creating a reserve(e.g. reserve for contingencies). These appear on the debit sideof the Profit & Loss A/c. Income Tax is considered as personalexpenses. Therefore, it should be treated as Drawings.

9) Net Profit or Net Loss: The net profit or the net loss is foundout by balancing the Profit & Loss Account. The Profit & LossAccount is balanced like a ledger account. We take the totals ofboth the debit and credit sides of the Profit & Loss Account. Ifthe credit side is higher, it indicates that the Total Income ismore than the Total Expenses. This is called the Net Profitearned by the business. Thus, Income Less Expenses = NetProfit. In the next step, the amounts of income tax or transfer toReserves etc. (known as Rs. appropriations’ out of profits) aredebited to the Profit and Loss Account. Appropriations can bemade only after ascertaining the amount of net profits (as theamount of income-tax depends upon the amount of net profits).Then, write the amount of Net Profit on the debit side andtransfer it to the credit of the Capital Account.

If the debit side is higher, it indicates that the Expenses aremore than Income. This is called Net Loss. Thus, Expenses LessIncome = Net Loss. In case of net losses, there can be noappropriations (e.g. no income-tax is payable if there is a net loss).We write the amount of Net Loss on the credit side of the Profit &Loss Account A/c and transfer it to the debit of the Capital Account.The Net Profit or Net Loss belongs to the owner and hence is

145

transferred to the Capital Account. The net profit is a reward to theowner for his money invested in the business, for his efforts inrunning the business and for the risks taken by him.

8.4.4 Closing Entries:

The following work-sheet shows entries to be passed totransfer the closing balances of the Nominal Accounts to the Profit& Loss Account:

WORKSHEET 4: CLOSING ENTRIES (P & L A/C)

No. Entries Amount


Profit & Loss Account Dr. X

To Various Expense Accounts X

To Various Losses Accounts X

(2) Transfer Credit Balances :

Various Income Accounts Dr. X

Various Gains Accounts Dr. X

To Profit & Loss Account X

(3) Appropriations :


To Income-tax (Drawings) X

To Reserve (e.g. Contingency Reserve) A/c X

(4) Transfer Net Profit or Net Loss to Capital A/c

(i) Net Profit:


To Capital A/c X

(ii) Net Loss :

Capital A/c X

To profit & Loss A/c X

CHECK YOUR PROGRESS

1. Define the following termsa. Appropriationsb. Finance expensesc. Selling and distribution expensesd. Administration expenses

146

e. Manufacturing A/cf. Direct Expensesg. Stock reserve.

2. Fill in the blanks:a. If the debit side of the Profit and Loss A/c is higher, it

indicates ----------------.b. Gross loss is shown on the ----------------side of the P &L A/c.c. --------- side of the Profit & Loss A/c shows Expenses.d. The Income From Goods Sold Less Cost of Goods Sold = ---

------------------.e. Manufacturing Account is prepared to find out cost of ---------.f. Opening and closing balances of finished goods are shown

on the ----------------------- A/c.

3. Enlist the items to be shown on the debit side of theManufacturing A/c.

4. Give the formula for calculating the consumption of rawmaterials.

8.5 BALANCE SHEET

8.5.1 Meaning

From the Trial Balance, all Nominal (manufacturingExpenses) Accounts are transferred to the manufacturing andTrading Account and all the Nominal Accounts of Income andExpenses are transferred to the Profit & Loss Account. At thisstage, only the Real Accounts pertaining to Assets and thePersonal Accounts of debtors, creditors and liabilities remain in theTrial Balance. All these remaining accounts are shown in astatement known as the Balance Sheet. Balance Sheet is astatement containing the list of all Real and Personal Accounts ason a particular day, normally the year end. The Real Accounts andPersonal Accounts are classified in the Balance Sheet into Assetsand Liabilities. Debtors are included under Assets and Creditorsand Capital Account are shown under liabilities. Hence, BalanceSheet also means a statement of assets and liabilities of thebusiness as on the last day of the accounting year. Balance Sheet,thus, shows the financial position of the business i.e. what itowns and what it owes.

Balance Sheet is not an account; it is a statement. As itsname suggests, it is a Sheet of Balances, remaining after theManufacturing, Trading and Profit & Loss Account is prepared.While preparing a Balance Sheet, no closing entries are passed, asthe balances are not transferred from the Trial Balance, but onlylisted in the Balance Sheet. Various Assets & External Liabilitiesmay be transferred to Capital Account by passing following entries.

147

Date Particulars L. F. Dr.Rs.

Cr.Rs.

31.3 1] Capital A/c Dr. X

To Fixed Assets A/c X

To Current Assets X

[Being various assets transferredto capital A/c]

2] Loans A/c Dr. X

Sundry creditors A/c Dr. X

Bills Payable A/c Dr. X

Other Sunday Liabilities A/c Dr. X

To Capital A/c X

After passing above entries at the end of the year, allaccounts are closed.

In next year above entries are revised, to open books ofAccounts.

The balances appearing in the Balance Sheet are carriedforward as the opening balances of these accounts in the ledger ofthe next year. A Balance Sheet need not be balanced; its totalsmust always tallied. The Total Assets must always be equal to theTotal Liabilities.

8.5.2 Form:

The title is written as Balance Sheet as on… Balance Sheetis not an Account, hence the words DR. and CR. are not required.Balance Sheet is vertically divided into two side: Left Hand Sideand Right Hand Side. Left hand side of the Balance Sheet showsLiabilities like Capital, Reserves, Loans, Creditors for goods,outstanding expenses etc. Right hand side of the Balance Sheetshows Assets e.g. Fixed Assets (Gross Cost Less Depreciation),Investments, Current Assets like pre-paid expenses, advances,debtors, stock, cash bank etc. (See Worksheet 8.)

8.5.3 Order:

The Various items of assets and liabilities are listed in theorder of permanence of the items. On the Assets side, thepermanent or the long term items i.e. the Fixed Assets are shownfirst, followed by short term assets i.e. the current assets. On theLiabilities side, the long term liabilities i.e. Capital and Loans are

148

shown first, followed by short term liabilities i.e. current liabilities. Incase, the items are shown in order of liquidity, the assets andliabilities are shown in the reverse order, i.e. short term items areshown first, followed by long term items.

8.5.4 Items:

(1) Fixed Assets: Fixed Assets are items like Goodwill, Land,machinery, building and trucks etc, which benefit the business for along term. Fixed assets are not normally sold: Fixed Assets may betangible or intangible. Tangible Assets are items like machinery,building etc. which physically exist (tangible means that which canbe touched). Intangible Assets are invisible items like Goodwill,Patent, and Trade Marks etc. which do not physically exist, but dobenefit the business over a long period of time. Goodwill means thereputation of a concern which attracts more and more customers toit., enables to earn more super profit on Capital employed. Patentmeans a legal right of an inventor or of a new product to exclusivelyuse or sell such product. Trade Mark is a registered name orsymbol of a product which can be used only by the owner of thetrade mark.

(2) Investments: Investments includes items like Shares,Debentures and Savings certificates etc. which earn interest ordividends.

(3) Fictitious Assets: Fictitious Assets include items like DeferredRevenue Expenses, Preliminary Expenses etc. Deferred RevenueExpenses is defined as the expenses which are carried forward astheir benefit is also available in subsequent years. To defer meansto carry forward. For example, if advertising expenses ofRs.1,00,000 incurred in 2012 are expected to benefit the businessfor 5 years, the entire amount of Rs.1,00,000 is not debited to theProfit & Loss Account in 2012. Only 1/5th amount (Rs.20,000) isdebited to the Profit & Loss Account every year for 5 years from2012 to 2016. The amount not yet written off at the year end will beshown as Deferred Advertising Expenses on the Asset side in theBalance Sheet.

(4) Current Assets: Current Assets are items like cash, debtors,stock etc. which remain in the business only for a short time [lessthan 12 months]. Current assets are constantly changed into cash.Thus, goods are sold and cash is received, debtors pay their duesand cash is received and so on. Current Assets also includesPre-paid Expenses and Income Receivable.

(5) Capital: Capital means the amount due to the owner of thebusiness. Capital is shown on liabilities side of the Balance Sheetas follows:

149

Capital A/c b/d (opening balance)

Add: Net Profits for the year

Less: Net Loss for the Year

Less: Drawings

= Closing Balance of Capital

(6) Reserves: Reserve means part of profits “reserved” for futureuse. It is an amount set aside out of profits to meet any unknownsudden liability in future. Out of Net Profits, some amount istransferred first to the Reserve, only if it is asked the only part ofprofit to be transferred to reserve and only the balance istransferred to the Capital Account.

(7) Loans: Loans include Bank Loans and the amounts borrowedfrom others on which interest is paid.

(8) Current Liabilities: Current Liabilities are short term liabilities.These include creditors for goods, outstanding expenses, variousprovisions for expenses, income received in advance, Bank overdraft. Current liabilities are payable within 12 months.

CHECK YOUR PROGRESS

1. Fill in the blanks:a. A Balance Sheet need not be balanced; its totals must

always -------------------.

b. Balance Sheet is not an Account, it is a -----------------------.

c. Left hand side of the Balance Sheet shows ----------------.

d. Right hand side of the Balance Sheet shows --------------.

e. Goodwill and patents are --------------------assets.

f. Deferred Revenue Expenses is a ----------------------asset.

g. Balance Sheet is a statement containing the list of all ---------

and ----------- Accounts.

h. Current assets are constantly changed into -----------------.

i. Current liabilities are payable within ----------months.

j. The items which earn interest or dividends are termed as ---.

2. Enlist the items shown on the assets side of the Balance Sheet.3. Define the following terms:

a. Balance Sheetb. Current Assetsc. Tangible Assetsd. Intangible Assetse. Capitalf. Current Liabilities

150

8.6 SPECIMEN FORMS:

8.6.1 Specimen Form of Manufacturing Account

Dr. Manufacturing Account for the year ended… Cr.

Particulars Rs. Rs. Particulars Rs.

To Work-in-process(Opening)

xxx By Work-in-process(Closing)

xxxx

To Raw materialsconsumed:

By Sales of scrap xxxx

Opening Stock xxx By Trading Account xxxx

Add : Purchase xxx (Cost of productiontfd Bal.)

Add : Purchase expenses

- Carriage Inward xxx

- Octroi duty xxx

- Dock dues xxx

- Custom duties xxx

Less : Purchase Returns (xxx)

Less : Closing stock ofmaterials

(xxx) xxxx

To Direct Wages xxxx

To Direct manufacturingexpenses

To Royalty related tomanufacture

xxx

To Hire of specialmachinery

xxx

To Design Expenses xxx xxxx

To Direct factoryexpenses

To Stores, oil, grease xxx

To Salary to supervisors xxx

To Power and fuel xxx

To Repairs of factoryassets

xxx

To Deprecation on factoryassets

xxx

To Rent, lighting offactory building

xxx xxxx

Total xxxx Total xxxx

151

8.6.2 Trading Account for the year ended …..Dr. Cr.


To Opening stock (FG) xxxx By Sales xxxx

To Manufacturing Less:Return inwards xxxx xxxx

Account (cost of xxxx By Goods lost ordestroyed

xxxx

Production tfd.) By Goods taken byproprietor

xxxx

To Purchase of FG By Goods given as freesample

xxxx

To Gross profit c/d xxxx By Closing stock (FG) xxxx

By Gross loss c/d xxxx


8.6.3 WORKSHEET 7: PROFIT & LOSS ACCOUNT

Profit & Loss Account for the year ended……Dr. Cr.

Particulars Rs. Particular Rs.

To Gross Loss xxxx By Gross Profit b/d xxxx

b/d Other Income or Gains

To AdministrativeExpenses

xxxx By Commission received xxxx

To Rent, insurance &repairs

xxxx By Discount received xxxx

To Office salaries xxxx By Provision for discount xxxx

To Postage, telephones, xxxx From creditors

Telex etc. xxxx By Interest on loans xxxx

To Printing & stationery xxxx Given to outsiders xxxx

To Fees (legal/audit etc.) By Income (dividend) on xxxx

To Sundry/general xxxx Investments

Expenses xxxx By Profit on sale of fixed

To Selling & Distribution xxxx Assets

Expenses xxxx By Net loss tfd. to capital

To Salesmen’s salaries, xxxx

Commission, etc, xxxx

To Traveling xxxx

152

To Carriage outwards,

Freight, duties xxxx

To Warehousing charges

To Packing expenses xxxx

To Royalties on sale xxxx

To advertising & sales xxxx

Promotion expenses

To Goods given as free

Samples

To Financial Expenses &Interest

xxxx

xxxxx

To Interest & bankcharges

xxxx

To Bad debts & provisionfor Bad debts

xxxx

To Discount given

To provision for discounton Debtors

xxxx

Depreciation xxxx

To Depreciation on :

- Building xxxx

- Motor vehicles/deliveryvans

- Office equipments

To Unusual Expenses orLosses

To Goods lost ordestroyed

(Cost less insuranceclaim)

To Loss on sale of fixed

Assets

To Appropriations

To Reserves

To Net profit tdf. to

Capital ….. xx


153

8.6.4 WORKSHEET 8: BALANCE SHEET :

There may be either Net Profit or Net Loss.

Balance Sheet as at ……….

Liabilities Rs. Assets Rs.

Capital A count : Fixed Assets

Balance b/d (opening) x Goodwill xxxx

Land xxxx

Add : Fresh capital x Plants & machinery xx

Brought in

Add : Net profit for the x Less : Depreciation x

Years xxxx

Less : Drawing xx Premises/Building x

xxxx

Less : Loss during the - Less Depreciation x

Year xx xxxx

Reserves Vehicles

General Reserve xx

Loans -Less : Depreciation xx

Loans from bank xx xxxx

Bank overdraft xx xxxx Furniture & fittings xx

Current Liabilities

Sundry creditors xx - Less Depreciation xx xxx

Less : Provision for xx Investments xxxx

Discount Investment in xxxx

Bills payable xx Shares/bonds xxxx

Outstanding expense xx Current Assets xxxx

Income received in Closing Stock xxxx

Advance xx xxx Debtors xx xxxx

- Less; Prov, for bad x xxxx

Debts x

- Recoverable x

- Less : Prov, for

Discounts xx

- Relisable xx

154

Loans and advance xx

Given xx

Bills receivable xx

Prepaid expenses xx

Cash at bank xx

Cash in hand

Fictitious assets

Deferred expenses

Not written off xx

Capital account debit

Balance xx xxx


8.7 ADJUSTMENTS:

8.7.1 Meaning:

The trial Balance prepared indicates summery of all actualtransactions recorded in the Book of Accounts. The trial balanceignores items not yet recorded in the books of accounts. e.g.closing stock, outstanding expenses, prepaid expenses,Depreciation, bad about etc. unless & until these items are not givetrue and fair view of business operations and financial position.These items must be recorded in books of accounts. The bookbalances need to be adjusted from all items which pertains for theperiod but not recorded in books. Adjustments mean recordingsuch items relating the current year but not appearing in the TrialBalance.

8.7.2 Accounting:

Adjustment entries are passed in the journal proper at theend of the year. Entries are passed by following rules of debit &credit, then they are posted into the ledger. It should be noted thateach adjustment has two effects in the final Accounts.

Adjustments may be given below the Trial Balance, or maybe given in the Trial Balance, called implied adjustment,

155

Adjustment Journal Entries ManufacturingTrading

Profit & Loss A/c.

Balance Sheet

1) Closing Stock(GoodsPurchased butremain unsold). .

a. Raw Material.

i. Stock of RawMaterial A/c Dr

To Raw MaterialConsumed.

Debit from RawmaterialPurchases, or debitside ofManufacturing A/c.

Show as “Stock ofRaw Material onAsset Side”

b. Work inProgress

ii. Stock of workin progress A/c Dr

To Trading A/c

Credit side of mfgA/c Show on creditside of Trading A/c.

Show as “Stock ofW.I.P on AssetSide.

Show as “Stock ofFinished Goods”on Asset Side.

c. FinishedGoods.

iii. Stock ofFinished GoodsA/c Dr. ToTrading A/c.

- All stock may beas under Stock ofRaw Material

Stock W.I.P. Stockof Finished Goods

2) PrepaidExpenses

PrepaidExpenses A/c. Dr

To Expenses.A/c.

Deduct from theconserved Expenseon debit side.

Show as “PrepaidExpenses” onasset side.

3) Outstandingexpense relatedto current yearbut not record /paid.

Expense A/c Dr

To outstandingexpenses A/c

Add to concernedexp. on debit side.

Show on“outstanding exp.”on liabilities side.

4) IncomeReceivable

IncomeReceivable A/c Dr

To Income A/c.

Add to Concernedincome on creditside.

Show “incomeReceivable” onasset side.

5) IncomeReceived inadvance incomeReceived but notaccrued. i.e.relates tosubsequent year.

Income A/c Dr.To IncomeReceived inallowance A/c.

Deduct fromconcerned incomeon credit side.

Show as |incomereceived inadvance” as onliabilities side

6) Depreciation Depreciation A/cDr.

To Fixed AssetA/c

Depreciation onfactory Assets debitto mfg. a/c

Depreciation onother asset debit toprofit & A/c.

DeductDepreciation fromConcerned Asseton asset side. ORAdd to provisionfor depreciationA/c

156

7) Goodsdestroyed Lost &Stolen.

a) Uninsuredgoods. Good lost

Loss by Fire/TheftA/c. Dr. Totrading A/c. or

To purchasesA/c.

a)” Loss by fire”debit A/c profit &loss A/c.

b) Credit Cost ofgoods lost totrading A/c.

-

8) UnrecordedSales.

Sundry debtorsA/c Dr To SalesA.c.

Add to sales onCredit side oftrading a/c.

Add to Sundaydebtors on assetsside.

9) UnrecordedSales (return)Good Returnedby Customer butCredit not, is notPrepared.Recorded.

Sales Return A/cDr.

To SundryDebtor.

Deduct from SalesCredit side ofTrading A/c.

Deduct fromSunday Debtor onAsset Side.

10) UnrecordedPurchases:Goods Purchasebut not recordedin Purchase daybook.

Purchase A/c Dr

To Supplier A/c.

Add to Purchase ondebit side of mfg.A/c Or Trading A/c.

Add to SundayCreditors on theLiabilities Side.

11) UnrecordedPurchase return.Goods retunedto suppliers butdebit note notprepaidpreceded.

Supplier A/c Dr.

To PurchaseReturn A/c

Deduct fromPurchase on debitside of mfg. A/c OrTrading A/c..

Deduct fromSunday Creditorson the liabilitiesside.

12) Goodsdistributed asfree sample.

Free samples A/cDr

To Trading A/c.

Deceit to P & L A/cas AdvertisementA/c

Credit to TradingA/c as goodsdistributed as freesamples.

-

13] Goodwithdrew byowner forpersonal use

Drawings A/c Dr.

To Trading A/c.

Credit to TradingA/c as personal usegoods withdrawnfor own use.

Deduct fromcapital onLiabilities Side

14] Interest onLoan outstanding

Interest A/c Dr.

To Loon A/c

Added to intereston debit side Profit& Loss A/C.

Add to Loon, asinterestoutstanding onLiabilities Side.

157

15) Good Soldon approve notyet approved.Goods sold onSales or Returnbasis Customersave right toreturn goods

a)For consolationof Sales

a) at sales Price

Sales A/c Dr ToCustomer

b) For stock withCustomer at cost.

Stock on approvalA/c Dr

To Trading A/c.

a) Deduct fromSales on TradingA/c Credit Side.

b) Credit to TradingA/c on stock withcustomer i.e. add toclosing stock.

a) Deduct fromSunday Debtor onasset side.

b) Add to ClosingStock on assetside.

16)Baddebts/Further baddebit to bewritten off

Bad debts A/c Dr

To SundayDebtors.

Add Bad depts. ondebit side of Profit& Loss A/c. [as newbad debts]

Deduct fromSunday debtors anAssets Side.

17) Provision forBad Debts/doubtful debts:Provision madefor future out ofpresent creditsales.

Profit & Loss AcDr.

To R.D.D. A/c

Profit & loss A/cDebit Side

To new BDD x (Adj)

+ Bad debts x (TrialBal)

+ New Bad debts

x

x(adj)

-Old R.D.Dx

x(T.Bal)

Asset Side SundryDebtors x –Further / New Boddebts)x) x – NewR.d.d. X = x (x)final Balance afterall otheradjustment tiltingto SundayDebtors.

18) Reserves forDiscount onDebtors:Provision madefor Discount onDebtors:

Discount A/c Dr

To R.F.D.C. A/c

When old R.D.D ismore than requiredshould be creditedto profit & loss A/c.Add to discount onthe debit side of theProfit & Loss A/c.

Deduct fromSunday debtors onAsset side, afteradjustment asR.D.D.

19) Reserve fordiscount onCreditors:

Reserve fordiscount onCreditors A/c Dr

To Discount A/c.

Add it discount onCredit side of theProfit & Loss A/c.

Deduct fromsundry Creditorson Liabilities Side.

8.7.3 HIDDEN ADJUSTMENT/TEMPLED ADJUSTMENT.

Sometimes information about adjustments is given in the trialbalance. These adjustments should be considered while preparingfinal accounts.

For example, Trial balance shows the following information.

158

Trial Balance as on 31st December 2012.

No. Particulars Rs. Rs.

1 Rent (11 months) 22,000

2 Insurance (For the Year 31.3.13) 12,000

3 10% Govt Bonds (30-06-12) 1,00,000

4 Interest on Govt Bonds - 2,500.

5 12% Investment (Face value Rs.1,00,000)

1.12.000

6 Interest on investment - 9,000.

7 18% Bank Loan (01.10.12) 2,00,000

8 Advertisement (3 years) 30,000.

9 Building Rent (3/4 Factory) 60,000

Solution: Explanation:

1) Rent Paid for 11 months Rs. 22,000. It implies that Rent for onemonth is outstanding.

= 22,000 / 11 = Rs. 2,000.Add to Rent on Debit side of P & L A/c, Show in the Balance SheetLiabilities

2) Insurance Premium Paid for the year ended 31/03/13. TrialBalance as on 31/12/12.

Therefore, 3 months insurance is paid in advanced PrepaidInsurance = 12,000 x 3/12 = Rs. 3,000/-.Less from insurance on P & L A/c. Debit Side and write on Assetside of Balance Sheet.

3 and 4: 10% Govt Bonds Purchased on 30-06-12; Interest on

Bonds for SDC months = 1,00,000 x 10% x6

12= Rs. 5,000/-. Out of

Rs.5,000, Rs.2,500 are only received. Balance interestRs.2,500/- still not received. It is outstanding. Income on date ofBalance Sheet. Add to interest on credit side of P & L. A/c. andshow on asset side of Balance sheet as Interest Account bat notreceived.

5 and 6: 12% Investment face value of Rs.1,00,000 Purchase forRs.1,12,000. Interest on this investment received Rs.9,000 only.Interest should be always calculated on face value.Interest for the year = 1,00,000 x 12%

= Rs.12,000/-.

159

Out of this, Rs.9,000/- only received. Balance Rs.3,000 stillreceivable. Add to credit side of P & L A/c to income and show onassets side of Balance sheet as Interest Receivable.

7. 18% Bank Loan taken on 1st Oct. 12.Therefore, 3 months interest due to be provided

Outstanding Interest = 2,00,000 x 18% x 3/12= Rs. 9,000/-.

Add to interest on Debit side of P & L A/c and add to Bank Loan onLiabilities Side of Balance Sheet.

8. Advertisement Rs.30,000 paid for 3 years.

Two years advertisement 3,00,000 x2

3= Rs. 20,000 is prepaid.

Prepaid Advertisement Rs.20,000, deduction fromAdvertisement on debit side of P & L A/c show on Assets Side ofBalance Sheet, as a Prepaid Insurance.

9. Building Rent Rs.60,000.

3

4Offices. Therefore, 60,000 x

3

4= Rs.45,000 should be

debited to the Manufacturing A/c. balance (i.e.1

4) Rs.15,000 to be

debited to Profit & Loss A/c.

Journal Entries

No Particulars J.H. Rs. Rs.

1 Rent A/c. Dr. 2000

To Outstanding Rent A/c 2000

2 Prepaid Insurance A/c Dr. 3000

To insurance A/c 3000

3-4 Interest Receivable A/c Dr. 2500

To interest. A/c 2500

5-6 Interest Receivable A/c Dr. 3000

To Interest A/c. 3000

7 Interest A/c. Dr. 9000

To 18% Bank Loan. A/c 9000

8 Prepaid Advertisement A/c Dr. 20,000

To Advertisement A/c 20,000

9 Manufacturing A/c Dr. 45,000

Profit & Loss A/c Dr. 15,000

To Building Rent A/c. 60,000.

160

8.8 EXERCISES

1. Write Short note ona. Manufacturing A/cb. Work in Progress.c. Transfer of Goods at price higher than cost.d. Stock Reservee. Trading A/cf. Current Assets

2. Explain goods sold on sales or return basis.3. Why Manufacturing A/c is prepared.4. Explain how to calculate Raw Material consumed.

5. Objective Type Questions:

a. Multiple Choice Question

1. Debit Balance of Manufacturing A/c show:a) Gross Profit b) Gross Loss,c) Net Loss d) None of above.

2. Carriage inward shown in Trial Balance debited to:a) Manufacturing A/c b) Profit & Loss A/cc) Capital A/c d) Selling & Distribution exp.

3. Raw Material Consumed is transferred to:a) Trading A/c b) Purchase A/cc) Manufacturing A/c d) Balance Sheet.

4. Sale of scrap is credited to:a) Manufacturing A/c. b) Cash/Bank A/cc) Raw Material Consumer d) Trading A/c.

5. Credit Balance in Trading A/c shows.a) Net Loss b) Cost of Goods soldc) Gross Profit d) Gross Loss.

6. Carriage on machinery purchased debited to:a) Manufacturing A/c b) Trading A/cc) Plant & Machinery A/c d) Trading A/c

7. Prepaid Insurance shown in the Trial Balance is shown in :a) Profit & Loss A/cb) Liability side of Balance Sheetc) Asset Side of Balance Sheetd) Deducted insurance on Dr. side of Profit & Loss A/c.

161

8. Consumption of Raw Materials shown to:a) Credit Side of Trading A/cb) Credit side of Profit a Loss A/cc) Debit Side of Manufacturing A/cd) Purchases A/c

9. Stock of Raw Material given in Trial Balance is shown on:a) Debit Side of Manufacturing A/cb) Credit side of manufacturing A/cc) Asset gives of the balance sheet

10. Opening work-in-progress appearing in the trial balance isshown on:a) Debit Side of manufacturing A/cb) Trading A/c.c) Credit side of manufacturing A/cd) Asses side of Balance sheete) Non-of the above.

11. Depreciation of Factory Building is shown under.a) Trading A/c b) Profit & Loss A/c.c) Manufacturing A/c d) All of the above.

12. Trade Mark is:a) Current Assets b) Fixed Assesc) Intangible Asset d) Movable properties

13. Opening Stock of Raw Materials is :a) Added to purchase of finished Goods.b) Deducted from Raw Material Consumed.c) Added to purchase of Raw Materials.d) None of the above.

14. Reserve for Discount on creditors shows :a) Credit Balance b) Debit Balancec) Nil Balance d) Non of above

15. Manufacturing A/c balance always shows.a) Gross Profit b) Net Profitc) Cost of production d) Cost of sales.

16. Goodwill is:a) Current Assets b) Fictitious Assetsc) Fixed Assets d) Terrible Assets

17. Trade Discount shall be shown:a) Debit Side of Mfg. A/c b) Deducted from purchasesc) Debit side of p & L A/c. d) None of the above

Ans. 1-d, 2-a, 3-c, 4-a, 5-c, 6-c, 7-c, 8-c, 9-a, 10-a, 11-c, 12-c, 13-c,

14-a, 15-c, 16-b, 17-d.

162

b. Fill in The Blanks.

1) Debit balance of Manufacturing A/c indicates _______.

2) Plant & machinery is a --------------- asset.

3) Income received in advance is shown on _______ side of

Balance Sheet.

4) Income Tax Paid is transferred to ________ A/c.

5) Goods distributed as free samples is credited to _____ A/c.

6) Goods withdrawn by proprietor is credited to ______ A./c.

7) Commission paid is credited to ______ A/c.

8) _______ shows the finical position of business.

9) Manufacturing A/c is prepared only by ______.

10) Debit balance of Profit & Loss A/c shows ________.

11) Net Profit is transferred to ________ A/c.

12) Prepaid Insurance is credited to ______ A/c.

13) Depreciation on office equipments is credited to _______ A/c.

14) Bad debt written off is credited to _____ A/c.

15) _______ note is prepared for sales return of goods.

16) Gross Profit, 25% on cost is equal to _____ % on sales.

17) Bank Overdraft is shown on ______ side of Balance Sheet.

18) Stock of Stationery is shown on ______ side of Balance Sheet.

19) Carriage paid on furniture purchased is debited to _______ A/c.

20) Debit balance of Manufacturing A/c is transferred to ____ A/c.

21) Carriage outward paid is credited to _______ A/c.

22) Opening stock of work in progress is debited to _______ A/c.

23) Recovery of bad debts is credited _______ A/c.

24) Octroi paid on plant purchased is debited to ________ A/c.

Ans.1) Cost of production, 2)Fixed, 3) Liabilities,

4) Drawings, 5) Trading A/c, 6) Trading A/c

7) Cash A/c Bank A/c, 8) Balance Sheet 9) Manufacturer

10) Net Loss 11) Capital A/c 12) Insurance A/c,

13) Office Equipment 14) Sundry debtors 15) Credit Note

16)20% 17) Liabilities 18) Assets

19) Furniture 20) Trading 21) Cash / Bank A/c,

22) Manufacturing 23) P & L 24) Plant

163

c. Match the following Columns:

1)

COLUMN A COLUMN B

a) Purchase of Raw Material i) Credit Balance

b) Bank Overdraft ii) Assets side of Balance Sheet.

c) Outstanding Wages iii) Manufacturing A/c

d) Prepaid Insurance iv) Capital A/c

e) Goodwill v) Liabilities side

vi) Intangible Assts

Ans. a) - iii, b)- i c)v d)- ii e)- vi

2)

COLUMN C COLUMN D

i) Income due but not received a) Bills Payable

ii) Current Liabilities b) Manufacturing A/c

iii) Tallied Balance sheet c) Carriage paid on Good sold

iv) Carriage Inward d) Capital A/c

v) Drawings e) Profit Loss A/c

f) Asset side of Balance Sheet

j) Arithmetical accountancy

Ans. i) f, ii) – a, iii) – j, iv) b, v) –d

3)

COLUMN E COLUMN F

i) Raw Material consumed a) Profit & Loss A/c Credit Side

ii) Profit on Sale of Assets b) Added to income.

iii) Accrued Income c) Tangible Assets

iv) Furniture d) Manufacturing A/c

v) Outstanding Expenses in TrialBalance

e) Profit & Loss A/c Debit Side

f) Liabilities Side

g) Fixed Asset

Ans. i) – d, ii) – a, iii) – b, iv) – g, v) – f

164

d. State Whether the following statements are True or False :-

1) Trial Balance shows financial position of the concern.

2) Goodwill written off is credited to Trading A/c

3) Credit balance of Profit & Loss A/c is net profit

4) Interest on capital is credited to Drawing A/c

5) The Drawing A/c always shows debit balance.

6) Income received in advance is asset.

7)Provision for Depreciation is also known as Accumulated

Depreciation.

8) Interest on Drawings is debited to Profit and Loss A/c.

9) Stock is always valued at cost.

10) Prepaid expenses in Trial balance is shown on Assets side of

the Balance Sheet.

11) Withdrawal of cash by the proprietor is credited to Cash A/c.

12) Trading A/c shows Net Profit or Net Loss.

13) All income and expenses are shown in the Balance Sheet.

14) Balance Sheet is always prepared for the year ended.

15) Carriage Outwards is credited to Trading A/c.

16) Capital A/c of proprietor is always shown on Asset Side of

Balance Sheet.

17) Manufacturing A/c is prepared to find out Gross Profit.

18) Interest on investment is calculated on Face Value of the

investment.

Ans. False: 1,2, 4, 6, 7, 9, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17

True: 3, 5, 8, 10, 11, 18

165

9

FINAL ACCOUNTS II

UNIT STRUCTURE

9.0 Objectives9.1 Solved Problems9.2 Exercise

9.0 OBJECTIVES

After studying the unit students will be able to solve thepractical problems on final accounts.

9.1 SOLVED PROBLEMS

Illustration 1: (Mfg. & Tr. A/c)From the following particulars, prepare a Manufacturing

Account and a Trading Account for the year ended 31-3-2018.


Raw Materials

(1-4-2012)

12,000 Carriage Inwards 1,000

Work –in-Progress

(1-4-2012)

8,000 Returns Outward 2,000

Finished Goods

(1-4-2012

9,000 Royalty onProduction

1,000

Purchase of RawMaterials

80,000 Purchase of Finishedgoods

8,000

Direct Wages 10,000 Carriage Outwards 500

Indirect Wages 8,000 Fuel and Power 2,500

Sales 1,74,000 Repairs andMaintenance

1,500

Returns Inward 5,000 Raw Materials (31-3-2013)

6,000

Depreciation onFactory Assets

4,000 Work-in-Progress(31-3-2013)

2,500

Purchase ofFinished Goods

37,000 Finished Goods (31-3-2013)

5,000

166

Adjustments:

(i) Outstanding Direct Wages amounted to Rs. 3,000; (ii) PrepaidFuel and Power amounted to Rs.500.

Manufacturing AccountFor the year ended 31-3-2018

Dr Cr


To Work-in-Progress(Opening

8,000 By Work-in-Progress(Closing)

2,500

To Raw Materialsconsumed :

By Trading A/c 1,20,000

Opening Stock 12,000 (Cost ofProductiontransferred)

Add : Purchase 80,000

Add : CarriageInward

1,000

93,000

Less : Returnsoutward

2,000

91,000

Less : Closing Stock 6,000 85,000

To Direct Wages 10,000

Add : Outstanding 3,000 13,000

To ManufacturingExpenses :

- Royalty onProduction

1,000

To factory Expenses:

- Indirect Wages 8,000

- Depreciation onFactory Assets

4,000

- Fuel and Power2,500

Less : Prepaid 500 2,000

- Repairs andmaintenance

1,500 15,500

1,22,500 1,22,500

167

Trading AccountFor the year ended 31-3-2018

Dr Cr

Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs. Rs.

To Opening stock(FG)

To ManufacturingA/c (Cost ofProduction tfd.)

To Purchase (FG)

To Gross Profit c/d(tfd. To P & L A/C)

9,000

1,20,000

37,000

8,000

By Sales

Less : ReturnsInward

By ClosingStock (FG)

1,74,000

5,000 1,69,000

5,000

1,74,000 1,74,000

Note: The concern is a manufacturer as well as a trader. Hence theTrading a/c shows purchase of finished goods (for re-sale) andclosing stock of such goods held for re-sale.

Illustration 2: (Mfg. Tr., P & L A/c + Adjustments)

The following information is given to you from the books of amanufacturer in respect of the year ending 31st March, 2018.


Stock of RawMaterial (1-4-2017)

25,000 Electricity &Telephone

6,000

Freight Inward 8,500 Selling Expenses 6,000

Freight Outward 6,000 MiscellaneousExpenses

14,000

Direct Wages 18,000 Stock of FinishedGoods : (31-3-2018)

30,000

Indirect Wages 14,000 Provision for DoubtfulDebts

8,500

Sales 4,80,000 Depreciation on Plantand Machinery

4,000

Stationery 1,500 Depreciation ofOffice

Traveling Expenses 5,000 Furniture andEquipments

3,000

Salaries (H.O.) 26,000 Repairs to Plant andMachinery

4,650

168

Factory Expenses 26,000 Sale of Scrap 3,700

Interest on Loanpaid

1,800 Purchase of RawMaterials

2,50,000

Returns-Inward 5,000 Coal Consumed 9,000

Returns-outward 3,500 Work-in-progress(1-4-2017)

7,000

Power and fuel 8,000 Bank Interestreceived

2,600

Adjustments necessary for the following:

(a) Finished goods worth Rs.5,000 were distributed as freesamples.

(b) A loan was obtained on 1st October, 2017 for Rs. 50,000carrying interest 10% p.a.

(c) Bad debts to be written off Rs..750 and provision for doubtfuldebts to be maintained Rs.7,000.

(d) Electricity and Telephone to be apportioned as Factory 3/5th

and Office 2/5th.

(e) A fire occurred destroying finished goods worth Rs.15,000.Insurance Company admitted a claim of Rs.12,000 not yetreceived.

(f) Stock on 31-3-2018 stationery in hand Rs.150, Raw MaterialsRs.22,000.Work-in-Progress Rs.4,000, Finished GoodsRs.40,000.

You are required to prepare the Manufacturing Account andTrading Account and Profit and Loss Account for the year ended on31st March 2018. (ICWA adapted)

169

Solution:Manufacturing Account

For the year ended 31-3-2018Dr. Cr.


To Work-in Progress(Opening)

7,000 By Work-inProgress(Closing)

4,000

To Raw MaterialsConsumed :

By Sale of scrap 3,700

Opening Stock 25,000 By Trading A/c 3,44,550

Add : Purchases 2,50,000 (Cost ofproduction tfd.)

Add : CarriageInwards

8,500

2,83,500

Less : Returnsoutward (-)

3,500

2,80,000

Less : Closing Stock 22,000 2,58,000

To Wages 18,000

To FactoryExpenses :

Wages indirect 14,000

Factory expenses 26,000

Power and fuel 8,000

Coal consumed 9,000

Electricity andtelephone

3,600

(3/5 x 6,000)

Depreciation onMachinery

4,000

Repairs to Plant 4,650 69,250

3,52,250 3,52,250

170

Trading and Profit & Loss AccountFor the Year ended 31-3-2018

Dr. Cr.

Particulars Rs. Rs. Particulars Rs. Rs.

To OpeningStock (FG)

30,000 By Sales 4,18,000

ToManufacturingA/c

3,44,550 Less :Returns

5,000 4,13,000

(Cost ofproductionefd.)

To Gross Profitc/d

98,450

By Goodsdistributedas

Freesamples

5,000

By Goodsdestroyedby fire

15,000

By ClosingStock (FG)

40,000

4,73,000 4,73,000

To Salaries 26,000 By GrossProfit b/d

98,450

To Electricity &Telephone

2,400 By BankInterestreceived

2,600

(2/5x6,000) By Provisionfor doubtful

750

To Stationery 1,500 Debts notrequired

Less : Stock-in-hand

150 1,350 (8,500-750-7,000)

To Interest onloan

1,800

Add :Outstanding

700 2,500

[(50,000 x 6/12 x 10% -1,800]

700

To Travelingexpenses

5,000

To Sellingexpenses

6,000

To Frightoutward

6,000

171

ToMiscellaneousexpenses

14,000

To Loss by fire 15,000

Less : Claimadmitted by

Insurance Co. 12,000 3,000

ToDepreciationOffice

Furniture &Equipments

3,000

ToAdvertisements

5,000

(free samples)

To Net profittfd. To CapitalA/c.

27,550

1,01,800 1,01,800

Illustration 3:

Vinayaka’s Trial Balance as on 31st March 2012 is as follows:

Particulars Dr. Rs. Cr.Rs.

Particulars Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

OpeningStock

Printing andStationery

5,200

- RawMaterials

2,50,000 Bank Charges 2,500

- Work-in-Progress

80,000 TravelingExpenses

10,000

- FinishedGoods

2,20,000 Discount 3,300

Purchases 2,15,000 Sales Return 11,000

Buildings 1,50,000 Advertisement 5,500

Plant &Machinery

3,60,000 Sales 7,80,000

Furniture 40,000 Capital 8,50,000

Trade Mark 30,000 SundryCreditors

52,000

172

Wages 83,000 SundryDebtors

82,500

FactoryTaxes

4,000 Discount 2,500

MotivePower

9,000 MiscellaneousExpenses

5,500

FactoryInsurance

5,000 Bills Payable 34,000

Salary toOffice Staff

11,000 BillReceivable

16,000

Office Rent 10,500 CorporationBank

98,000

CarriageInward

2,500 Cash on hand 9,000

17,18,500 17,18,500

Adjustments:

(1) Closing Stock: Rs.

Raw Materials 85,000

Work-in-Progress 30,000

Finished Goods 2,05,000

(2) Factory taxes prepaid Rs.2,000

(3) Depreciation: Furniture 10%

Plant & Machinery 15%

Trade Mark 20%

Building 5%

Prepare Manufacturing, Trading and Profit & Loss Account for thefinancial year 2017-18 and Balance Sheet as on 31-3-2018.

(IDE, Mar. 2000, adapted)

173

Solution:

VINAYAKManufacturing & Trading Account

For the year ended 31-3-2018Dr. Cr.


To Work-in-process(Opng.)

80,000 By Work-in-process(CI.)

30,000

To Rawmaterialsconsumed:

OpeningStock

2,50,000

By TradingAccount

(Cost ofproductiontfd.)

5,85,500

Add :Purchase

2,15,000

- CarriageInward

2,500

4,67,500

Less : Closingstock

85,000 3,82,500

To DirectWages

83,000

To Directfactoryexpenses

- FactoryTaxes

4,000

Less :Prepaid taxes

2,000 2,000

To MotivePower

9,000

- FactoryInsurance

5,000

ToDepreciation

Plant &Machinery(15%)

54,000

6,15,500 6,15,000

174

To Openingstock (FG)

2,20,000 By Sales 7,80,000

ToManufacturingAccount

Less :ReturnInwards

11,000 7,69,000

(Cost ofproductiontfd.).

5,85,500 By Closingstock (FG)

2,05,000

To Grossprofit c/d

1,68,500

9,74,000 9,74,000

Profit & Loss AccountFor the year ended 31-3-2018

Dr Cr


To Salaries toOffice Staff

11,000 By Gross ProfitB/d

1,68,500

To Office Rent 10,500 By DiscountReceived

2,500

To Printing &stationery

5,200

To Bank charges 2,500

To TravelingExpenses

10,000

To MiscellaneousExpenses

5,500

To Advertisement 5,500

To Discount 3,300

To Depreciation on

- Tr. Mark (20%) 6,000

- Building (5%) 7,500

- Furniture (10%) 4,000 17,500

To Net profit tfd.To capital

1,00,000

1,71,000 1,71,000

175

Balance Sheet As At 31-3-2018

Liabilities Rs. Rs. Assets Rs. Rs.

CapitalAccount :

Fixed Assets :

Balanceb/d(opening)

8,50,000 Building 1,50,000

Add:-Netprofit forthe years

1,00,000 9,50,000 Less: Depreciation@5%

-7,500 1,42,500

CurrentLiabilities :

Plant & machinery 3,60,000

SundryCreditors

52,000 Less : Depreciation@15%

54,000 3,06,000

BillsPayable

34,000 Furniture 40,000

Less : Depreciation@10%

4,000 36,000

Trade Mark 30,000

Less : Depreciation@20%

6,000 24,000

Current Assets :

Closing Stock :

- Raw Materials 85,000

- Work-in-Progress 30,000

- Finished Goods 2,05,000 3,20,000

Debtors 82,500

Bills receivable 16,000

Prepaid taxes 2,000

Corporation Bank 98,000

Cash in hand 9,000

10,36,000 10,36,000

176

Illustration 4:

Amar Chemicals has the following Ledger Balance as on 31st

March 2018.

Particulars Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs. Particulars Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

Goodwill 50,000 Net Sales 11,00,000

FactoryShed

20,000 MiscellaneousIncome

4,000

Machinery 1,30,000 Bad DebtsReserve

5,000

Furniture 8,000 Purchase ofMaterials

8,60,000

Investments 10,000 Freight onMaterials

50,000

Capital 1,95,000 Factory Power 15,000

Bank Loan 3,00,000 Salaries andWages

Creditors 1,50,000 - Factory 1,50,000

Debtors 1,35,000 - Office 65,000

Stock on

1-4-2018

Repairs andRenewals

2,500

- Materials 1,30,000 Rent and Taxes 16,500

-Work-in-Progress

7,500 Insurance 3,900

-FinishedGoods

82,500 GeneralExpenses

18,100

17,54,000 17,54,000

The following additional information is available:

(1)Closing Stock: Materials Rs.2,10,000; Work-in-ProgressRs.12,500 and Finished Goods Rs.2,07,500.

(2) Depreciation to be provided at 2.5% on Factory Shed, 10%on Machinery and 15% on Furniture.

(3) Repairs and rent and taxes are to be apportioned betweenFactory and Office in the ratio of 3: 2.

(4) Reserve for bad and doubtful debts are to be provided at 4% ondebtors.

(5) Insurance Premium covers a period of one month in advance.

177

You are required to prepare Manufacturing, Trading, and Profit andLoss Account for the year ended 31st March 2018 and BalanceSheet as on that date.

(Mumbai, Nov. 1998, adapted)

Solution:

AMAR CHEMICALSManufacturing & Trading Account

For the year ended 31-03-2018Dr Cr


To Work-in-process(Opng.)

7,500 By Work-in-process (CI.)

12,500

To Rawmaterialsconsumed :Opening Stock

Add : Purchase

Add : Freight onMaterials

1,30,000

8,60,000

50,000

By TradingAccount(Cost ofProductionefd.)

10,14,900

10,40,000

Less: Closingstock

2,10,000 8,30,000

To Directfactoryexpenses

- Factory Power 15,000

- Salary &wages

1,50,000

- Repairs etc.(3/5)

1,500

- Rent & Taxes(3/5)

9,900

- Depreciationon factoryassets

Factory shed 500

- Machinery 13,000 1,89,900

10,27,400 10,27,400

178


82,500 By Sales 11,00,000

ToManufacturing

10,14,900 By Closingstock (FG)

2,07,500

Account (cost of

Production tfd.)

To Gross profitc/d

2,10,100

13,07,500 13,07,500

Profit & Loss AccountFor the year ended 31-03-2018

Dr Cr


To Office Salary & Wages 65,000 By Gross profit b/d 2,10,100

To Repairs & Renewals(2/5)

1,000 By MiscellaneousIncome

4,000

To Rent & Taxes (2/5) 6,600

To Insurance 3,900

Less : Prepaid

(3,900 x 1/12)

325 3,575

To General Expenses 18,100

To Depreciation onFurniture

1,200

To Reserve for DoubtfulDebts

5,400

Less : Old RDD 5,000 400

To Net profit tfd. To capital 1,18,225

2,14,100 2,14,100

179

Balance SheetAs At 31-03-18


CapitalAccount :

FixedAssets :

Balance b/d(opening)

1,95,000 Goodwill 50,000

Add : Netprofit for theyear

1,18,225 3,13,225 Machinery 1,30,000

Loans : Less :Depreciation

@10%

13,000 1,17,000

Loans frombank

3,00,000 FactoryShed

20,000


Less :[email protected]%

500 19,500

Sundrycreditors

1,50,000 Furniture 8,000

LessDepreciation@15%

1,200 6,800

Investment 10,000

CurrentAssets :

ClosingStock

- Rawmaterial

2,10,000

- Work-in-process

12,500

- Finishedgoods

2,07,500 4,30,000

DebtorsLess : Prov.for baddebts

Prepaidinsurance

1,35,000

5,400

1,29,600

325

7,63,225 7,63,225

180

Illustration 5:

Following is the Trial Balance of Mrs. Rashmi as on 31-3-2018


Capital/Drawings 40,000 8,00,000 Printing andStationery

41,400

Opening Stock Office Rent 64,600

* Raw Materials 50,800 BillsReceivable

3,01,000

* Work inprogress

25,800 BillsPayable

1,00,000

* Finished goods 2,18,000 SundryDebtorsandCreditors

6,00,000 4,00,000

Purchase ofRaw Materials

22,24,000 Plant andMachinery

16,00,000

Wages 79,200 Motor Car 6,00,000

Power and Fuel 48,500 Returns 24,000 30,000

* Factory Rent 25,000 Interest @14% onInvestments

22,000

Carnageoutward

34,700 Investments(1-4-2011)

2,00,000

48,74,000 Bad Debts 10,000

Ins. DurancePremium

51,000 Provisionfor Bad andCr.

Discount 5,000 19,000 Doubtfuldebts

6,000

LifeInsurancePremiumpaid

8,000

62,51,000 62,51,000

181

a) Closing Stock Cost Price Market PriceRaw Materials 90,000 1,00,000Work in Progress 90,000 50,000Finished Goods 4,00,000 3,60,000

b) Depreciate Plant & Machinery @ 15% p.a. and Motor Car @20% p.a.

c) General Insurance prepaid was Rs.9,000.

d) Provide for outstanding factory rent Rs.13,000.

e) Finished goods costing Rs.20,000 and Raw materials costingRs.30,000 were destroyed by fire. Insurance Companyadmitted claim of Rs.15,000 for finished goods and Rs.20,000for Raw Materials by the date of Balance Sheet.

f) Write off Rs. 20,000 as Bad debts.

g) Create provision for doubtful debts and provision for discounton debtors @ 5% and 2% respectively.

h) On 30-3-2018 goods costing Rs.40,000 were purchased oncredit (included in closing stock) which remained unrecorded.

i) Purchase include Rs.80,000 in respect of Plant andMachinery purchased on 1-10-2011.

j) Proprietor had withdrawn goods at sale price of Rs.30,000which included profit element of 20% on cost.

This amount was recorded through sales register and was wronglydebited to Mrs. Rama’s (Debtor) Account. Being the Accountant ofMrs. Rashmi, you are required to prepare Manufacturing, Tradingand Profit and Loss Account for year ended 31st March, 2018 andBalance Sheet as at the date.

(Oct. 1996)

182

Solution:Dr. Mrs. RASHMI


Dr. Cr.


To Work-in-Progress(Opening)


50,000


By TradingA/c (Cost ofproductiontransferred)

24,72,300

Opening Stock 50,800

Add : Purchases 22,24,000

Add : Unrecordedpurchases

40,000

Less : PurchasesReturns

30,000

Less : Machinery

Purchased 80,000

Less : Destroyedby fire

30,000

Less : ClosingStock

90,000 20,84,800

To Wages 79,200

To FactoryExpenses.

Factory Rent 25,000

Add : Outstanding 13,000

38,000

Power and Fuel 48,500

Depreciation :Plant & Machinery

2,46,000 3,32,500

25,22,300 25,22,300

183

Trading and Profit and Loss AccountFor the year ended 31-3-2018

Dr. Cr.



2,18,000 By Sales 48,74,000

To ManufacturingA/c

24,72,300 Less : Salesreturns

24,000

(Cost of Productiontfd.)

48,50,000

To Gross profit c/d 25,34,700 Less : Goodsfor personaluse

30,000 48,20,000

By Goods forpersonal use(cost)

25,000

By Goodsdestroyed byfire

20,000

By Closingstock (FG)

3,60,000

52,25,000 52,25,000

To CarriageOutwards

34,700 By GrossProfit b/d

25,34,700

To Discount Allowed 5,000 By DiscountReceived

19,000

To Printing andStationery

41,400 By Interest onInvestments

22,000

To Insurance 51,000 Add : InterestReceivable

6,000 28,000

Less : Prepaid 9,000 42,000

To Office Rent 64,600

To Bad Debts 10,000

Add : Further BadDebts

20,000

Add : New R.D.D. 27,500

Less : Old R.D.D. 6,000 51,500

To Provision fordiscount on debtors

10,450

To Depreciation oncar (20% x 6,00,000)

1,20,000

To Loss by Fire :


- Finished Goods 5,000 15,000

To Net profit tfd. Tocapital

21,97,050

25,81,700 25,81,700

184

Balance SheetAs at 31-03-2018


Capita /Account :

Fixed Assets :



16,00,000

Add : NetProfit

21,97,050 Add : NewMachinery

80,000

29,97,050 16,80,000

Less :Drawing[WN3]

73,000 29,24,050 Less :Depreciation[WN1]

2,46,000 14,34,000


Motor Car 6,00,000

Bills Payable 1,00,000 Less :Depreciation @20%

1,20,000 4,80,000

SundryCreditors

4,00,000 Investments :

Add :UnrecordedPurchase

40,000 4,40,000 Investment

(1-4-2017)

2,00,000

OutstandingRent

13,000 Current Assets :

Closing Stock :


- Work inProgress

50,000

- FinishedGoods

3,60,000 5,00,000

Debtors 6,00,000

Less : Goods forown use

30,000

5,70,000

Less : FurtherBad Debts

20,000

5,50,000

185

Less : Prov. fordoubtful debts

(5/100x5,50,000) 27,500

5,22,500

Less : Prov. forDiscount on

Debtors (2/100 x5,22,500)

10,450 5,12,050

Insurance Claim:

- for RawMaterials

20,000

- for FinishedGoods

15,000 35,000

Bills Receivable 3,01,000

InterestReceivable[WN2]

6,000

PrepaidInsurance

9,000

34,77,050 34,77050

Working Notes:

1. Depreciation of Plant and Machinery Rs.Depreciation on Rs. 16,00,000 forFull year @ 15% 2,40,000Depreciation on Rs. 80,000 for 6 months(80,000 x 15/100 x 6/12) 6,000

2,46,000

2. Interest Receivable on Investments Rs.Total Interest on Investments(2,00,000 x 14/100) 28,000Less: Interest actually received 22,000Balance Interest receivable 6,000

3. Total Drawings made Rs.Drawings as per Trial Balance 40,000Add: Goods withdrawn for personal use 25,000Add: Life Insurance paid as perTrial Balance 8,000Total Drawings 73,000

186

Illustration 6:

The Trial Balance Mr. Lakhamichand is as below, Prepare finalaccounts for the year ended 31-12-2017.

Debit Balances Rs. Credit Balances Rs.

Cash in hand 1,000 Capital Account 41,860

Machinery 30,000 Sales 1,38,780

Drawings 2,500 R.D.D. 560

Factory, Powerand Fuel

450 Sundry Creditors 8,800

Office Salaries 6,225

Carriage outwards 500

Manufacturingwages

9,300

Furniture andFixture

3,400

Opening Stock :

- Finished goods 4,000

- Work-in-progress 7,250


Carriage Inwards 1,000

Rent (Factory ¾) 4,000

Sundry Debtors 21,600

Advertisement 775

Printing &Stationery

1,200

Factory Insurance 1,280

Purchase of RawMaterial

82,950

Balance at Bank 8,530

Discount Allowed 610

MiscellaneousExpenses

630

1,90,000 1,90,000

187

Adjustments:

(1)Closing Stock: Finished Goods Rs.6,500, Raw Materials Rs.750and Work-in-progress Rs.4,750.

(2) A Motor car purchased on 1-10-2017 for Rs.10,000 has beenincluded in purchases.

(3) Depreciate Machinery at 15% p.a., Motor Car at 20% p.a.,Furniture and Fixtures at 15% p.a.

(4) Provision for R.D.D. should be maintained at 10% of thedebtors.

(5) Provision for unrealised Rent in respect of portion of the officesub-let at Rs.120 p.m. from 1-10-2017 has to be made.

(April 96, adapted)

Solution:LAKHAMICHAND


Dr. Cr.


To Work-in-Progress(Opening)


4,750


Opening Stock 2,800

To TradingA/c

(Cost ofproductiontransferred)

97,030

Add : Purchases 82,950

Add : CarriageInwards

1,000

86,750

Less : Motor CarPurchase

10,000

Less : ClosingStock

750 76,000

To ManufacturingWages

9,300

188


Rent

[3/4 x 4,000]

3,000

Insurance 1,280

Power and Fuel 450

Depreciation onPlant

4,500 9,230

1,01,780 1,01,780

Trading AccountFor the year ended 31-12-2017

Dr. Cr.



4,000 By Sales 1,38,780

By Closing stock(FG)

6,500To Manufacturing A/c

(Cost of Productiontfd.)

97,030

To Gross profit c/d 44,250

1,45,280 1,45,280

Profit and Loss AccountFor the year ended 31-12-2017

Dr. Cr.


To Office Salaries 6,225 By GrossProfit b/d

44,250

To CarriageOutwards

500 By RentAccrued

360

To Office Rent (1/4 x4,000)

1,000

To Advertisement 775

To Printing andStationery

1,200

To Discount Allowed 610

189

To MiscellaneousExpenses

630

To Prov. for Bad &

Doubtful Debts

New R.D.D. 2,160

Less : Old R.D.D. 560 1,600

To Depreciation :

- on Motor Car 500

(10,000x20/100x3/12)

- on Furniture &Fixtures

510 1,010

(3,400 x 15/100)

To Net profit tfd. Tocapital

31,060

44,610 44,610



CapitalAccount :

Fixed Assets :


41,860 Plant and Machinery 30,000

Add : Net profit 31,060 Less : Depreciation @15%

4,500 25,500

72,920 Motor Car 10,000

Less :Drawings

2,500 70,420 Less : Depreciation @20% (for 3 months)

500 9,500


Sundrycreditors

8,800 Furniture & Fixtures 3,400

Less : Depreciation @15%

510 2,890

Current Assets :

Closing Stock :

190

- Raw Materials 750

- Work in Progress 4,750

- Finished Goods 6,500 12,000

Debtors 21,600

Less : New R.D.D. 2,160 19,440

Rent Accrued 360

Balance at Bank 8,530

// Cash in Hand 1,000

79,220 79,220

Illustration 7:The following balances are extracted from the ledger accounts ofMr. Bharat as on 31st December, 2017.


Mr.Bharat’s

1,40,000 Wages 30,000

Capital Salaries 22,000

Plant andMachinery

45,000 Trade

OpeningStock

Expenses 9,000

RawMaterials

20,000 Rent 12,000

Finishedgoods

5,000 Consignment(Mr. X) A/c.

33,000

Purchasesand Sales

3,74,000 4,60,000 Cash 5,000

DebtorsandCreditors

1,35,000 90,000

6,90,000 6,90,000

Adjustments:

(1) Opening stock of finished goods include stock of stationeryof Rs.200.

(2) Closing stock of raw materials Rs. 10,000, closing stock offinished goods Rs.20,000 (including stock of stationeryRs. 100.)

191

(3) Trade expenses include payment of stationery of Rs.2,000.

(4) Closing creditors include creditors for stationery of Rs.500 forcredit purchases.

(5) Mr. Bharat sent goods costing Rs.33,000 to Mr. X (consignee)who sold two third of the quantity for Rs.35,000. The consigneehas incurred expenses of Rs.2,000 and is entitled forcommission of 5% on sales.

(6) Sales include a sum of Rs.32,000 received on sale of all goodsreceived on behalf of Mr. Y (consignor). Mr. Bharat is entitled toa commission of 10% on these sales for which no entries werepassed. The expenses of Rs.1,000 for sale on behalf of Mr. Yare debited to trade expenses (the expenses should be incurredby Mr. Y)

(7) Provide 10% depreciation on plant and machinery.Prepare manufacturing account, trading account and profit

and loss account for the year ended 31st December, 2017 andthe Balance Sheet on that date.

(March 95, adapted) 2012.MR. BHARAT


Dr. Cr.


To Raw Materialsconsumed


By Trading A/c

(Cost ofproduction tfd.)

4,18,000

Add : Purchases 3,74,000

3,94,000

Less : Purchasesof Stationery

(500)

Less : ClosingStock

(10,000) 3,83,500

To Wages 30,000


To Depreciationon Machinery

4,500

4,18,000 4,18,000

192

Trading Account

For the year ended 31-12-2017

Dr. Cr.



5,000 By Sales 4,60,000

Less : Stockof Stationery

200 4,800 Less :ConsignmentSales [Y]

32,000

ToManufacturingA/c Cost ofProduction

4,18,000

To Grossprofit c/d

38,100 [35,000 –33,000]

2,000 4,30,000

By Closingstock

FinishedGoods

20,000

Less :Closingstock of

Stationery 100

19,900

Add : UnsoldGoods of

Consignment[X]

11,000 30,900

4,60,900 4,60,900

193

Profit and Loss Account

For the year ended 31-12-2017

Dr. Cr,


To Office Salaries 22,000 By GrossProfit b/d

38,100

To TradeExpenses

9,000 ByCommissionfromConsignor

3,200

Less : Payment forStationery

(2,000) By Net Losstfd. To Capital

5,050

Less : Expense ofConsignor Y

(1,000) 6,000

To StationeryConsumed

Opening stock 200

Add : Stationery 2,000

Add : CreditPurchase

500

2,700

Less : ClosingStock

(100) 2,600

To Rent 12,000

To Commission toConsignee

1,750

(5% x 35,000)

To Expensesincurred by X

2,000

46,350 46,350

194

Balance SheetAs on 31-12-2017


Capital / Account : Fixed Assets :



45,000

Add : Net profit 5,050 1,34,950 Less :Depreciation@ 10%

4,500 40,500

Current Liabilities

Sundry creditors 90,000

Less : Creditors forStationary

500 89,500

Creditors forstationary

500 CurrentAssets :

Due to Y 32,000 Closing Stock:

Less: Commission(10%)

3,200 - RawMaterials

10,000

Less : Expenses ofconsignor Yincluded in trade

1,000 27,800 - FinishedGoods 19,900

Add : Unsoldgoods (x)11,000

30,900

- Stock ofstationary

100 41,000

Debtors 1,35,000

ConsignmentA/c Mr. X

33,000

Add : sales ofX

2,000

35,000

Less :Expenses

2,000

Less :Expenses

2,000

Less:Commission(5%)

1,750 31,250

Cash in hand 5,000

2,52,750 2,52,750

195

9.2 EXERCISE

Illustration 1From the following details for the year ended 31st March 2018prepare Manufacturing, Trading and Profit & Loss Account of M/sRazavi Traders:


Opening stock: Electric and water charges 4,000

Raw Material 60,000 Wages 1,40,000

Work in progress 50,000 Salary of works manager 6,000

Finished goods 75,000 Office salaries 5,000

Purchase of raw materials 3,20,000 Advertisement 2,000

Sales 6,25,000 Deprecation

Purchase returns 5,000 - on Plant 3,000

Sales returns 4,000 - on Factory Shed 1,000

Carriage inward 1,500 - on Office Furniture 6,00

Carriage outward 1,000 Closing Stock

Duty and clearing charges 2,000 - Raw material 40,500

Factory rent 3,000 - Work in progress 60,000

Office rent 2,000 - Finished goods 55,000

Illustration 2From the following Trial Balance and additional information of Miss.Shabana, prepare Manufacturing, Trading and Profit and Loss A/cfor the year ended 31st March, 2018 and Balance Sheet as on thatdate.

Trial BalanceAs on 31st March, 2018

Particulars Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

Bank Overdraft 49,000

Advertising 18,400

Audit Fees 10,500

Bad Debts 1,600

Bills of Exchange 20,350 20,000

Goodwill 50,000

Commission received 1,000

Discount received 2,000

196

Drawings 2,650

Land and Building 40,000

General Expenses 12,350

Insurance 3,150

Interest on Bank Overdraft 2,000

Investment in Shares 56,000

Plant and Machinery 1,00,000

Capital 2,70,000

Purchases 2,10,320

R.D.D. 1,000

Return Inwards 1,280

Return Outwards 3,320

Debtors 81,750

Wages 30,250

Creditors 65,000


Sales 3,21,280

Salaries 52,000

7,32,600 7,32,600

The following further information is available:(1)Closing Stock on 31st March, 2018 is Rs.87,000.

(2) Outstanding Wages Rs.2,500.(3)Insurance is prepaid to the extent of Rs.650.(4) Depreciate Plant and Machinery @10% p.a. and Land andBuilding@5% p.a.(5) Write off Rs.1,750 for Bad debts. Provide 5% for Doubtful Debtson debtors.

(Ans.: G/P – Rs. 1,27,250, N/P Rs. – 14,150, Balance sheet total-4,18,000.)

197

Illustration 3:

From the following particulars presented by Mazumdar Bros,prepare a Manufacturing Account for the year ended 31-03-2012.


Opening Stock : Carriage Inward 1,000

- Raw Materials 3,000 Hire of Special Plant 2,000

- Work-in-Progress 4,000 Factory Rent 4,000

- Finished Goods 8,000 Repairs to Plant 2,000

Closing Stock : Repairs to Factory 1,000

- Raw Materials 1,000 Supervisor’s Salary 8,000

- Work-in-Progress 5,000 Factory Wages 1,000

- Finished Goods 4,000 Royalties onproduction

2,000

Purchase of RawMaterials

40,000 Works Manager’sSalary

6,000

Wages of workers 20,000 Salary of Works Staff 3,000

Light, Gas etc.(Factory)

2,000

198

10

DEPARTMENTAL ACCOUNTS I

UNIT STRUCTURE

11.0 Objectives

11.1 Introduction

11.2 Branch Accounts and Departmental Accounts

11.3 Departmental Accounting

11.4 Basis of Allocation

11.5 Inter Department Transfers of Goods / Services

11.6 Closing Stock at Transfer Value

11.7 Stock Reserve

11.8 Departmental Final Accounts

11.9 Proforma of Departmental Accounts

11.10 Exercise

11.0 OBJECTIVES


Distinguish between Branch and Departmental Store.

Know the purpose of Departmental Store.

Understand the accounting procedure of Departmental Store.

Explain the Basis of allocation of common expenditure andcommon income among different departments

Understand the accounting procedure for Inter-DepartmentalTransfers of Goods.

Calculate the value of closing stock and preparation of StockReserve A/c.

Prepare Departmental Final Accounts.

11.1 INTRODUCTION

A large business concern may be divided into differentsegments; each segment is known as department. All departmentsoperate under one roof. The division into various departments may

199

be on basis of functions, processes or products or may be anycombination of above as it may be suitable to the organisation.Management is usually interested in finding out the working resultsof each department to ascertain their relative efficiencies.Departmental Accounts are of great help to the management asinformation for taking various types of decisions. Management cancompare result of one department with other departments.

Company may intra or inters departmental comparison, maybe again that of same departments in the previous periods. This willhelp them to formulae sound policy of expansion/diversion/mergereven if required, may be closing down a particular unprofitabledepartments.

11.2 BRANCH ACCOUNTS AND DEPARTMENTALACCOUNTS

A business may be expanded having number of branches aswell as having number of departments under one roof. A largebusiness may have various departmental stores at different places.e.g. Big Bazaar has departmental stores at various places, like inMumbai, Pune, Navi Mumbai, Surat, and so on .

Distinguish between Branch & Departmental Store

No. Branch Departmental Store

1. Located at different places,may be in different countries.

Departmental stores arealways located under oneroof.

2. Normally branches areopened by manufacturer toavoid middleman’s chain.

Normally concerns purchasedifferent types of goodsdirectly from manufactures,sales to end users.

3. Branches sale one type ofgoods manufactured bythem.

Departmental Storespurchase goods from differentmanufactures & sales underone roof.

4. Branches may be domestic[in same country] &/ orforeign branches.

Departments are located atone place, under one roofonly.

5. Since the branches locatedat different places, theproblem of allocation ofcommon expanses does notarises.

Common expenses arealways allocated in someratio.

200

6. Accounting treatmentsdepends upon types ofbranches, i.e. dependentbranch or impendent branch.

The departments are locatedunder one roof, all accountingrecords are maintained byhead office.

7. Reconciliation may berequired for cash & goods intransit.

Question of suchreconciliation doesn’t arise,as all departments are atsame place.

8. In case of foreign branch,question of conversion offoreign currency in HeadOffice currency arises.

This problem does not arisein Departmental Accounting.

11.3 DEPARTMENTAL ACCOUNTING

11.3.1 Purpose:

In Departmental Accounting, if only a single Profit & LossAccount is prepared for the entire business, then profit / loss ofeach department cannot be ascertained. In DepartmentalAccounting, each department is treated as separate entity for thepurpose of recording and reporting. In same premises, a separateAccount Department records all transactions of all departments.Books of Accounts are so designed, so it is possible to prepareseparate Trading A/c, Profit & Loss A/c for each department. Theworking of one department can be compared with anotherdepartment. It facilities infra / inter comparison for same period withthat of same department in the previous periods. This helpsmanagement to formulate sound policy for expansion, merger ofdepartments, closing of loss making departments. Preparation ofseparate accounts serves the following purposes :

a) Gross Profit or Loss, Net Profit or Loss of each departmentcan be ascertained.

b) Running cost of each department can be calculated.

c) Corrective timely measures for inefficient department can betaken.

d) It helps to fix branch manager’s commission on basis onprofit.

e) Departmental transfers can be recorded at transfer price /selling price.

f) Stock reserve, unrealized profit on goods transferred can becalculated.

g) Assist the management for controlling the business moreefficiently, intelligently.

201

h) Wastage of material, money, human recourses can easilydetect.

i) A separate stock records can be maintained departmentwise for controlling stock.

j) Department managers responsibly can be fixed and calledfor various reporting.

k) Department budget can be prepared.

11.3.2 Books of Accounts:

For preparation of Profit & Loss A/c of each department, it isnecessary that separate sets of Books of Accounts should bemaintained for each department. Instead of that AccountsDepartment maintains various Subsidiary Books in columnar form,it will also be necessary to devise a basis for allocation of commonexpenses among the departments. Normally, each departmentrecords its sales & maintains stock records. Daily cash collection indepartment is transferred to main cashier or deposited in Bank.Stocks are physically verified periodically.

11.3.3 Divisions of Subsidiary Books:

Subsidiary Registers are designed in such a way to recordtransactions of each department in same register; separatecolumns are made for each department in same subsidiary book,such as purchase Journal, Sales Journal, Return Inwards, ReturnOutwards, etc.

Specimen of Departmental ------- Journal[Purchases, Purchases Returns, Sales, Sales Returns etc.]

Date SerialNo.

Name L.F. Total

Rs

Depts.I

Dept.II

Dept.III

Dept.IV

Ref.

Total Rs xxxxx x x x x

Direct Expenses / Sales etc. can be recovered in department, e.g.cash sales; cash is to be deposited with main cashier on same day.

11.4 BASIS OF ALLOCATION

Allocation of common expenditure among differentdepartments:

Expenses incurred specially for each department arerecorded separately and charged directly thereto, e.g. Salaries paidto staff working in the particular dept.

202

11.4.1 Common expenses:

The benefits of which is shared by all the departments and whichare capable of precise allocation are distributed among thedepartment concerned on equitable basis considered suitable in thecircumstances of the case.

11.4.2 Common indirect expenses:

Common indirect expenses are the expenses which cannotbe directly identified with particular departments, howeverdepartments are benefited. Such expenses which are not capableof accurate measurement are dealt with as shown in the chart.

The following table gives suitable basis for allocation of suchexpenses.

Item of Expenses / Income Basis of Allocation

1. Rent and Rate Floor space occupied by eachdepartment

2. Lighting On the basis of actualconsumption, if actual is notavailable on the number ofelectric points or Power ofLamps used or area covered

3. Advertisement Sales

4. Sales Commission Sales

5. Discount Allowed toCustomers

Sales

6. Bad debts Actual of each department oron sales

7. Electric Power for Machines On the H.P. of equipments ornumber of machines in eachdepartment and the number ofworking hours.

8. Works Manager’s Salary Time spent by him for eachdepartment

9. Depreciation Value of assets employed byeach department

10. Air-conditioning Space occupied

11. Insurance :

i) Stock Value of stocks held in eachof the departments

203

ii) Buildings Floor space occupied orcapital value of the assetsinsured

12. Staff Welfare No. of employees in each ofthe department

13. Printing and Stationery Turnover of the departments

14. Freight

a) Inward Net purchases of each of thedepartment

b) Outward Net sales of each of thedepartment

15. Repairs to Building On the basis of spaceoccupied by each department

16. Heating On the basis of points, lampsused or area

17. Discount Earned Sales ratio

18. Commission Received Sales ratio

19. Discount Received On the basis of purchases

20. Delivery Van Expenses On the basis of sales.

21. Traveling Expenses On the basis of sales.

22. Administration Expenses On the basis of time devoted

23. Postage, Telephone, Printingand Stationery

Sales following the rule “Whatthe traffic will bear”.

24. Workmen’s Compensation Wages incurred by eachdepartment.

25. PF and ESI Contribution Wages

26. Canteen Subsidy, MedicalBenefits

Number of workers

27. Store Expenses, ExpensesOn Purchase, DirectExpenses On Purchases,Octroi Expenses

Material consumed or NetPurchases of eachdepartment

28. All Production, FactoryExpenses

Either on cost of materialconsumed or wages of eachdept.

29. Selling and Distribution Exp. Sales ratio or k.g. or units soldby each dept.

204

11.4.3 Non Allocable Expenses / Uncommon Expenses / Gains

The other common expenses which can’t be identified orallocable on suitable basis.

The financial or accounting expenses or losses / income e.g.interest/ loss on sale of investment.

Examples - Interest on loans and advances, legal fees, losson sale of any asset, income tax, audit fees, loss by fire.

All these expenses should be debited to General Profit andLoss Account.

Normal income may be as a whole, which can’t be allocatedto particular department. However, some income on basis ofpurchases (discount earned) or sales e.g. discount allowed,commission received etc.

CHECK YOUR PROGRESS1. Define the terms:

a. Department

b. Branch

c. Non Allocable Expenses

d. Common Expenses

e. Common Indirect Expenses

2. Give the examples of uncommon expenses.

3. Give suitable basis for allocation of the following expenses:

a. Factory Expenses

b. Canteen Subsidy

c. Delivery Van Expenses

d. Commission Received

e. Discount Received

f. Works Manager’s Salary

g. Air Conditioning

h. Bad Debts

11.5 INTER DEPARTMENT TRANSFERS OF GOODS /SERVICES

Usually department supply goods / services to one another.These transactions should be separately recorded and changed tothe department benefiting these by & credited to the departmentproviding it. Total of such benefits should be disclosed in theDepartmental Trading, Profit & Loss A/c, to distinguish them fromother items of income or expenses.

205

The departmental transfer may be:1) At cost2) At cost plus profit (loading) (transfer value)3) At selling price (transfer value = sale value)

11.5.1 Transfer at cost:

Usually goods are transferred at cost on the assumption thatdepartmental stores as a whole one entity profit / loss earned orsuffered only when goods are sold to outsides / external parties.

11.5.2 Transfer at cost plus profit:

Goods may be transferred at cost plus profit [transfer value /loaded price] so that both departments are in a position to ascertainprofit / loss accurately.

11.5.3 Transfer at selling price:

In such case departmental transfers are recorded at usualselling price. Each department records such transfers as its goodsare sold to outsiders. In such a case, each department is in positionto account for profit or losses accurately, due to this, profit or loss ofone department would not be affected due to efficiencies orinefficiency of another department.

11.5.4 Accounting for transfer of goods or services:

Receiving department should be debited at transfer priceand department transferring goods / services should be credited atsame value. [Transfer Price / Selling Price].

11.6 CLOSING STOCK AT TRANSFER VALUE

When one department transfers goods, at transfer price[may be at cost plus profit or selling price], is included profitcharged by another department. In case, at the end of accountingyear, part of goods remains unsold i.e. closing stock valued at costto receiving department which includes profit charged bytransferring department. Profits are always accounted only whenrealized. Therefore, value of stock needs to be adjusted by creatingstock reserve.

11.7 STOCK RESERVE

The unrealized profit included in closing stock of receivingdepartment is eliminated by creating stock reserve. Stock reserve iscalculated as under:

206

Stock Reserve =

Profit included in transfer priceTransferred value of closing stock ×

Transfer price

Entry for unrealized profit, is passed by concern in theGeneral Profit & Loss A/c as under :

General Profit & Loss A/C Dr.To Stock Reserve A/C

The amount of stock reserve is deducted from value of stock in theBalance Sheet.

In the beginning of the next year, entry passed for stockreserve is reversed.

Stock Reserve A/C Dr.To General Profit & Loss A/C

E.g. Goods costing Rs.20,000 transferred by A department to Zdepartment at Rs.24,000. Half of goods remained unsold at the endof the year.

For recording transfer:

i) Department Z’s Trading A/c Dr. 24,000To Department A’s Trading A/c 24,000

ii) Stock of Department ZStock A/c Dr. 12,000

To Department Z’s Trading A/c 12,000

iii) General Profit & Loss A/c Dr. 2,000To Stock Reserve A/c 2,000

11.8 DEPARTMENTAL FINAL ACCOUNTS

The Departmental Final Accounts contain:

Departmental Trading A/c Departmental Profit & Loss A/c General Profit & Loss A/c

Departmental Profit & Loss A/c is prepared in columnar format the end of the year. The respective columns indicate the grossprofit & net profit or net loss from each department as well as total.

207

The net profit or loss of the respective department will be carried toGeneral Profit & Loss A/c where in expenses and incomes, whichare not allocated to the various departments, are debited orcredited. The balance of this account is transferred to BalanceSheet. However, the Balance Sheet is in usual form and not in thecolumnar form.

11.9 PROFORMA OF DEPARTMENTAL ACCOUNTS

Departmental Trading A/cFor the year ended

Particulars Basis Dept.A

Dept.B

Total Particulars Basis Dept.A

Dept.B

Total

To OpeningStock

A xxx xxx xxxx By Sales A xxx xxx xxxx

To Purchase A xxx xxx xxxx Less :Returns

xxx xxx xxxx

Less:PurchaseReturns

xxx xxx xxxx ByTransferredto Dept. A

A xxx xxx xxxx

To Receivedfrom Dept. B

A xxx xxx xxxx By Cost ofGoods Lost

A xxx xxx xxxx

To PurchaseExpenses

A xxx xxx xxxx By Cost ofGoodsDamaged

A xxx xxx xxxx

To DirectWages

A xxx xxx xxxx By ClosingStocks

A xxx xxx xxxx

To Lighting,Power

xxx xxx xxxx

To RepairsWorkshopCost

xxx xxx xxxx

To StoresDept. Cost

xxx xxx xxxx

To OtherFactoryExpenses

xxx xxx xxxx

To GrossProfits c/d

xxx xxx xxxx By Grossloss c/d

xxx xxx xxxx

Total Rs xxx xxx xxxx Total Rs xxx xxx xxxx

208

Profit & Loss A/c

For the year ended

Particulars Basis Dept.A

Dept.B

Total Particulars Basis Dept.A

Dept.B

Total

To GrossLoss b/d

xxx xxx xxxx By GrossProfit b/d

xxx xxx xxxx

ToSalesman’sSalariesCommission

xxx xxx xxxx ByDiscountReceived

xxx xxx xxxx

To TravelingExpenses

xxx xxx xxxx

To CarriageOutwards

xxx xxx xxxx

To WareHousingCharges

xxx xxx xxxx

To PackingExpenses

xxx xxx xxxx

ToAdvertising

xxx xxx xxxx

To OtherSellingExpenses

xxx xxx xxxx

To OtherDistributionExpenses

xxx xxx xxxx

To BadDebts /Discount

xxx xxx xxxx

To Rent,TaxesRepairs

xxx xxx xxxx

To StaffWelfare

xxx xxx xxxx

To CanteenExpenses

xxx xxx xxxx

ToContributionto PF, ESIS

xxx xxx xxxx

To Insurance xxx xxx xxxx

209

- Assets xxx xxx xxxx

- Stocks xxx xxx xxxx

- Workmen xxx xxx xxxx

To OfficerSalaries

xxx xxx xxxx

To PostageTelephones

xxx xxx xxxx

To PrintingandStationary

xxx xxx xxxx

To OtherAdmin /OfficeExpenses

xxx xxx xxxx

ToDepreciationon Assets

xxx xxx xxxx

To Net ProfitLtd.

xxx xxx xxxx By NetLoss Ltd.

xxx xxx xxxx

To Gen.Profit & LossA/C

xxx xxx xxxx By Gen.Profit &Loss A/C

xxx xxx xxxx

Total Rs xxx xxx xxxx Total xxx xxx xxxx

General Profit and Loss Account

For the year ended

Particulars Amounts

Rs.

Particulars Amounts

Rs.

To Net Loss fromDepts.

By Net Profits tfd. FromDeptts.

- Department A Xxxx - Department A Xxxx

- Department B Xxxx - Department B Xxxx

To Stock Reserve(Opening Stock)

Xxxx By Interest on LoansGiven

Xxxx

- Department A Xxxx By Dividends on SharesReceived

Xxxx

- Department B Xxxx By Profits on Sale ofAssets

Xxxx

210

To General Admin.Expenses

Xxxx By Stock Reserve (onClosing Stock)

To Audit / LegalFees

Xxxx - Department A Xxxx

\\1h00

To Interest andBank Charges Paid

Xxxx - Department B Xxxx

To Depreciation(General Assets)

Xxxx

To Loss on GoodsDestroyed /Damaged

Xxxx

To Loss on Sale ofFixed Assets

Xxxx

To Income Tax Xxxx

To Transfer toReserves

Xxxx

To Net Profit tfd. toCapital

Xxxx But Net Loss tfd. toCapital

xxxx


Balance SheetAs on

Liabilities AmountsRs.

Assets AmountsRs.

Capital : x Buildings x

Add : Net Profit x Furniture x

x Closing Stock x

Less: Drawings x x

Loans x

Less Profit on Inter

Departmental Goods x

Sundry Creditors x Sundry Debtors x

Bills Payable x Bill Receivable x

Outstanding Expenses x Bank Balance x

Cash on hand x

Total xxx Total xxx

211

11.10 EXERCISE

A) Theory Questions

1. What is meant by Departmental Accounts?

2. What are the advantages of Departmental Accounts?

3. What difficulties are faced in the preparation of DepartmentalProfit & Loss Account?

4. What are the different methods of allocating expensesamong the departments?

B) Objective Questionsa. Test your understanding by selecting the most appropriate

alternative:

1. Repairs and maintenance charges relating to Plant & Machineryare apportioned over different departments according to :

a) The number of machines in each department.b) Book value of machines.c) Area occupied by each machine.

2. Lighting charges are apportioned over the departments on thebasis of :

a) Number of light points.b) Cost of machines.c) Sales.

3. Items of expenses not connected with any department are :a) Charged to departments on the basis of total sales.b) Charged to the General Profit & Loss Account.c) Charged to departments on the basis of fixed assets

employed.

4. Cost of electric power should be apportioned over differentdepartments according to :

a) H.P. of motorsb) No. of light points.c) Cost of machines.

5. Supervision charges should be apportioned over the differentdepartments on the basis of :

a) Time devoted for supervision.b) Area occupied by each department.c) Sales of each department.

212

6. Which of the following is divided in the ratio of number ofemployees?

a) Rent b) Repairs

c) Wages d) Carriage

7. Following entry is passed in journal means :

Stock Reverse A/c Dr.

To General Profit & Loss A/c.

a) Unrealized profit on closing stock

b) Loss on sale of goods by department.

c) Unrealized profit on opening stock.

d) Profit on sale of goods.

8. Which of the following allocated in the sales ratio :

a) Discount allowed b) Advertisement

c) Commission d) All the above

9. Credit balance in Departmental Trading A/c means

a) Gross Loss b) Gross Profit

c) Net Profit d) Non of the above

10.Which of the following not debited to Department Trading A/c.

a) Loss due to fire b) Purchases

c) Carriage d) Opening Stock

11.Which of the following not debited to department Trading, Profit& Loss A/c.

a) Abnormal gain b) Abnormal loss

c) Income tax d) All of the above

12.Canteen subsidy is allocated on the basis of each department.

a) Sales b) Purchases

c) No. of workers d) Value of assets in canteen

13.Air - conditioning is allocated on the basis of each department.

a) Purchases b) Sales

c) Area occupied d) No. of employees

14.Postage is allocated on the basis of each department.

a) Purchases b) No. of employees

c) Value of stock d) Sales

213

15.Which of the following debited to General Profit and Loss A/c.

a) Wages b) Closing stock reserve

c) Opening stock reserve d) Net loss

16.Debit balance in General Profit & Loss A/c means :

a) Net loss b) Net profit

c) Departments profit transferred d) All of the above

Answer: 1-b, 2-a, 3-b, 4-a, 5-a, 6 - C, 7 - C, 8 - d, 9 - b, 10 - a,11 - d, 12 - c, 13 - c, 14 - d, 15 - b, 16-a.

b) State whether True or False

1) Carriage outwards debited to Departmental Trading A/c.

2) Distribution expenses are allocated to Department on thebasis of sales of each department.

3) Audit fees is credited to General Profit & Loss A/c.

4) Management expenses debited to al& Loss A/c.

5) Insurance of stock is allocated in the ratio of value of stock ineach department.

6) Net loss appears on the debit side of Departmental Profit &Loss A/c.

7) Bad debts recovery is debited to General Profit And Loss A/c.

8) Return inwards deducted from purchases of each department.

9) Rent of building is allocated on the basis of sales of eachdepartment.

10) All expenses are allocated on the basis of sales of eachdepartment.

11) Goods transferred by department must be recorded at cost.

12) Stock reserve is reduced from stock in the Balance Sheet.

13) Departmental gross profit is credited to Departmental Profit &Loss A/c.

14) Depreciation is to be apportioned on the basis of value ofassets in each department.

15) If purchases & sales are double in Department A ascompared to Department B, gross profit is also double inDepartment A as compared to Department B.

16) Cost of insurance of stock is allocated in the ratio ofemployees employed in each department.

17) Each department is treated as separate entity for the purposeof preparing Trading, Profit & Loss A/c.

214

18) Loss due to fire in department is debited to general profit &loss a/c.

19) Legal expenses incurred by a department is debited toGeneral Profit & Loss A/c.

Answer:False: 1, 3, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 15, 16True: 2, 4, 5, 12, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19

c) Fill in the blanks:

1) Income Tax paid is debited to --------------- A/c.

2) Closing stock reserve is credited to --------------- A/c.

3) Power is allocated on the basis of ------------ of eachdepartment.

4) Depreciation is allocated on the basis of ------------ of eachdepartment.

5) Legal charges should be debited to -------------- A/c.

6) Goods transferred by A Department to B Department creditedto -------------- Department Trading A/c.

7) Depreciation on delivery van should be allocated on basis of-------- of each department.

8) Goods transferred by Z department to K Ltd. should becredited to -------------- Department Trading A/c.

9) Stock Reserve is not required if goods are transferred at ------.

10) Income from investment should be credited to --------------- a/c.

11) Contribution to P.F. is allocated on the basis of ---------- ofeach department.

12) Profit of a department is credited to ------------- A/c.

13) For transferring opening stock reserve ------------- A/c iscredited.

Answer:1) Drawing, 2) Stock Reserve, 3) No. of electric points,4) value of assets, 5) General Profit & Loss A/c, 6) A dept.,7) Sales, 8) Z dept., 9) cost, 10) General Profit & Loss A/c,11) Wages or Salaries, 12) General Profit & Loss, 13) Stock

Reserve.

215

d) Match the following:I)

Column A Column B

Common Expenses Basis of Allocation

A) Rent 1) No. of employees in eachdepartment

B) Cost of stores 2) Value of plant in eachdepartment

C) Depreciation on plant 3) Floor area of each department

D) Labour welfare 4) Purchase of each department

5) Material consumed by eachdepartment

Answer: I)A - 3, B - 5, C - 2, D - 1

II)

Column A Column B

1) Stock Reserve a) General Profit & Loss A/c

2) Loss due to fire b) Debit to A Dept. Trading A/c

3) Transfer of goods from ADept. to K Dept.

c) Debited to Dept. Trading A/c

4) Selling expenses d) Sales of each department

e) Deduct from stock in BalanceSheet

f) Debit to K Dept. Trading A/c

Answer: II) 1 - e, 2 - a, 3 - e, 4 - d

III)

Column A Column B

A) Insurance of machinery 1) Wages

B) Power 2) On the basis of credit sales

C) E.S.I. contribution 3) General Profit & Loss A/c

D) Discount received 4) W.D.V. of machinery

E) Audit fees 5) H.P. of machinery

6) On the basis of creditpurchases

Answer: A – 4, B – 5, C – 1, D – 6, E - 3

216

IV)

Column A Column B


i) Repairs to Building 1) Space occupied by eachDepartment

ii) Bad debts 2) Purchases of each Department

iii) Carriage inwards 3) Sales of each Department

iv) Medical benefits 4) Stock of each Department

5) Sales Return of each department

6) Purchases of each dept.

7) No. of workers

Answer: I - 1, ii - 3, iii - 2, iv - 7

V)

Column A Column B


1) Manager salaries a) On basis of sales of each dept.

2) Building Insurance b) Actual of each dept.

3) Traveling expenses c) On the basis of time devoted

4) Discount received d) Floor space occupied

e) On basis of purchases of each dept.

Answer: 1 - c, 2 - d, 3 - a, 4 - eVI)

Column A Column B


1) Depreciation of DeliveryVan

a) On the basis of points in eachdept.

2) Lighting b) On the basis of purchases ofeach dept.

3) Works manager’ssalaries

c) On the basis of sales of eachdept.

4) Purchase manager’ssalary

d) Value of stock purchased byeach dept.

e) Time spent by him for eachdept.

Answers: 1 -c, 2 - a, 3 - e, 4- b

217

11

DEPARTMENTAL ACCOUNTS II

UNIT STRUCTURE

11.0 Objectives

11.1 Solved Problems

11.2 Exercise

11.0 OBJECTIVES

After studying the unit students will be able to prepare theDepartmental final accounts

11.1 SOLVED PROBLEMS

Illustration 1Mr. Ramkrushna is the proprietor of Venus; a shop selling

books and toys for the purpose of his accounts. He wishes thebusiness to be divided into two departments: Department R: Books,Department V: Toys.

The following balances have been extracted from his booksas at 31st March 2018.

Name of the Account Amount(Rs)

Sales : Department R 3,00,000

: Department V 2,00,000

Stock : Department R 5,000

: Department V 4,000

Purchases : Department R 2,36,000

: Department V 1,64,000

Salesmen : Department R 20,000

: Department V 15,000

Book delivery wages 3,000

General office salaries 15,000

218

Rates 2,600

Fire insurance - building 1,000

Heating & lighting 2,400

Repairs to premises 500

Telephone 500

Cleaning 600

Audit Fees 2,400

General office expenses 1,200

Discount Allowed 5,000

Discount Received 2,000

Stock (closing) Department R 6,000

Department V 3,000

The floor area occupied Department R one fifth Department V four -fifth. Prepare Trading and Profit and Loss Account for the yearended 31st March 2018 apportioning the overhead expenses, wherenecessary to show the Departmental Profit or Loss. Show clearlythe basis on which the expenses are apportioned.

Solutions : 1

Venus TradingTrading and Profit and Loss AccountFor the year ended 31st March 2018

Particulars Dept. R

(Rs)

Dept. V(Rs)

Particulars Dept. R(Rs)

Dept. V(Rs)

To Opening stock 5,000 4,000 By Sales 3,00,000 2,00,000

To Purchases 2,36,000 1,64,000 By Closing Stock 6,000 3,000

To Gross Profit c/d. 65,000 35,000

3,06,000 2,03,000 3,06,000 2,03,000

To Salaries 10,000 15,000 By Gross profitb/d

65,000 35,000

To Delivery Wages 3,000 -- By Dis. Received 1,180 820

To Gen OfficeSalaries

9,000 6,000

To Rates 520 2,080

To Fire Insurance 200 800

219

To Lighting &Heating

480 1,920

To Repairs toPremises

100 400

To Telephone 300 200

To Cleaning 120 480

To Audit Fees 1,440 960

To General OfficeExp.

720 480

To Dis. Allow 3,000 2,000

To Net profit 37,300 5,500

66,180 35,820 66,180 35,820

Working Notes:1) Sales ratio: 3: 22) Purchase ratio: 59: 413) Floor space ratio: 1: 4

Illustration No. 2

From the following particulars of Kirti Enginer’s prepare adepartmental Trading and Profit and loss account for their twodepartments viz. Cars Department and Dolls Department for theyear ended 31st March 2018:

Particulars Cars Dolls

Opening stock 50,000 1,50,000

Wages 30,000 60,000

Sales 9,00,000 1,80,000

Closing stock 1,20,000 60,000

Other Information :

Raw materials consumed (Cars) 3,60,000

Stores consumed 90,000

Advertising 15,000

Packing expenses (Dolls) 6,000

Office expenses 48,000

Depreciation on factory equipment 32,000

Building 16,000

220

Additional Information :

a) Dolls making does not require any equipment

b) Only 1/8 of the total area of building is occupied by dollsDepartment.

c) Office expenses are to be allocated in ratio of 5:1.

d) Value of materials used by Dolls department is Rs. 20,000out raw materials consumed.

Kirti EngineersTrading and Profit and Loss AccountFor the year ended 31st March 2018

Particulars Cars(Rs.)

Dolls(Rs.)

Particulars Cars(Rs.)

Dolls(Rs.)

To OpeningStock

1,50,000 50,000 By Sales 9,00,000 1,80,000

To Raw Material 3,40,000 20,000 By ClosingStock

1,20,000 60,000

To Stores 85,000 5,000

To Wages 60,000 30,000

To Gross Profitc/d

3,85,000 1,35,000

10,20,000 2,40,000 10,20,000 2,40,000

To Packing Exp. -- 6,000 By GrossProfit b/d

3,85,000 1,35,000

ToAdvertisement

12,500 2,500

To Office Exp. 40,000 8,000

To Dep. OnFactoryEquipment

32,000 --

Building 14,000 2,000

To Net Profit 2,86,500 1,16,500

3,85,000 1,35,000 3,85,000 1,35,000

Notes :1) Stores are allocated in proportion of raw materials consumed

it. 17:1.2) Sales Ration 5:1.

221

Illustration 3: (Transfer of goods at cost)The following figures are extracted from the books of M/s

Krishna. For the year ended 31st December 2017.

Particulars Department

P Q R

Rs Rs Rs

Purchases 4,40,000 5,20,000 1,10,000

Sales 6,10,000 9,25,000 3,20,000

Return Inward 10,000 25,000 20,000

Return Outward 40,000 20,000 10,000

Wages 8,000 5,000 7,000

Stock on 01.01.2017 45,000 35,000 40,000

Stock on 31.12.2017 65,000 20,000 10,000

Other Information’s :

1. Goods transferred from P to Q Rs.10,000 and to R Rs.8,000.

2. Goods transferred from R to P Rs.5,000 and to Q Rs.6,000.

3. Goods transferred from Q to P Rs.6,500 and to R Rs.5,600.

4. Telephone charges Rs.15,800 to be apportioned in the ratioof 3:1:1 among departments P, Q and R respectively.

5. Rent Rs.24,000 to be divided as ¼, 2/4 and ¼ amongDepartments P, Q and R respectively.

6. Other Expenses

Discount allowed Rs.18,000

Bad debts Rs.15,000

Income tax Rs.58,000

Legal expenses Rs.24,000

Insurance of goods Rs.8,600

You should allocate aforesaid expenses as you deem bestindicating the basis of allocation. All working should form a part ofyour answer.

Prepare Departmental Trading and Profit and Loss account.In columnar form and General Profit and Loss accountant for theyear ended 31st December, 2017.

222

M/s KrishnaDepartmental Trading and Profit & Loss Account

For the year ended 31.12.2017

Particulars Departments Particulars Departments

P (Rs.) Q (Rs.) R (Rs.) P (Rs.) Q (Rs.) R (Rs.)

To OpeningStock

45,000 35,000 40,000 By Sales(Net)

6,00,000 9,00,000 3,00,000

ToPurchases(Net)

4,00,000 5,00,000 1,00,000 By Closingstock

65,000 20,000 10,000

To Wages 8,000 5,000 7,000 By Transfer 18,000 -- --

To Transfer -- 10,000 8,000 By Transfer -- -- 11,000

To Transfer 5,000 6,000 -- By Transfer -- 12,100 --

To Transfer 6,500 -- 5,600

To GrossProfit c/d

2,18,500 3,76,100 1,60,400

6,83,000 9,32,100 3,21,000 6,83,000 9,32,100 3,21,000

ToTelephone

9,480 3,160 3,160 By GrossProfit b/d

2,18,500 3,76,100 1,60,400

To Rent 6,000 12,000 6,000

To Discount 6,000 9,000 3,000

To Bad debts 5,000 7,500 2,500

To Insurance 3,440 4,300 860

To Net Profit 1,88,580 3,40,140 1,44,880

2,18,500 3,76,100 1,60,400 2,18,500 3,76,100 1,60,400

General P & L AccountFor the year ended 31.12.2017


To Legal Expenses 24,000 By Net Profit b/d

To Income Tax 58,000 P 1,88,580

To Net Profit c/d 5,91,600 Q 3,40,140

To B/S -- R 1,44,880

6,73,600 6,73,600

Notes :

1. Purchases and Sales are recorded at Net.

2. Telephone charges are apportioned in the ratio 3:1:1.

223

3. Discount allowed and Bad debts are apportioned in the ratio ofSales 2:3:1.

4. Insurance on goods is assumed to be on purchases & henceallocated in the ratio of purchases 4:5:1.

Alliteratively, it may be assumed to be on stock andallocated in the ratio of closing stock 65:20:10.

Illustration No. 4 (Inter department transfer at selling Price)

Following are the particulars of Dilip Kumar for the year ended 31st

March 2018.

Particulars Dept. A Dept. B

Rs. Rs.

Opening Stock 20,000 14,000

Sales 1,44,000 1,88,000

Purchases 1,40,000 1,80,000

Transfer to other Department 16,000 12,000

Transfer to other Department 12,000 16,000

1. Closing stock of ‘B’ department is Rs.30,000. In which goodsworth Rs.8,000 are such which were transferred by Adepartment.

2. Closing Stock of A department is Rs.32,000 in which goodsworth Rs.12,000 are such, which were transferred by Bdepartment.

3. Opening Stock of A department includes goods of Rs.1,600which were transferred by B department. Gross Profit of Bdepartment in the last year was 10%.

4. Opening stock of B department includes goods of Rs.3,200which was transferred by A department. Gross Profit of Adepartment in the last year was 25%.

Prepare Department Trading and Profit & Loss Account andGeneral Profit & Loss Account of Dilip Kumar from the aboveparticulars.

224

Solution :Dilip Kumar

Departmental Trading and Profit & Loss AccountFor the year ended 31.03.2018

Particulars Dept. P Dept. Q Particulars Dept. P Dept. Q

Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.

To Opening Stock 20,000 14,000 By Sales 1,44,000 1,88,000

To Purchase 1,40,000 1,80,000 By Transfer 16,000 12,000

To Transfer 12,000 16,000 By ClosingStock

32,000 30,000

To Gross Profitb/d

20,000 20,000

1,92,000 2,30,000 1,92,000 2,30,000

General Profit & Loss AccountFor the year ended 31.03.2018


To Stock Reserve By Gross Profitb/d

Department (A) W.N.1 1,040 Department A 20,000

Department (B) W.N.2 200 Department B 20,000

To Net Profit c/d 38,760

40,000 40,000

Working Note No. (1)

Total Sales of Dept. B = (1,88,000 + 12,000) = 2,00,000

Gross Profit Ratio of Dept. B =20,000 100

10%2,00,000 1

Stock Reserve of Department A is12,000 10

1200100 1

Stock Reserve of Department A on opening stock is

Opening stock of Department A includes goods of Rs. 1,600

From Department B

Gross profit of last year is 10%

Stock reserve on opening stock of department A =16,00 10

160100 1

Net Stock Reserve = 1200 - 160 = 1040

225

Working Note No. (2)Total Sales of department A (Rs. 1,44,000 + 16, 000 = 1,60,000

Gross profit Ratio of Dept A20,000 100

12.50%1,60,000 1

Stock Reserve of department A

On closing stock8,000 12.5

1000100

On opening stock3,200 25

800100 1

Net stock Reserve = 1,000 - 800 = 200

Illustration 5:

Ram Krishna Motors has three departments i.e. Jeep, Carand Servicing. The Department Jeep and Department Car sellspare parts and occupy a showroom. The servicing departmentuses a garage.

From the following particulars, preparea) Departmental Trading, Profit & Loss A/cb) General Profit and Loss Account

Particulars Department

JeepRs.

Car

Rs.

ServicingRs.

Opening Stock 70,000 25,000 --

Purchases 1,75,000 35,000 --

Sales 3,00,000 1,00,000 50,000

Wages 10,000 5,000 7,000

Closing Stock 40,000 8,000 --

Discount allowed 2,000 3,000 --

Other Expenses : Rs.

Show room Expenses 11,000

Lighting Expenses 6,000

Transfer from Jeep to Servicing at cost 18,000

Transfer from Car to Servicing at cost 5,000

Directors fees 2,000

Bad debts 1,800

Income from Investment 1,500

Depreciation on Garage Equipment 4,000

Depreciation on showroom Furniture 2,000

226

Additional Information:

1. Show-room rent for one month is out-standing Rs. 1,000.

2. The departments using show room share the space andfurniture equally.

3. 50% of light bill is to be charged to servicing department and thebalance equally to other departments.

4. Allocate the above expenses as you deem best indicating thebase of allocation.

Solution :

Ram Krishna MotorsDepartmental Trading and Profit & Loss A/c

For the year ended

Particulars Departments Particulars Departments

P (Rs.) Q (Rs.) R (Rs.) P (Rs.) Q (Rs.) R (Rs.)

To openingstock

70,000 25,000 -- By Sales(Net)

3,00,000 1,00,000 50,000

ToPurchases

1,75,000 35,000 -- By Transfer 18,000 5,000 --

To Wages 10,000 5,000 7,000 By Stock 40,000 8,000 ---

To Transfer -- -- 23,000

To GrossProfit c/d

1,03,000 48,000 20,000

3,58,000 1,13,000 50,000 3,58,000 1,13,000 50,000

ToShowroom

5,500 5,500 -- By GrossProfit b/d

1,03,000 48,000 20,000

To lighting 1,500 1,500 3,000

To Bad-debts 1,200 400 200

To Deep onG.

-- -- 4,000

To Dep onFur

1,000 1,000 --

To o/s. Rent 500 500 --

To Discount 2,000 3,000 --

To Net Profit 91,300 36,100 12,800

1,03,000 48,000 20,000 1,03,000 48,000 20,000

227

General Profit & Loss Account

For the year ended


To Directors fees 2,000 By Income fromInvestment

1,500

By Net Profit :

To N.P. c/d to B/s 1,39,700 Jeep 91,300

Car 36,100

Servicing 12,800

1,41,700 1,41,700

Illustration 6:

A firm has two departments X and Y. From the followingfigures prepare the Departmental Trading and Profit and LossAccount for the year ended 31st December 2017.

Departments

X Y

Particulars

Rs. Rs.

Opening Stock 40,000 50,000

Purchase 1,50,000 1,00,000

Sales 2,50,000 1,50,000

Salaries 16,800 12,000

Particulars Rs.

General Salaries 20,000

Carriage Inward 20,000

Carriage Outward 16,000

Advertising 12,000

Rent and Rates 18,000

Interest on Bank Loan 5,000

Lighting 2,400


Insurance 2,000

228

Area occupied by the two departments is in the ratio of 2:1.General salaries are to be allocated equally. Insurance premium isfor a comprehensive policy, allocation being inconvenient. ClosingStocks were : X Rs. 36,000, Y Rs. 40,000.

(April 2003, adapted)

Solution :

Departmental Trading and Profit & Loss AccountFor the year ended 31-12-2017

Particulars Dept. X Dept. Y Particulars Dept. X Dept. Y

Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.

To OpeningStock

40,000 50,000 By Sales 2,50,000 1,50,000

To Purchase 1,50,000 1,00,000 By ClosingStock

36,000 40,000

To CarriageInward (3:2)

12,000 8,000

To Gross Profitc/d

84,000 32,000

2,86,000 1,90,000 2,86,000 1,90,000

To Salaries 16,800 12,000 By GrossProfit b/d

84,000 32,000

To GeneralSalaries (1:1)

10,000 10,000 By DiscountReceived(3:2)

1,800 1,200

To CarriageOutward (5:3)

10,000 6,000 By Net Lossc/d

6,100

To Advertising(5:3)

7,500 4,500

To Rent &Rates (2:1)

12,000 6,000

To Lighting(2:1)

1,600 800

To Net Profitc/d

27,900 --

85,800 39,300 85,800 39,300

229



To Net Loss b/d

(Department Y)

6,100 By Net Profit b/d(Department X)

27,900

To Interest on Bank Loan 5,000

To Insurance 2,000

To Profit transferred toCapital A/c

14,800

(Balance Figure)

27,900 27,900

Working Notes :

1) Purchase Ratio (PR) : Department X Department Y

1,50,000 1,00,000

3 2

2) Sales Ratio (SR) : Department X Department Y

2,50,000 1,50,000

5 3

Illustration 7

From the following information of Mr. Apte a proprietorhaving three departments X, Y and Z prepare DepartmentalTrading and Profit & Loss A/c for the year ended 31st December2017 and Balance Sheet on that date.

Trial Balance as on 31st December 2017

Particulars Debit Rs. Credit Rs.

Mr. Apte’s Capital 1,00,000

Stock :

X 20,000

Y 15,000

Z 10,000

230

Purchases :

X 90,000

Y 70,000

Z 50,000

Sales

X 1,00,000

Y 75,000

Z 50,000

Salaries 25,000

Rent & Rates 5,000

Selling & Distribution Expenses 9,000

Land & Building 25,000

Furniture & Fixtures 10,000

Cash in Hand 5,000

Cash at Bank 10,000


Sundry Creditors 44,000

3,69,000 3,69,000

Other Information :

1. Stock in Trade as on 31st December, 2017 was XRs. 35,000, Y Rs. 25,000 and Z Rs. 20,000.

2. Salaries are to be allocated in the ratio of 40%, 30%, 30%amongst all the departments.

3. The floor space occupied by each department is in theproportion of 40%, 30% and 30%.

4. Selling and distribution expenses are to be allocated on thebasis of sales of each department.

(IDE - November 2010, April 2005, adapted)

231

Solution :

Departmental Trading and Profit & Loss AccountFor the year ended 31-12-2017

Dr. Cr.

Particulars Basis Dept. X Dept. Y Dept. Z Total

Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.

To OpeningStock

Given 20,000 15,000 10,000 45,000

To Purchase Given 90,000 70,000 50,000 2,10,000

To Gross Profit 25,000 15,000 10,000 50,000

1,35,000 1,00,000 70,000 3,05,000

To Salaries 4:3:3 10,000 7,500 7,500 25,000

To Rent & Rates 4:3:3 2,000 1,500 1,500 5,000

To Selling &Distribution

Sales 4,000 3,000 2,000 9,000

To Net Profit c/d 9,000 3,000 - 12,000

25,000 15,000 11,000 51,000

Departmental Trading and Profit & Loss AccountFor the year ending 31-12-2017

Dr. Cr.

Particulars Basic Dept. X Dept. Y Dept. Z Total

Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.

By Sales Given 1,00,000 75,000 50,000 2,25,000

By ClosingStock

Given 35,000 25,000 20,000 80,000

1,35,000 1,00,000 70,000 3,05,000

By GrossProfit b/d

25,000 15,000 10,000 50,000

By Net Lossb/d

1,000 1,000

25,000 15,000 11,000 51,000

232


Particulars Basic Dept. X Assets Rs.

Mr. Apte’s Capital 1,00,000 Land & Building 25,000

Add : Net Profit 11,000 1,11,000 Furniture & Fixtures 10,000

Sundry Creditors 44,000 Sundry Debtors 25,000

Closing Stock 80,000

Cash at Bank 10,000

Cash in Hand 5,000

1,55,000 1,55,000

Illustration 8:

Tailors Ltd. have two departments, A and B. The latterdepartment gets all its requirements from the A department at theusual selling price. On 31st December 2017 the following was thetrial balance :

Particulars Debit Rs. Credit Rs.

Share Capital 1,00,000

Stock (A Department) 40,000

Stock (B Department) 2,500

Purchases : A 5,50,000

Purchases : B 5,000

Sales A 6,25,000

Sales B 75,000

Transfer of Goods to B Department 25,000 25,000

Director’s Fees and Remuneration 15,000

Wages and Salaries : A 10,000

Wages and Salaries : B 20,000

Rent and Rates (3/4 to A) 4,000

Lighting ¾ to B) 1,000

Depreciation : B 2,500

Depreciation : A 500

Office Expenses 1,500

Furniture and Fittings 10,000

233

Office Salaries 8,000

Equipment 25,000

Carriage Inwards (A) 33,000

Investment 50,000

Income from Investments 5,000

Cash at Bank 27,000 -

8,30,000 8,30,000

Closing stock of A on hand was Rs. 48,000 and that in Bamounted to Rs. 3,750. It is desired to ascertain profit or loss onstrict accountancy principles.

Solution :Trading and Profit & Loss A/c

For the year ended 31st December 2017

Particulars Dept. X Dept. Y Particulars Dept. X Dept. Y

Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.

To OpeningStock

40,000 2,500 By Sales 6,25,000 75,000

To Purchase 5,50,000 5,000 By Transferof Goods toDept. (B)

25,000 --

To Transfer ofGoods FromDept. (A)

-- 25,000 By ClosingStock

48,000 3,750

To CarriageInwards

33,000 --

To Wages &Salaries

10,000 20,000

To GrossProfit c/d

65,000 26,250

6,98,000 78,750 6,98,000 78,750

To Rent &Rates (3:1)

3,000 1,000 By GrossProfit b/d

65,000 26,250

To Lighting(1:3)

250 750

ToDepreciation

500 2,500

To Net Profitc/d

61,250 22,000

65,000 26,250 65,000 26,250

234


For the year ended 31st December 2017

Particulars Amt.Rs.

Particulars Amt.Rs.

By Net Profit b/dTo Director’s Fees &

Remuneration

15,000

Department (A) 61,250

To Office Salaries 8,000 Department (B) 22,000 83,250

To Office Expenses 1,500 By Income from Investment 5,000

To Stock Reserve A/c 375

To Net Profit c/fd 63,375

88,250 88,250

Balance Sheet

As on 31st December 2017

Liabilities Amt.Rs.

Assets Amt.Rs.

Share Capital 1,00,000 Furniture & Fittings 10,000

Profit & Loss A/c 63,375 Equipment 25,000

Investments 50,000

Stock

Department (A) 48,000

Department (B) 3,750

51,750

Less : Stock Reserve 375 51,375

Cash at Bank 27,000

1,63,375 1,63,375

Working Note :

The gross profit of department (A) is Rs. 65,000 and its sales(including transfers) amount to Rs. 6,50,000.

65,000Gross Profit Rate = × 100 = 10%

6,50,000

Stock Reserve = 10% on 3,750 = 375

235

11.2 EXERCISE

Practical Exercises:

1. Trading, Profit & Loss A/c of the Modern Electronics Ltd. for theyear ended 31st March 2018 is presented in the following form.

Trial BalanceAs on 31st March 2018

Particulars Amt. Particulars Amt.

Rs. Rs.

To Purchases : By Sales

T.Vs(A) 2,81,400 T.Vs(A) 2,71,200

Refrigerators (B) 1,81,200 Refrigerators (B) 2,00,000

Spare Parts (C) 1,00,000 Spare Parts andReceipts from servicing(C) Department

50,000

To Spare partsreceived by (C)Department from(A) Department

28,800

To Indirect Wages& Salaries

96,000

By Transfer from

Department (A) toDepartment (C)

28,800

To Rent 21,600 By Closing stock :

To OfficeExpenses

22,000 T.Vs (A) 1,20,200

To Net Profit 69,000 Refrigerators (B) 40,600

-- Spare Parts (C) 89,200

8,00,000 8,00,000

Prepare Departmental Accounts for each of the threeDepartments A, B and C after taking into consideration thefollowing information:

a) T.Vs and Refrigerators are sold at the showroom andrepairing and servicing jobs are carried out at the workshop.

b) Salaries and wages comprise as follows :

Showroom ¾ and workshop ¼

It was decided to allocate showroom salaries and wages inthe ratio of 1:2 between Departments A and B.

236

c) The workshop rent is Rs. 500 per month. The rent of theshowroom is to be divided equally between Departments Aand B as both the Departments occupy equal floor space.

d) Allocate office expenses on the basis of turnover of eachdepartment.

e) Inter-departmental transfers take place at cost to transferordepartment.

[Ans. Gross Profit - A : Rs. 1,38,800: B : Rs. 59,400, C : Rs. 10,400,Net Profit - A : Rs. 95,553, B : Rs. 4,842, C : Rs. 21,711]

2. Dadar Departmental Stores has three departments X, Y and Z.The following particulars regarding the three departments aregiven :-

X Y ZParticulars

Rs. Rs. Rs.

Opening Stock 30,000 30,000 60,000

Purchases 1,00,000 60,000 2,00,000

Sales 4,00,000 3,00,000 3,00,000

Closing Stock 20,000 40,000 40,000

The following expenses were also incurred:

Amt.Particulars

Rs.

Rent and Taxes 18,000



Sales Promotion Expenses 40,000

Salesman’s Salary 10,000


Commission Received 10,000

a) Goods worth Rs. 8,000 were transferred from Department Xto Department Y.

b) Allocate general expenses, rent and taxes equally amongthe three departments.

237

c) Commission received is to be divided in the ratio of 4:3:3respectively.

Prepare Departmental Trading and Profit & Loss Account.(M.U. November 1998)

3. The following Trail Balance for the year ended 31st March 2018was extracted from the books of Shri Mukesh.

Trial BalanceAs on 31st March 2018

Debit CreditParticulars

Rs. Rs.

Capital on 1.4.2017 50,000

Drawings Account 10,000

Stock on 1.4.2017

Radios 45,000

Watches 21,000

Sales :

Radios 2,94,000

Watches 1,46,000

Purchases :

Radios 2,25,000

Watches 1,15,000

Salaries 12,600

Publicity Expenses 8,900

Rent, Rates and Taxes 3,200

Commission 10,600

Sundry Expenses 5,000

Furniture and Fixtures 12,400

4% Govt. of India Loan 10,000



Interest 400

Reserve for Bad and Doubtful Debts 800

Cash Balance 4,500

5,00,000 5,00,000

238

Prepare the Departmental Trading and Profit & Loss Accountfor the year ended 31st March, 2018 after taking into account thefollowing :

a) Stock as on 31st March, 2018 was : Radios : Rs. 30,000Watches Rs. 24,000

b) An amount of Rs.1,200 out of sundry debtors has to bewritten off as bad debts and the provision for doubtful debtshas to be increased thereafter to 10% of the debtsoutstanding.

c) The expenses outstanding as on 31st March, 2018 arePublicity Rs.1,300, Salaries Rs.1,200 and Commission

Rs.1,700.

d) Provide 10% depreciation on furniture & fixtures.

e) Revenue items to be allocated in ratio 2:1 between Radioand Watches.

(Answer: Net Profit - Radio - 22,467 Watches – 18,233)

4. From the following particulars given by M/s Tins and Toys,prepare a Departmental Trading and Profit & Loss Account fortheir two departments, viz. Tins Dept. and Toys Dept. for theyear ended 31st March, 2018.

Particulars Rs.

Opening Stock Toys 5,000

Tins 15,000

Raw Material consumed (Tins) 36,000

Stores consumed 9,000

Wages : Tins 6,000

Toys 3,000

Advertisement 1,500

Packing Expenses (Toys) 600

Office Expenses 4,800

Depreciation : Factory Equipment 3,200

Building 1,600

Sales : Tins 90,000

Toys 18,000

Closing Stock : Toys 6,000

Tins 12,000

239

You are also given the following additional information :

a) Toys are made of end bits of sheets of raw material used byTins Department. The value of such material used during theyear by Toys Department Rs. 2,000.

b) Toy-making does not require any equipment.

c) Only one-eighth of the total area of building is occupied byToys Department.

[Ans. Net Profit - Toys : Rs. 11,650, Tins : Rs. 28,650]

5. Following information is available from the books of TruptiDepartmental Stores for the year.

DepartmentsAccount heads

A B C

Total

Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.

Purchases 1,00,000 1,50,000 4,00,000 6,50,000

Sales 3,05,000 6,10,000 9,15,000 18,30,000

Returns inwards 5,000 10,000 15,000 30,000

Returns outwards 10,000 5,000 15,000 30,000

Opening stock 25,000 35,000 50,000 1,10,000

Closing stock 40,000 25,000 20,000 85,000

Wages 90,000

Postage 1,500

Salaries 3,000

Office expenses 4,500

Rent 12,000

Discount allowed 9,000

Professionalcharges

12,000

Bad debts 6,500

Interest 31,500

Insurance 3,400

240

Additional Information :

1) Departmental transfers :

i) Department A to B Rs. 5,000 and to C Rs. 10,000.

ii) Department B to C Rs. 5,000 and to A Rs. 2,500.

iii) Department C to A Rs. 3,500 and to B Rs. 4,500.

2) Allocation of expenses.

i) Postage, salaries, office expenses and professionalcharges : Equally

ii) Rent A - 1, B - 1, C - 2

iii) Insurance A - 8, B - 5, C - 4

iv) Wages and interest A - 2, B - 3, C - 4.

You are required to prepare Departmental Trading and Profitand Loss Account for the year.

[Ans. Gross profit A Rs. 2,14,000 B Rs. 4,13,000; C Rs. 4,38,000 Netprofit A Rs. 1,92,817; B Rs. 3,86,333; C Rs. 4,02,450]

241

12

HIRE PURCHASE - I

Unit Structure :

12.0 Objectives

12.1 Introduction

12.2 Meaning of Hire-Purchase Transaction

12.3 Difference between Installment Payment and Hire-PurchaseSystem

12.4 Calculation of Interest

12.5 Interest Included in Amount of Installment

12.6 When Interest is not included in Installments

12.7 Rate of Interest is not given

12.8 Calculation of Depreciation

12.9 Accounting Methods

12.10 Full Cash Price Method (Credit Purchase/Sale Method)

12.11 Practical Problems

12.12 Exercises

12.0 OBJECTIVES


Know the meaning of Hire purchase. Distinguish between Installment system and Hire purchase

system. Calculate interest under different conditions. Calculate depreciation under Hire purchase system. Journalise the hire purchase transactions. Understand the accounting procedure.

12.1 INTRODUCTION

All big business houses and multinationals make saleson cash basis as well as on credit basis. When the goods aresold the purchaser may either make the full payment at one time(cash basis) or may defer the payment (credit basis). The credit

242

sales are very important and essential for the growth of business.The sale proceeds under credit sales are not immediately collectedbut are collected in monthly, quarterly or yearly installments. Whenthe price of an article is paid by installments, the total amountpaid is higher than the actual cash price of the article. Theexcess price is the charge for interest and the risk involved. Thisarrangement of making the payment in installments is beneficial toboth the seller and the buyer. There are two systems of deferredpayments, namely, (i) Hire Purchase System, and (ii) InstallmentPayment System. Hire-purchase system is the most secured andeffective tool of collecting the proceeds of a credit sale. Underthis system, the goods are delivered to the purchaser at thetime of agreement before the payment of installments but the titleon the goods is transferred after the payment of allinstallments as per the hire-purchase agreement.

12.2 MEANING OF HIRE-PURCHASE TRANSACTION

12.2.1 MeaningHire-purchase is a credit purchase of an asset by the

hire-purchaser from the hirevendor. The asset is delivered in thepossession of the purchaser at the time of commencement of theagreement. The price under hire-purchase system is paid ininstallments. The installments may be annual, six monthly,quarterly, etc. The installment includes the part of the outstandingcash price and the interest on the outstanding cash price from thedate of the last installment paid to the due date of the installment.The hire-purchaser becomes the owner of the goods after thepayment of all installments as per the agreement. The hire-purchaser has a right to use the goods as a bailer and terminatethe agreement at any time in the capacity of a hirer.

12.2.2 Default in the payment of any installment:Hire-purchase means a transaction where the goods are

sold by hire-vendor to the purchaser under the hire-purchaseagreement. If there is a default in the payment of anyinstallment, the hire vendor will take away the goods from thepossession of the purchaser without refunding him any amount.The payment of every installment is treated as the paymentof hire charges by the purchaser to the hire vendor till thepayment of the last installment. After the payment of the lastinstallment, the amount of various installments paid is appropriatedtowards the payment of the price of the goods sold and theownership or the goods is transferred to the purchaser. Hirevendor continues to be the owner of the goods till the payment oflast installment.

243

12.2.3 Hire-Purchase Agreement

A hire purchase agreement is one under which the buyertakes delivery of goods, promising to pay the price in certainnumber of installments and until full payment is made, to treat thepayment as hire charges for using the said goods. In fact, a hirepurchase agreement stipulates that (i) the delivery of goods will begiven by the owner of goods to the hire purchaser; (ii)payment will be made in installments, (iii) each installment willbe treated as hire charge so that if default in respect of paymentof even the last installment is made, the seller will be entitled totake away the goods without compensating, the hire purchaser inany form, and (iv) if all installments are paid and the otherconditions are fulfilled, the ownership of the goods will pass to thebuyer. Hire-purchase agreement means a contract between thehire vendor and the hire purchaser regarding the sale of goodsunder certain conditions.

Usually every hire-purchase agreement shall contain thefollowing terms.

1. Date of hire-purchase: The date on which the hire-purchaseagreement will commence.

2. Description of the goods: The description of the goods thatwill be delivered to the hire-purchaser at the commencement of theagreement.

3. Hire-Purchaser: A Person who gets the possession of theasset/goods from the owner under a hire-purchase agreement. Heis the buyer (Hire-Purchaser) of the goods.

4. Hire-Vendor: A Person who sells goods under a hire-purchaseagreement.

5. Cash price of the goods: Cash price means the price at whichgoods may be purchased against cash payment.

6. Hire-purchase price: Hire purchase price means the totalamount which is payable by the hire-purchaser under theagreement.

7. Down payment: The down payment means the amount whichis required to be paid by hire-purchaser to the hire vendor at thetime of commencement of hire-purchase agreement.

8. Rate of interest: The rate of interest is the interest chargedby the hire vendor on the outstanding amount of the cash pricedue to the hire-purchaser.

244

9. Installments: The number of installments to be paid by thehire-purchaser along with the amount of each installment and thedate of payment of each installment. The installment paid by thepurchaser is also called as “Hire”.

12.3 DIFFERENCE BETWEEN INSTALLMENTPAYMENT AND HIRE-PURCHASE SYSTEM

Installment payment transaction is a system of purchaseand sale of goods in which title of goods is immediately transferredto the purchaser at the time of sale of goods and the sale priceof the goods is paid in installments. The followings are thedifferences between Hire-purchase system and Installmentpayment system:

Hire-purchase system Installment payment system

1.The transfer of ownershiptakes place after the paymentof all installments.

1.The ownership is transferredimmediately at the time ofagreement.

2. Hire-purchase agreement islike a contract of hire thoughlater on it may become apurchase after the payment oflast installment.

2.The agreement is like acontract of credit purchase.

3.The vendor has a right totake back goods from thepossession of the hire-purchaser.

3.The vendor has no right totake back the goods from thepossession of the purchaser; hecan simply sue for the balancedue.

4.The provisions of the Hire-Purchase Act apply to thetransaction.

4.The provisions of Sale ofGoods Act apply to thetransaction.

CHECK YOUR PROGRESS

1. Enlist the terms included in the Hire Purchase Agreement.2. Define the terms:

a. Hire Purchaseb. Hire Purchaserc. Hire Vendord. Installmente. Hire Purchase Agreementf. Down Payment

245


a. A contract for sale of goods may be either a sale or an................... to sell.

b. Under a hire purchase agreement payments are made in .....,...........

c. Each installment payment is treated as...................

d. A hirer has the right to .................. the agreement beforepayment of the last installment by paying the seller the agreedamount.Answers: i) agreement, ii) installment,

iii) hire charges iv) terminate

4. State whether the following statements are True or False:

a. If the hirer fails to pay the last installment, the amounts paidearlier are considered as hire charges.

b. Under hire-purchase system the purchaser becomes theowner of the goods immediately after the down payment.

c. Under hire-purchase system the buyer does not charge thedepreciation on the asset till he becomes the owner.

d. Interest is calculated on the hire purchase price at the given rateof interest.

Answers: True - (i). False - (ii), (iii), (iv).

12.4 CALCULATION OF INTEREST

Interest is to be calculated on the outstanding balanceexcept down payment. The calculation of interest is made underthree conditions:

1. Rate of Interest given and Interest included in amount ofinstallment:

2. Rate of Interest given and Interest is not included ininstallments:

3. Rate of interest not given:

12.5 INTEREST INCLUDED IN AMOUNT OFINSTALLMENT

In case if hire-purchase price i.e. payment made in theform of down payment and all installments is more than the cashprice, it is regarded that the interest is included in installments.

Following steps should be followed for calculating the amountof interest on each installment.i) Calculate the outstanding cash price at the time of firstinstallment by subtracting Down Payment from the Cash Price.

246

ii) Calculate interest on the outstanding cash price at the time offirst installment by applying the given rate of interest, the mode ofinstallment must be considered (whether the installment is annual,half-yearly or quarterly).

iii) Calculate the amount of cash price included in the firstinstallment by subtracting the amount of interest as calculatedin step (ii) from the amount of the first installment.

iv) Calculate the outstanding cash price at the time of secondinstallment by Subtracting the amount of cash price of the firstinstallment from the outstanding Cash price at the time of firstinstallment i.e., (i) - (iii).

v) Calculate interest on the second installment by applying the rateof interest to the outstanding cash price at the time of secondinstallment. It is explained in the following example.

Example : On 1st January, 2009, Mr. A purchased from M/s B &Co. one 'Motor Car' under hire-purchase system, Rs.10,000 beingpaid on delivery and the balance in three annual installments ofRs.10,000 each payable on 31st December each year. The cashprice of the motor car is Rs. 37,250 and vendors charge interest @5% per annum on yearly balances. Find out the amount ofcash price and interest included in each installment.

Calculation of

Date Calculation

Cash

Price

(Rs.)

Cashpricepaid(Rs.)

Interest

(Rs.)

Installment

(Rs.)

1/1/2009 Cash Price 37250

1/1/2009 Less Down Payment paid 10000 10000 0 10000

1/1/2009 Outstanding cash price 27250

31/12/09 Add Interest@5% 1363

31/12/09 Total Amount Due 28613

31/12/09 Less Installment paid 10000 8637 1363 10000


31/12/10 Add Interest@5% 931

31/12/10 Total Amount Due 19544 9069 931 10000

31/12/10 Less Installment paid 10000


31/12/11

*Add Interest@5%(Bal fig) 456


31/12/11 Installment paid 10000 9544 456 10000

247

CHECK YOUR PROGRESS1. A Ltd. purchased a machine on hire purchase from Z Ltd, on

January 1, 2009, paying Rs.8,000 immediately and agreeing topay three annual installments of Rs.8,000 each on December31, every year. The cash price of the machine is Rs.29,800 andthe vendors charge interest @ 5% per annum. Calculate theamount of interest paid by the buyer to the seller every year.

Answers: Interest for 1st

Year: 1090, 2nd

Year: 745, 3rd

Year: 365

12.6 WHEN INTEREST IS NOT INCLUDED ININSTALLMENTS

When the total amount paid in the form of down paymentand all installments is exactly equal to the cash price, it isregarded that the interest, is not included in installments. It meansthat interest is payable in addition to the agreed amount ofinstallment. It is explained in the following example.

Example: On 1st January, 2009, Mr. A purchased from M/s B &Co. one 'Motor Car' under hire-purchase system, the cash pricebeing Rs.37,250. Rs.10,000 being paid on delivery and thebalance in three equal annual installments payable on 31stDecember every year. In addition to it, interest at 5% per annumwas also payable to vendors on outstanding balances. Find outthe amount of cash-price and interest included in each installment.

Calculation of Interest

Date Calculation

Cash

Price

(Rs.)

Cash

Pricepaid(Rs.)

Interest

(Rs.)

Installment

(Rs.)

1/1/2009 Cash Price 37250



31/12/09 Add Interest@5% 1363


31/12/09 Less Installment paid 10446 9083 1363 10446


31/12/10 Add Interest@5% 908

31/12/10 Total Amount Due 19075 9083 908 9991

31/12/10 Less Installment paid 9991


31/12/11 *Add Interest@5%(Bal fig)

454


31/12/11 Total Amount Paid 9538 9084 454 9538

248

CHECK YOUR PROGRESS

1. A Ltd purchased machinery on hire purchase basis from Bltd on the following terms: Cash price Rs.79,250, Cash DownPayment 25% and Balance to be discharged in 3 equalinstallments together with interest @10% p.a. to be paid atthe end of each year. Compute the payment of interest andinstallment to be made each year


Year: 5,944, 2nd

Year: 3,962, 3rd

Year: 1,981,

Installment for 1st

Year: 25,757, 2nd

Year: 23,775, 3rd

Year: 21,792

12.7 RATE OF INTEREST IS NOT GIVEN

When rate of interest is not given, there can be two situations.

1. When cash price and the amounts of installments are given andthe amount of each installment is same.2. When cash price and the amounts of installments are given andthe amount of each installment is not same.

12.7.1 When Rate of Interest is not given and installments areof same amount:

When cash price and the amounts of installments are given and theamount of each installment is same.

Example: On 1st January, 2009, Mr. A purchased from M/s B &Co. one 'Motor Car' under hire-purchase system, Rs.10,000 beingpaid on delivery and the balance in three annual installments ofRs. 10,000 each payable on 31st December every year. Thecash price of the motor car is Rs.37,250. Find out the amount ofcash price and interest included in each installment.

*Add Interest@5% 477Bal fig(Amount Due-Amount Paid) 456Consider balancing figure while calculating last installment

The total interest of Rs 2,750 is to be apportioned among the 1st,2nd and 3rd installment in the ratio of 3:2:1.(since there are threeinstallments 3/6, 2/6, and 1/6 respectively)(1)Share of 1st installment in the Interest= 2,750x3/6 = Rs1,375

(2)Share of 2nd installment in the Interest= 2,750x2/6 = Rs.917

(3)Share of 3rd installment in the interest= 2,750x1/6 = Rs.458

249

CHECK YOUR PROGRESS

1. A purchased a machine for down payment of Rs.20,000 and3 annual installments of Rs.20,000 each. Cash price isRs.74,500. Find out the amount of cash-price and interestincluded in each installment.


Year: 2,750, 2nd

Year: 1,833, 3rd

Year:

917, Cash Price included for 1st

Year: 17,250, 2nd

Year: 18,167,

3rd

Year: 19,083

12.7.2 When Rate of Interest not given and Installments givenof different amounts

When cash price and amounts of installments are given but theamount of each installment is not equal:

Example: Cash price of a machine is Rs.1,25,000 on 1stJanuary, 2009. Its hire- purchase price is Rs.1,50,000. This hire

purchase price is paid in the following manner: Rs.30,000 on 1st

January, 2009, Rs. 35,000 at the end of the first year, Rs.40,000at the end of second year; Rs. 45,000 at the end of third year.Calculate interest and cash price included in each installment.

Step 1: Calculation of Interest

Hire Purchase Price 1,50,000

Less: Cash Price 1,25,000

Total Interest 25,000

Step 2: Apportionment of Interest

Total Interest of Rs.25,000 is to be apportioned among the threeinstallments in the following manner:

At the end of Year 1 2 3 TOutstanding HirePurchase Price

120000 85000 45000 250000

*Interest 12000 8500 4500 25000

* Interest = Outstanding Hire Purchase Price beforeInstallment* Total Interest /Total of Outstanding Hire

Purchase Price for all installments

250

Interest at the end of year 1 =120000* 25000 = Rs.12000250000

Interest at the end of year 2 = 8500 * 25000 = Rs.8500250000

Interest at the end of year 3 = 45000* 25000 = Rs.4500250000

CHECK YOUR PROGRESS

1. MTC purchased a taxi on hire purchase terms. The cashprice was Rs.87,092.

Payments were to be made as underOn 1.1.2009 Rs.20,000 (down Payment)On 31.12.2009 Rs.35,000On 31.12.2010 Rs.25,000On 31.12.2011 Rs.20,000

Calculate interest and cash price included in each installment.


Year: 7122, 2nd

Year: 4006, 3rd

Year:

1780, Cash Price included for 1st

Year: 27878, 2nd

Year: 20994, 3rd

Year: 18220

12.8 CALCULATION OF DEPRECIATION

Under Hire-Purchase system, the ownership is nottransferred to the buyer. Hence, there is a dispute about chargingof the depreciation on the asset. However, from practical point ofview, depreciation on asset should be charged at a certain rate onthe cash price of the asset acquired. The logic behind provision ofdepreciation on asset is

1. Asset is used by the buyer2. Asset is to be shown at its real value3. The Hire-purchaser is going to be owner after the payment of

last installment

Depreciation should be provided as a matter of policy in thebooks of the buyer. Depreciation should be charged on asset everyyear on the cash price under straight line or reducing balancemethod.

251

12.9 ACCOUNTING METHODS

The method of accounting for hire-purchase transactionsdepends on the value of sales. Hire purchase accountingmethods for goods of small sales value may be Debtors Methodor Stock and Debtors Method. If the goods have substantialsales value then the accounting methods as per AS 10, whichdeals with the valuation of the Fixed Assets, Assets acquired onhire-purchase terms, are to be recorded at their cashprice. Theinterest has to be written off as an expense. The accountingentries can be passed by the buyer in any of the three methods

1. Asset Accrual Method (Actual Cash Price Method)2. Interest Suspense Method3. Full Cash Price Method

Assets taken on Hire purchase basis should be consideredlike ordinary purchase.

12.10 FULL CASH PRICE METHOD(CREDIT PURCHASE / SALE METHOD)

Under Full Cash Price Method, the Hire-Purchaser isconsidered as the owner of the asset, the asset is recorded atfull cash price on the basis of the substance over form. The fullcash price of the asset is debited to the Asset account andcredited to the Hire-Vendor account. Interest account is debitedand the Hire-Vendor account is credited with the interest on theoutstanding balance. When the installment is paid, the Hire-Vendor A/c is debited and the Bank A/c is credited .At the time ofthe preparation of the final accounts, Interest is transferred toProfit & Loss Account and Asset is shown in the Balance Sheetat the cost less depreciation. The balance due to Hire- Vendor isshown in the Balance Sheet as a Liability.

252

BOOKS OF HIRE PURCHASER

13.10.1 Journal Entries in the books of Hire-Purchaser:

1. For buying assets (entering

agreement) on hire purchase: A

Asset A/c Dr.

To Hire-Vendor A/c

Full Cash Price

2. For paying the downpayment to vendor:Vendor A/c Dr

To Cash/ Bank A/c

Down Payment

3. When Interest is Due onunpaid installments:

Interest A/c Dr.

To Hire Vendor A/c

Interest on outstanding

balance

4. For Installment Payment

( Interest payment will

be also included in it):

Vendor A/c Dr

To Cash/ Bank A/c

Amount of Installment

5. For charging Depreciation:

Depreciation A/c Dr.

To Asset A/c

Calculated on Cash Price

6. For transferring Interest andDepreciation to Profit andLoss Account:

Profit and Loss A/c Dr.

To Interest A/c

To Depreciation A/c

(Repeat entry Nos. 3, 4, 5, and 6 in subsequent years)

However, a firm may maintain a Provision for Depreciation A/cinstead of charging depreciation to asset on Hire-purchase A/c, insuch case the journal entry is

Profit and Loss A/c Dr.To Provision for Depreciation for Asset on Hire-Purchase A/c

(Being the asset on hire-purchase is shown on its historical cost).

253

12.10.2 Disclosure in Balance Sheet

Balance Sheet of Hire-Purchaser

Liabilities Rs. Asset

Rs.

Hire-Purchase Fixed Assets: xxxxBalance in Hire- xxxx Asset(at cash Price) xxxxLess :Instalment xxxx Less Depreciation xxxxInstalment not yet xxxx

BOOKS OF HIRE VENDOR

12.10.3 Journal Entries in the books of Vendor:

1. For selling on hire purchase:Hire-Purchaser A/c Dr.

To Hire Sales A/cFull Cash Price

2. For receiving the down payment:Cash/ Bank Dr

To Hire-Purchaser A/c

Down Payment

3. For Interest receivableHire-Purchaser A/c Dr

To Interest A/c

Interest on outstandingbalance

4. For Installment Received( Interest receipt willbe also included in it):Cash/ Bank A/c Dr.

To Hire-Purchaser A/c

Amount of Installment

5. For transferring Interest toProfit and Loss Account:Interest A/c Dr.

To Profit and Loss A/c(Repeat entry Nos. 3, 4, and 5, in subsequent years)

12.10.4 Disclosure in Balance Sheet

Balance Sheet of Hire-Vendor

Liabilities Rs. Asset Rs.

Hire-Purchase DebtorsBalance in Hire- Purchaser xx

254

12.11 EXERCISE

1. Explain the meaning of Hire-Purchase System.

2. Write notes on:(a) Hire-Purchase Price (b) Cash Price (c) Initial Payment

3. Objective Questions

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

1. Hire Purchase Price means the total amount payable by the hirer,made up of ---------

(a) the cash price of the article and the interest(b) the cash price of the article less interest(c) the cash price of the article and the down payment(d) the installments and the interest

2. Each Hire Purchase installment amount is made up of ---------(a). part payment towards cash price only(b). part payment towards interest only(c). part payment towards cash price plus interest(d).none of the above

3. Under ---------method, entries are made as if asset is purchasedfor full price on credit on the date of Hire Purchase agreementitself.

(a). Actual Cash Price(b). Full Cash Price(c). Asset Accrual(d).None of the above

4. The Hire Purchaser can record the asset under Full Cash PriceMethod at its ---------

(a). Hire Purchase Price(b). Cash price(c).None of the above

5. Interest in the Hire Purchase transaction, is charged on the --------- cash price

(a). Outstanding(b). Full cash price(c).None of the above

6. Under Hire –Purchase system buyer becomes the owner ofgoods ---------

(a). immediately after the receipt of goods(b). immediately after the down payment

255

(c). immediately after the payment of the last installment(d).None of the above

7. Under Hire –Purchase agreement the buyer agrees to pay --------(a). Cash price only.(b). Interest only(c). Cash Price and Interest

8. The last installment paid under Hire –Purchase comprises ---------(a). Cash price only.(b). Interest only(c). Cash Price and Interest

Answers:1.-(a), 2. -(c), 3.- (b). 4. - (b), 5.-(a), 6. -(c), 7. -(c), 8 -(c).

FILL IN THE BLANKS

1. is the purchase price payable if full payment ismade immediately.

2. means the total amount payable by the hirer,

made up of the cash price of the article and interest.

3. is the initial amount payable at the time of

signing the agreement.

4. As soon as payment is made, the hirer gets

possession of the article and can start using it immediately

5. Each Hire Purchase installment amount is made up of partpayment towards plus interest

6. Each Hire Purchase installment amount is made up of part

payment towards cash price plus

7. Under the Hire –Purchase system, depreciation is provided onprice

8. Under the Hire –Purchase system, depreciation is provided bythe

9. If the Hire –Purchaser makes a down payment on signing the

contract, it will not include any amount of

10. Depreciation is to be calculated on the full as the

same is not affected by the extent of payment made.

256

Answers: 1. - Cash Price - 2. - Hire Purchase Price, 3. – DownPayment, 4. -Down, 5. - Cash Price 6. - Interest, 7. –Full Cash, 8. -Hire –Purchaser, 9. –Interest, 10. - Cash Price

STATE WHETHER TRUE OR FALSE

1. Actual Cash Price Method is also known as Interest SuspenseMethod.

2. Full Cash Price Method is also known as Asset Accrual Method.3. Asset Accrual Method is also known as Credit Purchase Method.

4. Actual Cash Price Method is also known as Credit PurchaseMethod.

5. The hire-purchaser has the right to terminate the agreement at

any time before the property passes.

6. If the amount of each installment is equal, the total interest can

be allocated to different installments by the fixed installment

method.

7. Under the Hire –Purchase system, the buyer has the option toreturn the goods.

8. When assets are acquired under the hire purchase system,

depreciation need not be provided as the vendor still continues

to be the legal owner of the asset.

9. Hire Purchase Price is equal to Cash Price

10. Under the Hire –Purchase system, the interest is paid by thevendor to the hirer.

11. Cash Price is the purchase price payable if full payment ismade immediately.

12. Hire Purchase Price is the initial amount payable at the time of

signing the agreement.

Answers: TRUE: (5) (6) (7) (11)

FALSE: (1) (2) (3) (4) (8) (9) (10) (12)

257

13

HIRE PURCHASE - II

Unit Structure :

13.0 Objectives


13.2 Exercises

13.0 OBJECTIVES

After studying the unit students will be able to the practicalproblems on Hire purchase system.


Illustration 1.

Raj Textiles Ltd. purchased Motor Car on hire-purchase

system. According to the terms, Rs. 30000 was payable on

delivery on 1st January, 2005: and the balance by 4 annual

installments of Rs.30000 each on 31st December. Krishna Motor

Ltd who sold the Motor Car charged 5 % p.a. interest on the

yearly balances. The cash value of the Car on delivery was

1,36,338. Depreciation @ 20% on diminishing balances was

written off in each year. Show Journal Entries in the books of Raj

Textiles Ltd

258

Journal EntriesIn the books of Raj Textiles Ltd.

Date Particulars Debit(Rs.) Credit(Rs.)

1/1/05 Motor Car A/c Dr.To Krishna Motor Ltd A/c

(Being total cash price due to the hire-vendorfor purchase of Motor Lorries)

136338136338

1/01/05 Krishna Motor Ltd A/c DrTo Cash/ bank

A/c

(Being down payment paid)

3000030000

31/12/05 Interest A/c Dr.

To Krishna Motor Ltd A/c(Being Interest due on unpaid Cash Price)

53175317


A/c

(Being Installment

3000012000

31/12/05 Depreciation A/c Dr.

To Motor Car A/c

(Being Depreciation charged)

2726827268

31/12/05 Profit and Loss A/c Dr.To Interest A/c

To Depreciation A/c

(Being Interest and Depreciation transferred

to profit and loss account)

325855317

27268



40834083


A/c

(Being Installment paid)

3000030000


To Motor Car A/c(Being Depreciation charged)

2181421814


To Depreciation A/c



258974083

21814



27872787

259


A/c


3000030000


To Motor Car

A/c(Being Depreciation charged)

1745117451


To Depreciation A/c



202382787

17451



14261426

31/12/08 Krishna Motor Ltd A/c

DrTo Cash/ bank

A/c

3000030000

31/12/08 Depreciation A/c Dr.To Motor Car

A/c


1396113961


To Depreciation A/c



153871426

13961

Working Note: 1. Calculation of Interest

Date(1) OpeningCashPrice

(Rs.)(2)

CashPrice

paid(Rs.)(3)=(5-4)

Interest

(Rs.)

@5% (4)

Instalment

(Rs.)(5)

Given

ClosingCash Price (Rs.)

(6)=(2)-(3)

1/1/2005 136338 30000 0 30000 106338

31/12/2005 106338 24683 5317 30000 81655

31/12/2006 81655 25917 4083 30000 55738

31/12/2007 55738 27213 2787 30000 28525

31/12/2008 28525 28574 1426 30000 0

Total 136387 13613 150000

260

Working Note: 2.

Calculation of Depreciation

Calculation of DepreciationDate Calculatio

n(Rs.)

1/1/2005 Cash Price

31/12/05 less Depreciation

136338

27268

31/12/05 Book-Value


109070

21814

31/12/06 Book-Value


87256

17451

31/12/07 Book-Value31/12/08 less Depreciation

69805

13961

31/12/08 Book-Value 55844

Illustration 2.

Rama Company purchased Machinery from XY Trading Ltd. on 1st

January, 2009 on hire-purchase system. The cash price of the

Machinery was Rs.3,00,000 which was payable as under:

On 01-01-2009, Rs.1,00,000

On 31-12-2009, Rs.80,000

On 31-12-2010, RS.80,000

On 31-12-2011, RS.80,000

The purchasing company decided to write off depreciation @20% of the cost price each year. You are required to give thenecessary journal entries in the books of both the parties for threeyears. Also show the calculation of interest, depreciation and theinstallment.

Journal EntriesIn the books of Rama Company


1/1/09 Machinery A/c Dr.To XY Trading Ltd A/c

(Being total cash price due to the hire-vendorfor purchase of Truck)

300000300000

1/1/09 XY Trading Ltd A/c DrTo Cash/ bank A/c

(Being Down Payment paid)

100000100000


To XY Trading Ltd A/c(Being Interest due on unpaid Cash Price)

2000020000

261



8000080000

31/12/09 Depreciation A/c Dr.To Machinery A/c


6000060000


To Depreciation A/c

(Being Interest and Depreciation transferred to

profit and loss account)

8000020000

60000

31/12/10 Interest A/c Dr.To XY Trading Ltd A/c

(Being Interest due on unpaid Cash Price)

13333

13333

31/12/10 XY Trading Ltd A/c Dr

To Cash/ bank A/c(Being Installment paid)

8000080000

31/12/10 Depreciation A/c Dr.To Machinery A/c


6000060000

31/12/10 Profit and Loss A/c Dr.

To Interest A/cTo Depreciation A/c

(Being Interest and Depreciation transferred toprofit and loss account)

733331333360000


To XY Trading Ltd A/c(Being Interest due on unpaid Cash Price)

6667

6667



8000080000


To Machinery A/c(Being Depreciation charged)

6000060000


To Depreciation A/c

(Being Interest and Depreciation transferred to

profit and loss account)

666676667

60000

262

Journal Entries

In the books of XY Trading Ltd A/c


1/1/09 Rama Company A/c Dr.

To Sales A/c

(Being total cash price due from the

hire- Purchaser for sale of Truck)

300000300000

1/1/09 Cash/ bank A/c Dr

To AB Transport Company A/c(Being Down Payment Received )

100000100000

31/12/09 Rama Company A/c Dr.To Interest A/c(Being Interest due on unpaid Cash Price)

2000020000


To AB Transport Company A/c(Being Installment Received)

8000080000

31/12/09 Interest A/c Dr.To Profit and Loss A/c

(Being Interest transferred to profit and lossaccount)

2000020000

31/12/10 Rama Company A/c Dr.

To Interest A/c(Being Interest due on unpaid Cash Price)

13333

13333

31/12/10 Cash/ bank A/c DrTo AB Transport Company A/c

(Being Installment Received)

8000080000


To Profit and Loss A/c

(Being Interest transferred to profit and

loss account)

1333313333

31/12/11 Rama Company A/c Dr.To Interest A/c

(Being Interest due on unpaid Cash Price)

6667

6667


To AB Transport Company A/c(Being Installment Received)

8000080000

31/12/11 Interest A/c Dr.To Profit and Loss A/c

(Being Interest transferred to profit and loss A/c)

66676667


Step 1: Calculation of Total Interest:

Hire-purchase Price = 1,00,000 + (80,000 x 3) = Rs.3,40,000Less: Cash Price - Rs.3,00,000Total Interest = Rs.40,000

263

Step 2: Apportionment of Interest:

The total interest of Rs 40,000 is to be apportioned among the

1st, 2nd, and 3rd installment in the ratio of 3:2:1.(since there are

three installments3/6,2/6, and 1/6 respectively)

(1)Share of Interest in the 1st installment = 40000x3/6 = Rs.20,000

(2)Share of Interest in the 2nd installment = 40000x2/6 = Rs.13,333

(3)Share of interest in the 3rd installment = 40000x1/6 = Rs.6,667

Working Note: 2. Calculation of DepreciationCost of Machinery = Rs. 300000

Less Depreciation (@ 20% of the cost price)=60000(300000*20/100)

Illustration 3.

Ramsons purchased two printing machines from King Printers onHire-purchase basis on 1st July ,2007 .The terms of the contractwere as follows:-

i) The cash price of the each printing machine was Rs.75,000

ii) Rs.15,000 was paid on the signing of the contract on 1stJuly 2007

ii)The balance was paid in installments of Rs. 20,000 plus interestat 15% per annum

iv)The installments were paid on 31st December every yearcommencing from 31st December 2007. King Printers chargeddepreciation at 10% per annum under S.L.M. system. They closedtheir books on 31st December. Show in books of Ramsonsnecessary account.

264

In books of RamsonsKing Printers A/c

Date Particulars RS. Date Particulars RS.

01/07/2007 To Cash A/c 30000 01/07/2007 By Machine 150000

31/12/2007 To Cash A/c 49000 31/12/2007 By Interest A/c 9000

31/12/2007 To Balance 80000

159000 159000

31/12/2008 To Cash A/c 52000 01/01/2008 By Balance b/d 80000

31/12/2008 To Balance 40000 31/12/2008 By Interest A/c 12000

92000 92000


31/12/2009 By Interest A/c 6000

46000 46000

Interest A/c


9000 9000

9000 9000

12000 12000

12000 12000

6000 6000

31/12/07

31/12/08

31/12/09

To King Printers A/c



6000

31/12/07

31/12/08

31/12/09

By Profit & Loss A/c


By Profit & Loss A/c6000

Machine A/c


150000 7500

142500

75000 150000

142500 15000

127500

142500 142500

127500 15000

112500

1/7/2007

1/1/2008

1/1/2009


To Balance b/d

To Balance b/d

127500

31/12/2007

31/12/2007

31/12/2008

31/12/2008

31/12/2009

31/12/2009

By Depreciation A/c

By Balance c/d

By Depreciation A/c

By Balance c/d

By Depreciation A/c

By Balance c/d

127500

265

Depreciation A/c

Date Particulars RS. Date Particulars RS.7500 7500

7500 7500

15000 15000

15000 15000

15000 15000

31/12/2007

31/12/2008

31/12/2009

To Machine A/c--1

To Machine A/c--2

To Machine A/c--3

15000

31/12/2007

31/12/2008

31/12/2009

By Profit &Loss A/c

By Profit &Loss A/c

By Profit &Loss A/c

15000

Working Note: 1

Calculation of Depreciation

Date Calculation (Rs.)

1/7/2001 Cash Price

31/12/01 less Depreciation for 6 months-----------1

150000

7500

31/12/01 Book-Value

31/12/02 less Depreciation-----------------------------2

142500

15000

31/12/02 Book-Value

31/12/02 less Depreciation-----------------------------3

127500

15000

31/12/02 Book-Value 112500

Working Note: 2

Calculation of Interest

Calculation

CashPrice(Rs.)

CashPricepaid(Rs.)

Interest(Rs.)

Instalment(Rs.)

1/7/2007 Cash Price 150000

1/7/2007Less Down Paymentpaid 30000 30000 0 30000


31/12/07 Add Interest@ 15% 9000


31/12/07 Less Instalment paid 49000 40000 9000 49000


31/12/08 Add Interest@ 15% 12000

31/12/08 Total Amount Due 92000 40000 12000 52000

31/12/08 Less Instalment paid 52000


31/12/09 Add Interest@ 15% 6000


31/12/09 Total Amount Paid 46000 40000 6000 46000

266

Illustration 4.

On 1st January, 2003 Kavita Ltd. purchased Machinery on Hire-Purchase System from Jaya Traders for Rs. 26,000. They paidRs. 2000 on signing the contract and four half –yearlyinstallments of Rs. 6,000 plus interest at 20% per annum each

on 30th June and 31st December every year thereafter.Depreciation was written off at rate of 10% per annum on thediminishing balance system.

i) Prepare Ledger accounts in the books of Kavita Ltd and JayaTraders for the years 2003-2004; and

ii) Disclose the relevant items in Balance sheet of Kavita Ltd andJaya Traders as on 31st December 2003

In books of Kavita Ltd. Industries Ltd

Jaya Traders A/c


01/01/2003 To Cash A/c 2000 01/01/2003 By Plant A/c 26000



31/12/2003 To Balance 12000

30200 30200

30/06/2004 To Cash A/c 7200 01/01/2004 By Balance 12000


31/12/2004 By Interest A/c 600

13800 13800

Interest A/c


24001800

4200

4200 4200

1200

600

1800

30/06/2003

31/12/2003

30/06/2004

31/12/2004

To Jaya Traders A/c

To Jaya Traders A/c

To Jaya Traders A/c

To Jaya Traders A/c

1800

31/12/2003

31/12/2004

By Profit &Loss A/c

By Profit &Loss A/c

1800

267

Machinery A/c


26000 2600

23400

26000 26000

23400 2340

21060

1/1/2002

1/1/2003

To Jaya Traders A/c

To Balance b/d

23400

31/12/2002

31/12/2002

31/12/2003

31/12/2003

By Depreciation A/c

By Balance c/d

By Depreciation A/c

By Balance c/d

23400

Depreciation A/c


2600 260031/12/2003

31/12/2004

To Machinery A/c

To Machinery A/c 2340

31/12/2003

31/12/2004

By Profit &Loss A/c

By Profit &Loss A/c 2340

An Extract of Balance sheet of Kavita Ltd. as on 31st

December 2003

Liabilities Rs. Asset Rs.Hire-Purchase Creditors Fixed Assets:Balance in Jaya Traders 12000 Machinery (at cash Price) 26000

Less Depreciation 260023400

In books of Jaya TradersKavita Ltd. A/c


01/01/2003 To Sales A/c 26000 01/01/200 By cash A/c 2000

30/06/2003 To Interest A/c 2400 30/06/200 By cash A/c 8400


31/12/200 By Balance 12000

30200 10400

01/01/2004 To Balance b/d 12000 30/06/200 By cash A/c 7200


31/12/2004 To Interest A/c 600

13800 13800

268

Interest A/c


31/12/2003 To Profit &LossA/c

4200 30/06/2003 By Kavita Ltd.A/c

2400

31/12/2003 By Kavita Ltd.A/c

1800

4200 4200

31/12/2004 To Profit & 1800 30/06/2004 By Kavita Ltd. 1200

31/12/2004 By Kavita Ltd. 600

1800 1800

An Extract of Balance sheet of Jaya Traders as on 31st December2003

Liabilities Rs. Asset Rs.Hire-Purchase DebtorsKavita Ltd A/c 12000

Working Note: 1

Calculation of

Date Calculation

CashPrice(Rs.)

CashPricepaid(Rs.)

Interest(Rs.)

Instalment(Rs.)

01/01/2003 Cash Price 26000



30/06/2002 Add Interest@ 20%* 2400




31/12/2003 Add Interest@20%* 1800




30/06/2004 Add Interest@20%* 1200




31/12/2004 Add Interest@20%* 600



*Interest calculated for 6 months

269

Illustration 5.

Farhan Industries Ltd. acquired a plant at Cash Price of Rs.75,000, delivered on 1st January 2002, on the following hirepurchase terms:

1) An initial payment of Rs. 20,000 payable on delivery: and

2) Four half –yearly installments of Rs. 15,000 each commencingfrom 30th June, 2002.

In arriving at these terms the plant manufacturer computedinterest at 7% per annum. Farhan Industries Ltd decided to writeoff depreciation @ 10% of the cost price each year. You arerequired to show the accounts in the books of Farhan Industries

Ltd for the years ending on 31st December 2002 and 31st

December 2003, necessary to record the above transactions

In books of Farhan Industries Ltd

Vendors A/c


01/01/2002 To Cash A/c 20000 01/01/2002 By Plant A/c 75000



31/12/2002 To Balance 28392

78392 78392




30000 30000

Interest A/c


19251467

3392

3392 3392

994

614

1608

30/06/2002

31/12/2002

30/06/2003

31/12/2003

To Vendors A/c

To Vendors A/c

To Vendors A/c

To Vendors A/c

1608

31/12/2002

31/12/2003

By Profit &Loss A/c

By Profit &Loss A/c

1608

270

Plant A/c


75000 7500

67500

75000 75000

67500 7500

60000

01/01/2002

1/1/2003

To Vendors A/c

To Balance b/d

67500

31/12/2002

31/12/2002

31/12/2003

31/12/2003

By Depreciation A/c

By Balance c/d

By Depreciation A/c

By Balance c/d

67500

Depreciation A/c


7500 750031/12/2002

31/12/2003

To Plant A/c

To Plant A/c 7500

31/12/2002

31/12/2003

By Profit &Loss A/c



Date(1)

OpeningCashPrice

(Rs.)(2)

CashPrice

paid(Rs.)(3)=(5-4)

Interest(Rs.)@5%

(4)

Instalment(Rs.)

(5) Given

ClosingCash Price

(Rs.) (6)=(2)-(3)

1/1/2002 75000 20000 0 20000 5500

31/6/2002 55000 13075 1925 15000 4192531/12/2002 41925 13533 1467 15000 2839231/06/2003 28392 14006 994 15000 1438631/12/2003 14386 14386 614* 15000 0

Total 75000 5000 80000

*Balancing Figure

Illustration 6.

Bombay Trading Company purchased on 1st January, 2005 amachine on Installment purchase system. The cash price of themachine was Rs. 15,450 payment was to be made as under:1. On 1st January, 2005 (on signing the contract) Rs. 3,0002. On 31st December, 2005 Rs. 7,5003. On 31st December, 2006 Rs. 4,5004. On 31st December, 2007 Rs. 3,000

271

Bombay Trading Company charged depreciation at10% p.a. under diminishing balance method; you are requiredto prepare necessary accounts in the books of BombayTrading Company.

In books of Bombay Trading CompanyHire-Vendor A/c


01/01/2005 To Cash A/c 3000 01/01/2005 By Machine 15450


31/12/2005 To Balance 6450

16950 16950



7200 7200



3000 3000

Interest A/c


1500 1500

1500 1500

750 750

750 750

300 300

31/12/05

31/12/06

31/12/07

To Hire-Vendor A/c

To Hire-Vendor A/c

To Hire-Vendor A/c

300

31/12/05

31/12/06

31/12/07




300

Machine A/c


15450 1545

13905

75000 75000

13905 1391

12514

13905 13905

12514 1251

11263

1/1/2005

1/1/2006

1/1/2007

To Hire-Vendor A/c

To Balance b/d

To Balance b/d

12514

31/12/2005

31/12/2005

31/12/2006

31/12/2006

31/12/2007

31/12/2007

By Depreciation A/c

By Balance c/d

By Depreciation A/c

By Balance c/d

By Depreciation A/c

By Balance c/d

12514

272

Depreciation A/c


1545 1545

1391 1391

1391 1391

1251 1251

31/12/2005

31/12/2006

31/12/2007

To Machine A/c

To Machine A/c

To Machine A/c

1251

31/12/2005

31/12/2006

31/12/2007

By Profit &Loss A/c

By Profit &Loss A/c

By Profit &Loss A/c

1251



Hire-purchase Price = Rs.18000Less: Cash Price - Rs.15450Total Interest = Rs.2550


Total Interest of Rs.2550 is to be apportioned among the threeinstallments in the following manner:

At the end of Year 2005 2006 2007 TotalOutstanding HirePurchase Price

15000 7500 3000 25500

*Interest 1500 750 300 2550

* Interest = Outstanding Hire Purchase Price beforeInstallment* Total Interest

Total of Outstanding Hire Purchase Price for all installments

Interest at the end of year 1 =15000* 2550 = 150025500

rest at the end of year 2 = 7500 * 255025500

= 750

Interest at the end of year 3 = 3000* 255025500

= 300

273

Working Note: 2. Calculation of Depreciation

Date Calculation (Rs.)

1/1/2005 Cash Price


15450

1545

31/12/05 Book-Value


13905

1391

31/12/06 Book-Value


12515

1251

31/12/07 Book-Value 11263

Illustration 7.

Doshi Roadways purchased two trucks from Tata Ltd. on

hire-purchase system on 1st January, 2006. The cash price of

each truck was Rs. 125,000. Payment was made as follows:

1.1.2006: RS 30,000 per truck.

31.12.2006: RS 45,000 per truck.

31.12.2007: RS 40,000 per truck.

31.12.2008: RS 35,000 per truck.

Depreciation at 20% per annum on original cost is charged.

You are required to: Calculate interest per year; and show the

necessary accounts in the books of Doshi Roadways.

In books of Doshi RoadwaysTata Ltd A/c


01/01/2006 To Cash A/c 60000 01/01/2006 By Truck A/c 250000


31/12/2006 To Balance 126087

276087 276087



142391 142391


31/12/2008 By Interest A/c 7609

70000 70000

274

Interest A/c


26087 26087

26087 26087

16304 16304

16304 16304

7609 7609

31/12/06

31/12/07

31/12/08

To Tata Ltd. A/c

To Tata Ltd. A/c

To Tata Ltd. A/c

7609

31/12/06

31/12/07

31/12/08




7609

Truck A/c


250000 25000

225000

250000 250000

225000 25000

200000

225000 225000

200000 25000

175000

1/1/2006

1/1/2007

1/1/2008

To Tata Ltd. A/c

To Balance b/d

To Balance b/d

200000

31/12/2006

31/12/2006

31/12/2007

31/12/2007

31/12/2008

31/12/2008

By Depreciation A/c

By Balance c/d

By Depreciation A/c

By Balance c/d

By Depreciation A/c

By Balance c/d

200000

Depreciation A/c


25000 25000

31/12/2006

31/12/2007

31/12/2008

To Truck A/c

To Truck A/c

To Truck A/c 25000

31/12/2006

31/12/2007

31/12/2008

By Profit &Loss A/c

By Profit &Loss A/c




Hire-purchase Price = Rs. 300000Less: Cash Price - Rs. 250000Total Interest = Rs. 50000


Total Interest of Rs.2550 is to be apportioned among the threeinstallments in the following manner:

275

At the end of Year 2005 2006 2007 Total

Outstanding HirePurchase Price

240000 150000 70000 460000

*Interest 26087 16304 7609 50000

* Interest = Outstanding Hire Purchase Price beforeInstallment* Total Interest

Total of Outstanding Hire Purchase Price forall installments

Interest at the end of year 1 = 240000* 50000 = 26087460000

Interest at the end of year 2 = 150000* 50000460000

= 16304

Interest at the end of year 3 = 70000* 50000 =7609460000

Working Note: 2. Calculation of DepreciationCost of Truck= Rs. 125000.

Less Depreciation (@ 20% of the cost price) = Rs.25000( 125000*20/100)

Illustration 8.

Priya Trading purchased a machine on 1.1.2010 on hire purchasesystem from Rita Traders. The necessary details are given below:

Cash Price Rs.60000

Amount paid on signing the agreement Rs.20000

First Annual Installment Rs.18000

Second Annual installment Rs.16000

Last annual installment Rs.13860

Rate of Interest 10% p.a.

Depreciation at 20% on cash price of machine by reducing

installment method is charged. Calculate interest per year; and

show the necessary accounts in the books of Rita Traders.

276

In books of Rita TradersPriya Trading A/c


01/01/2010 To Sales A/c 60000 01/01/2010 By cash A/c 20000


31/12/2010 By Balance 26000

64000 64000

01/01/2011 To Balance b/d 26000 31/12/2011 By cash A/c 16000

31/12/2011 To Interest A/c 2600 31/12/2011 By Balance 12600

28600 28600

01/01/2012 To Balance 12600 31/12/2012 By cash A/c 13860

31/12/2012 To Interest A/c 1260

13860 13860

Interest A/c


31/12/2010 To Profit & LossA/c

4000 31/12/2010 By PriyaTrading A/c

4000

4000 4000



2600

2600 2600



1260

1260 1260


Date(1) OpeningCashPrice

(Rs.)(2)

CashPricepaid(Rs.)

Interest(Rs.)

@10%(4)

Installment(Rs.) (5)Given

ClosingCashPrice(Rs.)

1/1/2010 60000 20000 0 20000 40000

31/12/2010 40000 14000 4000 18000 26000

31/12/2011 26000 13400 2600 16000 12600

31/12/2012 12600 12600 1260 13860 0

13.2 EXERCISE

1. Raja Transport Ltd. purchased a Motor car on 1st January,2005, on hire-purchase basis from Meenakshi Motors Ltd. Thecash –price of the Motor car was Rs.74,500. Under the agreement,

277

a sum of Rs.20,000 was payable initially on 1st January, 2005:and the balance in three annual installments of Rs. 20,000 eachfalling due from 1st April, 2005. The financial year of the RajaTransport Ltd. end on the 31st March. The company chargesinterest at 5% p.a. and depreciation at 10% p.a on cash price ofthe Motor-car on diminishing balance method. Prepare Motor-carAccount, Meenakshi’s Motors Ltd Account and Interest Account inthe books of Raja Transport Ltd.

Answers: Interest for 3 months till 1st

April, 2005: Rs. 681, Interest

for year ending 31st

March, 2006: Rs. 1759, Interest for year ending

31st

March, 2007: Rs. 847.

2. On 1.1.2002 Mr. Singh purchases machinery on Hire purchasesystem. The hire purchase agreement provided an initial downpayment of Rs.1,500; the balance is to be paid in 4 equal half-yearly installments of Rs.2,000 each. Cash price is Rs.8,934. Rateof interest per annum is 6% and the rate of depreciation is 10% onoriginal cost. Pass journal entries in the books of Mr. Singh from1.1.2002 to 31.12.2003

Answers: Interest for half year ending 30/06/02: 223, Interest forhalf year ending 31/12/02: 170, Interest for half year ending30/06/03: 115, Interest for half year ending 31/12/03: 58.

3. X Company Ltd. purchased a machine from Y Machines Ltd.on hire-purchase basis, the cash price being Rs.55,850Rs.15,000 was paid on the signing of the contract and thebalance in three annual installments of Rs.15,000 each on31st March each year. Interest is charged at 5% per annum.Depreciation was written off at rate of 10% per annum on thediminishing balance system. Give journal entries in the books of XCompany Ltd. whose accounting year ends on 31st Marcheach year, under Full Cash Price Method.

Answers: Interest for 1st Year: 2043, 2nd Year: 1395, 3rd Year: 714.

4. M/s Asha Refrigeration Ltd. supplied Refrigerators to AshokHotel on the installment system, on 1st July, 2004. The cash priceof Refrigerator was Rs. 22,350. Under Installment system, it wasagreed to pay Rs.6,000 on that date and Rs.6,000 annually forthree years. Depreciation was to be written off the asset 10% p.a.Show the relevant Ledger account in the books of both the partiesfor three years.


Year: 825, 2nd

Year: 550, 3rd

Year: 275.

278

5. On 1st April, 2008 Modern Traders Ltd. took delivery of oneTruck from GEM Motors Ltd. on Hire-Purchase Agreement,payable in three equal installments of Rs.60,000 each on 31stMarch, 2009, 2010, 2011. The cash value of the Truck ondelivery was Rs.1,63,400. Vendor charges interest at 5% perannum on the yearly balances. The purchaser wrote offdepreciation @ 25 per cent on the diminishing value method foreach year. Pass the necessary Journal entries to record the abovetransactions in the books of both the parties.


Year: 8170, 2nd

Year: 5579, 3rd

Year:2852.

279

14

ACCOUNTING FROM INCOMPLETERECORDS I

(SINGLE ENTRY SYSTEM)

Unit Structure :

14.0 Objectives

14.1 Introduction

14.2 Types of Single Entry

14.3 Incomplete form of Double Entry

14.4 Conversion Method

14.5 How to search for Required Information?

14.6 Preparation of Final Accounts under Conversion of SingleEntry

14.7 Single Entry Illustration

14.8 Exercise

14.0 OBJECTIVES

After studying the unit the students will be able to: Understand the types of Single Entry. Know the Advantages and disadvantages of Single Entry. Explain the difference between Double entry and Single

entry. Understand the Conversion Method. Calculate the required figures.

14.1 INTRODUCTION

The term ‘Single Entry’ refers to a method of maintaining theaccounts in a manner convenient to a business house. Single Entrysystem does not follow the principles of double entry system. Underthis system businessman maintains / records only few accountswhich are absolutely essential. i.e. Personal accounts of debtorsand creditors under .ingle Entry System. Real and Nominalaccounts are normally not maintained. The system of recordingtransactions varies from person to person. E.g. Trader may record

280

amount receivable from customers and when he receives moneyhe either cancels the amount or circle the amount indirectly wherehe noted credit sale.

E.g. Goods sold to Anand on credit

Anand 5 Kgs Sugar Rs. 15010 Kgs Rice Rs. 500Total Rs. 650

On receipt of the cash from Anand, the above records maybe cancelled OR the original amount recorded may be circled asamount is received Rs.650. On Receipt of cash no other entry ispassed. For credit purchases he may maintain file or folder forunpaid invoice / bill on payment of amount, he may remove the bill /invoice or just cancels on payment. In simple words ,Single EntrySystem is incomplete form of account keeping.

Eric Kohler has defined “Single Entry System is a systemof book keeping in which as a rule only records of cash and ofpersonal accounts are maintained. It is always incompletedouble entry. The incompleteness varying under differentcircumstances”

14.2 TYPES OF SINGLE ENTRY

1. Pure Single Entry

Under this method entries are made directly in personal accounts ofdebtor and creditor because the subsidiary books are notmaintained at all. In this type the duel aspect of each transaction isignored, hence it is called Pare Single Entry System.

2. Quasi Single Entry / Impure Double Entry :

Under this system businessman maintains some of the subsidiarybooks like cash book, sales book, purchases book etc. in additionto the personal accounts of Debtors and Creditors. But they do notmaintain real and nominal account.

14.3 INCOMPLETE FORM OF DOUBLE ENTRY

14.3.1 Introduction:

A small businessman who carries business himself and hemay not be familiar with the system of double entry and thecomplex accounting principles, concepts etc. Such businessmanmaintains records of the transaction by way of note without

281

following accounting principles. He may record only one aspect orpartial records of same transaction and the same way he mayignore some transactions. For E.g. Depreciation of assets, loss ofuninsured stock of goods by fire. Goods/cash withdrawn frombusiness etc. such accounting is known as Single Entry.

14.3.2 Special Features:

Following are special features of incomplete records.

1] Some transactions are recorded properly by giving effect forboth the receipt and payments.

2] Some transactions are not recorded at all e g. Goods / cashwithdrawn from business for personal use.

3] Some transactions are recorded partially either Debit or Creditaspect is recorded.

4] Some personal transactions are recorded wrongly E.g.Insurance Premium paid is recorded as business expenses.

5] Single Entry System is defective and unscientific and their formis unsuitable for big business. Only Sole Trader andPartnership Organisations may keep their books of accountsunder this system.

6] Under Single Entry System only Personal and Cash accountsare maintained. Real and Nominal accounts are notmaintained.

7] The Single Entry System of accounting varies from person toperson, from business to business.

8] No rigid rules and principles are followed under this system andtherefore the records suffer from all types of errors.

14.3.3 Advantages:

Following are relative advantages of this System1] Simplicity: It is very simple method of accounting businesstransactions. Any person can record transactions which he feelsnecessary, the way he wants to record.

2] Requires no expertise: Maintenance of accounting recordsdoes not require adequate knowledge of Book Keeping.

3] Economical: It is less costly than double entry book keepingmethod.

4] Suitable for small concerns: It is most suitable for smallconcerns having limited transaction and few assets and liabilities. Itis suitable as owners are having full control in business as regardscash, goods etc.

282

5] Speed: The business transactions are recorded immediately /simultaneously.

6] To ascertain the profit or loss: Determination of Profit or Lossis much easier.

14.3.4 Disadvantages / Defects:

Incomplete records suffer from the following defects:-

1] It is not based on recognized accounting principles.

2] It does not record all transactions. Some transactions record onlyone effect. In some transactions both effects are recorded andsome transactions are not recorded at all. Therefore theseaccounting records are not accepted by Tax Authorities.

3] Arithmetical accuracy of accounts cannot be checked as trialbalance cannot be prepared.

4] Final Account i.e. Trading and Profit and Loss Account andBalance Sheet cannot be prepared as all transactions are notrecorded. Hence Gross Profit, Net Profit OR Loss cannot beascertained. Balance Sheet cannot be prepared as Real Accountsand other accounts are not maintained.

5] This system gives scope for misappropriations and fraudsrelating to cash / goods etc.

6] In the absence of real accounts, it becomes difficult to know theexact financial position of the business and valuation of goodwill onsale of the business.

7] This system of account is inaccurate, crude, defective andunscientific and hence not recognized under various statues ofGovernment, Bank etc.

14.3.5 Difference between Single Entry System and DoubleEntry System:

Double Entry System Single Entry System

1] Two aspects of each and every 1] Two aspects of each and everytransactions are recorded. transactions are not recorded.

2] It is a complete scientific and 2] It is incomplete and unscientificsatisfactory system of book keeping. system of book keeping.

283

3] It is possible to prepare trial balance 3] It is not possible to prepare Trialto verify the arithmetic balance to verify arithmetic accuracyaccuracy of transaction. of transaction.

4] There is no much scope for mis- 4] There is much scope for negligence,appropriation and fraud as the misappropriation & fraud asaccounting is full proof. accounting is a faulty.

5] All the personal, real and nominal 5] Only personal accounts of debtors &accounts are maintained creditors and cash book are

maintained.

6] It is possible to prepare trading and 6] It is not possible to prepare tradingprofit and loss account as accounts profit & loss A/cs as accounts ofof purchases, sales, returns & purchases, sales, Returns &expenses are maintained. expenses are not maintained.

7] Balance sheet can be prepared 7] Statement of affairs can be preparedon the basis of book values of basis of book values of some assetsassets and liabilities and capital accounts maintained and on

estimates & owners memory.

8] It is suitable for all types of suitability 8] It is suitable only for very smallbusiness business whether small or large.

concerns.

9] It is complex, costly and requires 9] It is simple, economical and does notexpert knowledge and skill and need expert knowledge and detailedelaborate books of accounts books of accounts

14.3.6 Ascertainment of Profit or Loss under Single EntrySystem.When accounts are kept under Single Entry system, there are twomethods to ascertain Profit or Loss.4.1 Statement of Affairs Method [Not in Syllabus]4.2 Conversion Method.

14.4 CONVERSION METHOD

14.4.1 Introduction:In order to come over various limitations of Single Entry

System, it becomes necessary to prepare final account byconverting Single Entry into Double Entry. So, it is possible for thetrader to ascertain Gross Profits, Profit or Loss for the period, toascertain net worth of business. Conversion of single entry intodouble entry involves the complete process of journalising, posting,balancing, preparing Trial Balance and the Final accounts.However, instead of preparing all ledger accounts this is done bypreparing control accounts. These control accounts are to beprepared within the scattered information which is equivalent to

284

Trial Balance. If such information is inadequate or missing, it shouldbe ascertained first from various control accounts before preparingFinal Accounts.

Thus, conversion of single entry into double entry is nothing butpreparation of final accounts with or without trial balance.

14.4.2 Sources of information. Missing information can beascertained from the following sources;

i] Cash book

ii] Opening control accounts of Sundry Debtors, Sundry Creditors,Bills receivable, Bills payable.

iii] Opening Balances of Real Accounts.

14.4.3 Analysis of Ledger Account:

1. Sundry Debtors Account:Sundry Debtors account is prepared to find out either the missingcredit sales or closing balance or cash received etc.

Sundry Debtors A/c

Dr Cr

To Opening balance of debtorsTo credit sales if given (if not givenbalancing figure is credit sales)To Bills Receivable dishonoured

By Cash Received from DebtorsBy Bills receivable receivedBy Returns InwardsBy Discount AllowedBy Bad DebtsBy Transfers to CreditorsBy Transfers to CreditorsBy balance (closing) (either givenor balancing figure)

Note: Only one amount of either credit sales or cash received orclosing balance can be missing and not all.

2. Sundry Creditors Account:

Sundry Creditors Account is prepared to find out either creditpurchases or cash paid or closing balance of sundry creditors.

285

Sundry Creditors A/cDR CRTo Cash paid to Creditors By Opening Balance of CreditorsTo Bill payable accepted By Credit Purchases (either given or

balancing figure)To Discount received By Bills Payable Dishonoured.To Returns outwardTo Transfer from debtorsTo Closing balance of Creditors(either given or balancing figure)

Note: Any one to the above item will be missing not all.

3. Bills Receivable Account:

This account is prepared to find out Acceptance received orBills honored (cash received) or Bills dishonored or openingbalance or closing balances.

Bills Receivable A/c

DR CRTo opening balance (if given) By Cash Received (on presentation of Bills)To Sundry Debtors (Bills received from By Sundry Debtors (Bills returnedDebtors (if given) dishonoured.)

By Closing Balance (balancing figure if notgiven)

Note: Any one of the above item will be missing.

4. Bills Payable Account:

This account is prepared to find out bills payable accepted orhonored or opening balance or closing balance of bills payableaccount.

Dr. Bills Payable Account CR.

To cash paid (on account of Bills Payable By Opening balanceTo Sundry Creditors (Bills payable By Sundry Creditors (Bills accepted indishonoured) their favour)To Closing Balance.

Note: 1] Any one of the above item will be missing.2] First Bills Receivable and Bills Payable Account should beclosed. Then, Sundry Debtors and Sundry Creditors should beclosed.

5. Cash / Bank A/c.

It is prepared to find out opening or closing balances of cash inhand or cash sales or cash purchases etc.

286

14.5 HOW TO SEARCH FOR REQUIREDINFORMATION?

How to Search for Required Information?

FinalAccounts

Items Where to find it out

A)TradingAccount (DebitSide)

1) Opening Stock

2) Purchases

Cash Purchases

Credit Purchases3) Buying Expenses suchas Freight Carriage, Octroi,Duty etc.

4)Manufacturing Expenses

5) Purchases Returns

Opening Statement of Affairs

Payment side of Cash Book

Creditors Account

Payment side of Cash Book and / orAdjustment

Payment side of Cash Book and / orAdjustment

Sundry Creditors Account

B)TradingAccount(Credit Side)

1) Sales

2) Cash Sales

3)Credit Sales

i) Receipt side of Cash Transaction

ii) Total Debtors Account

iii)Other Information

C) Gross Profit 1)Sales Returns

(to be Deducted from sales)

Gross Profit

Other Information or total Debtors AccountIf gross profit % is given, ascertained fromSales or Cost of goods sold, Closing Stockmay be balance figure on Trading A/cCredit side. Payment side of Cash Book :Adjustment and from other information

D) P & L A/c(Debit Side)

a) Administrative Expenses

b) Selling Expenses

c) Distribution Expenses

d) Other Expenses such asDiscount, Bad debts etc.

e) Depreciation

Total Debtors Account and or otherinformationComparison of Opening & Closing value ofassets

From Trading Account

Receipt side of Cash Transactions

E) P & L A/c(Credit Side)

a) Gross Profit

b) Income receivedc)Income receivable fromadjustment or incomereceived

From AdjustmentsFrom Receipt side of cash book oropening statement of affairs

F)Balancesheet(Liabilities)

a) Sundry Creditors & BillsPayable

b) Opening Capital

c)Additional CapitalIntroduced

a) From closing Balance given or otherinformation, or

b) from Opening Statement of Affairs

c) Cash Book Receipt side

G)BalanceSheet (Assets)

1) Cash in hand and BankBalance2) Sundry Debtors and Bills,eceivable

3) Fixed AssetsBuildings, Machinery etc.and Addition to them

From Receipt side of cash book openingor opening statement of affairsa) From closing balance given or otherinformation orb) by preparing debtors account & Billsreceivable accountFrom Opening statement of affairs or fromother information

287

14.6 PREPARATION OF FINAL ACCOUNTS UNDERCONVERSION OF SINGLE ENTRY

Open the following Ledger Accounts.

1] Trading Account2] Profit and Loss Account3] Balance Sheet at the end of the Year4] Sundry Debtors A/c5] Sundry Creditors A/c6] Bills receivable A/c if it is required.7] Bills payable A/c if it is required.8] Cash / Bank A/c (If Bank transactions are given separately twocolumns Cash Book should be opened)9] Statement of affairs at the beginning of the period.

After opening the above Account, following steps should betaken:

1] Transfer Opening Balances in Opening Statement of Affairsand respective Ledger Account as ‘ To Opening Balance b/d’

2] For transactions during Year. Pass Journal entry in mind andpost the same in Ledger A/c

3] Transfer closing balance in Balance Sheet at the end of theyear and show as closing balance in respective Account.

4] Ascertain missing item and record the missing itemsrespectively. The missing item is ascertained from theconcerned Ledger Account from the information available.Such Ledger would not tally due to missing items. Hence, thebalancing figure in the Ledger Account would indicate themissing debit or credit item. Then record the missing item, tallythe concerned account and complete the double entry of alltransactions.

5] Lastly prepare final accounts by using the balances of suchtallied accounts. Ascertained net profit from profit and lossaccount and thereafter it should be added to capital account inthe closing balance sheet. The balance sheet at the end of theyear tallies.

288

14.7 EXERCISES

A. Essay-type Questions

1. Explain the term “Single Entry System.” Enlist the limitations of

maintaining incomplete records.

2. Distinguish between Single Entry System and Double Entry

System.

3. Distinguish between Statement of Affairs and Balance Sheet.

4. Explain the term “Conversion Method.” Enlist the important

stages involved in the preparation of final accounts under

Single Entry System.

5. Explain the accounting procedure required to be taken to

convert single entry books into double entry when all the

subsidiary books are maintained.

B. Fill In the blank

1. Single Entry system does not follow the principles of -------------------------system.

2.If Bank transactions are given separately-------- columns CashBook should be opened.

3.The Opening Balances are to be transferred to ----------------- andrespective Ledger Accounts.

4.The closing balance has been transferred in ---------------------- atthe end of the year and show as closing balance in respectiveAccount.

5.Under conversion method credit purchases are ascertained bypreparing ----------------------------A/c.

6. If cash sales or cash purchases are the missing figures they areascertained by preparing --------------------------A/c.

7. ----------------------- account is prepared to find out either themissing credit sales or closing balance or cash received etc.

8. Cash paid on account of bills honored is ascertained bypreparing ---------------------------a/c.

9.Before closing the Sundry Debtors and Sundry Creditors A/c --------------------------and ------------------------should be closed.

(Answers: 1. Double Entry, 2. Two, 3. Opening Statement ofAffairs, 4. Balance Sheet, 5. Total Creditors A/c, 6. Cash A/c, 7.Sundry Debtors, 8. Bills Payable, 9. Bills Receivable A/c andBills Payable A/c)

289

C. State whether the following statements are True or False

1. In single entry system, only one entry is made for all types

of transactions.

2. Single entry system is similar to double entry system.

3. Companies may follow single entry system,

4. Small traders follow single entry system only.

5. Statement of affairs differs from balance sheet.

6. Trial balance can be prepared from the books kept under

single entry system.

7. In single entry both the aspect of the transaction are

recorded.

8. In single entry system usually personal accounts and cash

account are maintained.

(Answers: False:-1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7. True:-5, 8.)

290

15

ACCOUNTING FROM INCOMPLETERECORDS - II

Unit Structure:

15.0 Objectives15.1 Practical Problems15.2 Exercise

15.0 OBJECTIVES

After studying the unit the students will be able to solve thepractical problems on single entry.

15.1 PRACTICAL PROBLEMS

Illustration: 1Mr. Ketan carries on a small business, but he does not

maintain complete set of account books. He banks all receiptsmakes all payments by means of cheques. He maintains properly aCash Book, Sales Ledger and Purchase Ledger. He also makes aproper record of the assets and Liabilities as at the close of everyaccounting year. From such records you are able to gather thefollowing facts.

Receipts for the year ended 31st Dec, 2017 RS. RS.

From Sundry Debtors 17,625Cash Sales 4,125Paid in by Ketan, the Proprietor 2,500 24,250

24,250 24,250

Payments made in the year ended 31st Dec, 2017.New plant purchased 625Drawings 1,500Wages 6,725Salaries 1,125Interest paid 75Telephone 125Rent 1,200

291

Light and Power 475Sundry Expenses 2,125Sundry Creditors (purchases Ledger Account) 7,625

21,600Assets and Liabilities

31.12.2016 31.12.2017RS. RS.

Sundry Creditors 2,525 2,400Sundry Debtors 3,750 6,125Bank 625 ?Stock 6,250 3,125Plant 7,500 7,315From the above data, prepare the Trading and Profit & LossAccount for the year ended 31st December, 2017 & the BalanceSheet as on that date. [Adapted, C.A. Inter]

Solution:Mr. Ketan

Trading and profit & Loss AccountDr. For the year ended 31st December, 2012. Cr.

Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs

To Opening Stock 6,250 By Sales: Cash 4,125To Purchases(1) 7,500 Credit 20,000To Wages 6,725 --------- 24,125To Light & power 475 By Closing Stock 3,125To Gross Profit C/d 6,300 ---------

27,250 27,250----------

To Salaries 1,125 By Gross Profit 6,300To Interest 75To Telephone 125To Rent 1,200To Sundry Expenses 2,125To Depreciation(3) 810To Net Profit transferredto Capital Account 840

______ _____6300 6,300

===== =====

292

Mr. KetanBalance Sheet

As on 31st Dec, 2017Liabilities RS Assets RS.

Sundry Creditors 2,400 Cash as Bank (4) 3,275Capital Account

As on 1.01.2017 15,600 Sundry Debtors 6,125Add Introduced Stock 3,125During the year 2,500 Plant : On 1-1-17 7,500Add Net Profit 840 Add Purchased

--------- During the year 62518,940 --------

Less Drawings (1,500) 17,440 8,125--------- Less Depreciation (810)

7,315----------

19,840 19,840

Working Notes:

(1) Calculation of Credit Purchases:Dr. Sundry Creditors Account Cr.

RS. RS.To Cash Account 7,625 By Balance b/d 2,525To Balance c/d 2,400 By Credit Purchases 7,500

( Bal. Fig.)

10,025 10,025

(2) Calculation of Credit Sales:Dr. Sundry Debtors Account Cr.

RS. RS.To Balance b/d 3,750 By Cash Account 17,625To Credit Sales (Bal. Fig.) 20,000 By Balance c/d 6,125

23,750 23,750----------- ----------

(3) Calculation of Depreciation on Plant RS.Book Value of Plant on 1.1.2017 7,500

Add New Plant Purchased 6258,125

Less : Book Value of Plant on 31.12.17 7,315

Depreciation for the year 810

293

(4) Calculation of Balance at Bank Rs.Balance as at 1.1.17 625Add Receipts for the year 24,250

24.875Less Payments made during the year 21,600

Balance as at 31.12.2017 3,275

(5) Statement of Affairs as on 1.1.2017RS. RS.

Sundry Creditors 2,525 Cash at Bank 625Capital (Balancing fig) 15,600 Sundry Debtors 3,750

Stock 6,250Plant 7,500

18,125 18,125

Illustration: 2Mr. Sharma does not maintain his books according to the DoubleEntry System. From the Following information prepare Profit andLoss Account and Balance Sheet as at June 30,2018.

(A) Assets and Liabilities:Particulars 30.06.17 30.06.18

Rs. Rs.Stock 19.800 1,13,200Creditors 31,000 14,500Debtors 1,18.000 1,25,000Premises 90,000 90,000Furniture 11,000 11,500Air Conditioner 15,000 15,000

(B) Creditors as at 30.6.2018 include Rs.15,000 for the purchase ofAir Conditioner.

(C) Cash Transactions.Particulars RS.Cash as at July 1, 2017 15,000Collections from Customers 1,60,800Payment to Creditors (Trade) 1,44,000Rent, Rate, Taxes 11,500Salaries 1,12,000Sundry Expenses 18,000Drawings by Sharma 30,000Loans from Mrs. Mishap 23000Capital Introduced 12000Sundry Income 16500Cash Sales 11,500Cash Purchases 15,000Paid to creditors for Air conditioner 15,000

294

(D) Bad Debts written off Rs.1,200.

Solution:Trading and Profit and Loss Account

Dr. For the year ended 30 June 2017 Cr.

Particulars RS. Particulars Rs.To Opening Stock 19,800 By Sales :To Purchases Cash 11,500Cash 15,000 Credit (1) 1,69,000Credit (2) 1,42,500 1,80,500

----------- 1,57,500 By Closing Stock 1,13,200To Gross Profit c/d 1,16,400

2,93,700 2,93,700

To Salaries 1,12,000 By Gross Profit b/d 1,16,400To Rent, Rates & Taxes 11,500 By Sundry Income 16,500To Sundry Expenses 18,000 By Net Loss transferredTo Bad Debts 1,200 to Capital A/c 9,800

1,42,700 1,42,700

Balance SheetAs on 30 June 2017

Liabilities RS. Assets RS.

Mr. Sharma Capital A/c Premises 90,000As at 1.7.2016 (4) 2,37,800 Furniture 11,500Add Capital Air Conditioner 15,000Introduced 12,000 Stock 1,13,200

Debtors 1,25,0002,49,800

Less Drawings (30,000)-----------2,19,800-

Less : Loss for theYear (9,800)

-------- 2,10,000Loan from Mr. Mishap 23,000Bank Overdraft Balance (3) 1,07,200Sundry Creditors 14,500

-----------3,54,700 3,54,700

295

Working Notes:1. Total Debtors Account:

Particulars RS. Particulars RS.To Balance b/d By Bank 1,60,800To Credit Sales 1,18,000 By Bad Debts 1,200(Balancing figure) 1,69,000 By Balance c/d 1,25,000

2,87,000 2,87,000

2. Total Creditor A/C

To Bank 1,44,000 By Balance b/d 16,000To Balance b/d 14,500 (RS.31,000 – 15,000)

for Air ConditionBy Credit Purchases 1,42,500(Balancing figure)

1,58,500 1,58,500

3. Bank AccountDr Cr.Particulars Rs. Particulars RS.To Balance b/d 15,000 By Payment to CreditorsTo Collection from Debtors 1,60,800 (trade) 1,44,000To Sundry Income 16,500 By Rent Rate & Taxes 11,500To Loan From Mr. Shula 23,000 By Salaries 1,12,000To Capital Introduced 12,000 By Sundry Expenses 18,000To Cash Sales 11,500 By Drawing 30,000To Balance b/d By Cash Purchases 15,000(Balancing figure 1,07,200 By payment to CreditorBank Overdraft) For Air Conditioner 15,000

By Purchase of FurnitureCl. Bal. of Furniture 11,500Less Open Bal: 11,000 500

------------ --------- -----------3,46,000 3,46,000

4. Opening Balance Sheet as at 1.7.2017.

Liabilities Rs Assets Rs.Creditors: Premises 90,000Trade cred. (31000-15000) Furniture 11.000

16,000 Air Conditioner 15,000For air Conditioner 15,000 31,000 Stock 19,800

---------- Debtors 1,18,000Capital ( Bal. fig. ) 2,37,800 Cash 15,000

2,68,800 2,68,800

296

Illustration:3From the following information, prepare Trading and Profit and LossAccount and the Balance Sheet as on 31st Dec, 2017.

Assets and Liabilities 1.1.2017 31.12.2017

Rs Rs.

Sundry Creditors 15,770 12,400

Outstanding Expenses 600 330

Sundry Expenses 11,610 12,040

Stock 8,040 11.120

Cash in hand and at Bank 6,960 8,080

Sundry Debtors ? 17,870

Following further details of the transaction for the year 2017 areavailable from the incomplete records.

Particulars RS. Particulars RS.

Cash and Discount Credited to Cash Purchases 1,030Debtors 64,000 Sundry Assets Purchased 430Returns From Debtors 1,450 & Paid by ChequesBad Debts 420 Personal Drawings by 3,180Cash and credit Sales 71810 ChequesDiscount Allowed by Creditors 700 Cash deposited into the Bank 5,000Returns to Creditors 400 Cash withdrawn from Bank 9,240Capital Introduced-Paid in to Cash on hand 31.12.17 1,200

Bank 8,500 Payments to Creditors byCash received from Debtors 62,500 Cheques 60,270

Paid into the Bank Expenses paid 9,570

(Mumbai University)

SolutionBank Account

Dr. (To find out opening Bank Balance) Cr.Particulars RS. Particulars RS.

To Opening Balance ( Bal.. fig) 4,000 By sundry Assets 430To Sundry Debtors 62,500 By Drawing 3,180To Capital Brought 8,500 By Cash Withdrawn 9,240To Cash Deposited 5,000 By Sundry Creditors 60,270

By Balance C/d 6,880

80,000 80,000

297

a) Closing Cash Balance and Bank Balance is Rs.8,080 of whichClosing Cash Balance is Rs.1,200. Hence Closing Bank Balance isRs.6,880.

b) With the help of opening Bank Balance, Cash in hand at thebeginning can be found out as under.

CASH AccountDr. Cr.Particulars RS. Particulars RS.

To Opening Balance(6,960-4,000) 2,960 By Cash Purchases (given) 1,030

By Bank (Deposited) 5,000To Bank (Drawn for Office use) 9,240 By Expenses Paid in Cash 9,570To Cash Sales (Balancing Figure 4,600 By Closing Balance (as given 1,200

16,800 16,800

d) Credit Sales should be ascertained by deducting Cash Salesfrom total Sales. Thus

Particulars RS.Cash and Credit Sales (as given) 71,810Less Cash Sales ( as ascertained) 4,600

67,210

Dr. Total Creditors Account Cr.


To Bank (Paid to By Opening Balance 15,770Creditors by cheques) 60,270 (as given)To Discount Received 700 By Credit Purchases 58,000To Returns Outwards 400 (Balancing Fig.)To Closing Balance (as 12,400 Given)

73,770 73,770

Dr. Total Debtors Account Cr.Particulars RS. Particulars RS.

To Opening Balance By Bank (Cash received) 62,500(Difference) 16,530 By Discount Allowed

To Credit Sales (64,000-62,500) 1,500(as found out) 67,210 By Returns Inwards 1,450

By Bad Debts 420By Closing Balance 17,870

83,740 83,740

298

Balance SheetAs on 31.12.16


Sundry Creditors 15,770 Cash in hand (as per Casha/c 2,960Outstanding Expenses 600 Cash at Bank 9as per Banka/c 4,000Capital (Balancing fig.) 26,770 Sundry Debtors 16,530

Sundry Assets (given 11,610Stock in Hand (given) 8,040

43,140 43,140

Trading AccountDr. For the year ending 31.12.2017 Cr.


To Opening Stock Purchases 8,040 By SalesTo Purchase Cash 4,600

Cash 1,030 Credit 67,210Credit 58,000 71,810

59,030 Less Returns 1,450 70,360Less Returns 400 58,630 By Closing Stock 11,120To Gross Profit 14,810 ----------

---------81,480. 81,480

====== ========

Profit and Loss AccountDr. For the year ending 31.12.2017 Cr.

Rs. Rs.To Expenses 9,570 By Gross Profit 14,810

Less of 2018 600 By Discount 700-------8,970

Add of 2017 330------ 9,300

To Discount 1,500To Bad Debts 420To Net Profit 4,290

---------- ------------15,510 15,510===== ======

299

Balance SheetAs on 31.12.2017

Liabilities Rs Assets Rs.Opening Capital 26,770 Sundry Assets 11,610Add Addi, Capital 8,500 Add Purchases of Assets 430 12,040Add, Net Profit 4,290 ---------- ---------

Sundry Debtors 17,870Total 39,560 Closing Stock 11,120

Less Drawings 3,180 36,380 Cash at Bank 6,880Outstanding Expenses 330 Cash in hand 1,200Sundry Creditors 12,400

49,110 49,110

Illustration 4You are given:(a) The Balance Sheet of Jani at 31st December, 2017.(b) The Cash Account for the year ended 31st December, 2017.(c) Additional Information.

You are required to prepare Trading and Profit and LossAccount for the year ended 31st December 2017 and Balancesheet as on that date.

Balance Sheet as on 31-12-2017

Liabilities Rs Assets Rs.

Sundry Creditors 2,000 Cash 1,500Bills Payable 4,000 Bills Receivable 2,000Outstanding Wages 100 Sundry Debtors 2,500Capital 9,900 Stock 2,000

Furniture 1,000Plant and Machinery 7,000

16,000 16,000===== =====

Cash A/c for the year ended 31-12-2017Receipts Rs. Payments Rs.To Balance 1,500 By Wages 2,000To Cash Sales 3,500 By Drawings 1,200To Debtors 8,000 By Payment to Creditors 3,500To Bills Receivable 7,500 By Bills Payable 6,000

By Sundry Expenses 3,000By Rent, Rates and Taxes 2,000By Balance c/d 2,800

20,500 20,500

300

Additional Information : Rs

Sundry Debtors 31-12-2017 4,000

Sudry Creditors 31-12-2017 2,200

Bills Receivable 31-12-2017 4,500

Bill Payable 31-12-2017 5,000

Stock 31-12-2017 3,000

Bills Receivable dishonoured during the year 500

Bills payable dishonoured 200

Discount allowed 250

Bills Receivable Endorsed 1,500

Bills Receivable endorsed dishonored 200

Discount Received 650

Jani’sDr. Trading and Profit and Loss Cr.

Account for the year ended 31-12-2017

Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs. Rs.To Opening Stock 2,000 By SalesTo Purchase [WN 2) 12,950 Cash 3,500To Wages -Credit [WN] 4] 21,050 24,550(2,000 – 100[O/s forP.Y.]) 1,900To Gross Profit c/d 10,700 By Closing Stock 3,000

27,550 27,550To Discount Allowed 250 By Gross Profit b/d 10,700To Rent rates Taxes 2,000 By Discount received 650To Sundry Expenses 3,000To Net Profit trto Capital 6,100

11,350 11,350


Liabilities Rs. Rs. Assets Rs.Capital Account : Plant 7,000Balance b/d (opening) 9,900 Furniture 1,000Add : Net Profit 6,100 Stock 3,000

16,000 Sundry Debtors 4,000Less : Drawings 1,200 14,800 Bills Receivable 4,500Sundry Creditors 2,500 Cash 2,800

Bills payable 5,000

22,300 22,300

301

Working Notes:Dr. (1) Bills Payable Account Cr.Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs.To Cash 6,000 By Balance b/d 4,000To Creditors (B/P Dishonoured) 200 By Sundry Creditors 7,200To Balance c/d 5,000 (Balancing figure)

11,200 11,200

(2) Dr (2) Sundry Creditors Account Cr.Particulars Rs Particulars Rs.To Cash 3,500 By Balance b/d 2,000To Discoun 650 By Bills Payable (Dishonoured) 200To Bills Payable [WN 1] 7,200 By Debtors (endorsed B/R

dishonoured) 200To Bills Receivable (B.R. Endorsed)1,500 By Credit Purchases (bal.figure)12,950To Balance c/d 2,500

15,350 15,350

(3) Dr. Bills Receivable Account Cr.Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs.

To Cash 3,500 By Balance b/d 2,000To Discount 650 By Bills Payable (Dishonoured) 200To Bills Payable [WN 1] 7,200 By Debtors (endorsed B/R

Dishonoured) 200To Bills Receivable (B.R. Endorsed) 1,500 By Credit Purchases (bal.figure)12,950To Balance c/d 2,500

15,350 15,350

(4) Dr. Sundry Debtors Account Cr.Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs.

To Balance b/d 2,500 By Cash 8,000To B/R (Dishnoured) 500 By Discount 250To Creditors By Bills Receivable (WN 3) 12,000(endorsed B/R dishonoured) 200 By Balance c/d 4,000To Credit Sales (balancing figure 21,050

24,250 24,250

302

Illustration 5You are given :- (I) A Balance Sheet of Z as on 1st January 2017(II) A Summary of Cash Transactions for 2017 (III) A List ofremaining transactions for that year.(I)Liabilities Rs. Assets Rs. Rs.

Loans 12,000 Debtors 40,000Creditors 27,000 Less : Provision 750 39,250Bills Payable 1,500 Bills receivable 10,000Capital 1,40,000 Stock 45,000

Plant 30,000Buildings 55,000Cash 1,250

1,80,500 1,80,500

(II)

Receipts Rs Payments Rs.

To Balance on 1-1-2008 1,250 By Payment to Creditors 1,10,000To Amount received form debtors 1,72,000 By Cash Purchases 25,000To Bills receivable 35,000 By Bills Payable 45,000To Cash Sales 24,500 By Loans Paid 12,000

By Salaries 9,000By Rent 6,000By Interest 450By General charges 750By Drawings 15,500By Balance on 31-12-2008 9,050

2,32,750 2,32,750

(III)Rs.

Total Purchases 2,15,000Total Sales 2,35,000Discount allowed to customers 1,250Discount allowed by creditors 1,850Bills receivable received during the year 60,000Bill payable granted during the year 50,000Stock 31st December 2017 90,000Owing for outstanding liabilities 1,500Commission earned by the firm but not received 1,200Provide 5% reserve for doubtful debts and 2½% for discount ondebtors and depreciate buildings by 2½% and plant by 5% p.a. Youare required to prepare Trading and Profit and Loss Account andBalance Sheet from the above. (Mar. 95, adapted)

303

Solution :Trading and Profit and Loss Account

Dr. For the year ended 31-12-2017 Cr.

Particulars Rs. Rs Particulars Rs Rs.

To Opening Stock 45,000 By Sales :To Purchases Cash 24,500

-Cash 25,000 –Credit 2,10,500 2,35,000-Credit 1,90,000 2,15,000 By Closing Stock 90,000

To Gross profit 65,000

3,25,000 3,25,000

To Discount Allowed 1,250 By Gross profit b/d 65,000To Salaries 9,000 By Discount Received 1,850To Ren 6,000 By Commission Receivable 1,200To Interes 450To General Charges 750To Outstanding payable 1,500To Reserve for Bad

debts (5% x 16,500) 825To Reserve for

Discount on debtors 392[(2.5% x (16,500 – 825)]

To Depreciation :-Building (2.55% x 55,000 ) 1,375-Plant (5% x 30,000) 1,500 2,875To Net Profit tfd. To Capital 45,008

68,050 68,050


Liabilities Rs. Rs. Assets Rs. Rs.Capital Account of X Building 55,000Opening Balance 1,40,000 Less : Depreciation 1,375 53,625Add : Net Profit 45,008 Plant 30,000

1,85,008 Less : Depreciation 1,500 28,500Less : Drawings 15,500 1,69,508 Closing Stock 90,000Sundry Creditors [WN 2] 55,150 Sundry Debtors [WN 4] 16,500Bills Payable [WN 1] 6,500 Less : Reserve for DoubtfulOutstanding Liabilities 1,500 Debts 5% 825

15,675Less : Reserve forDiscount on Debtors 2.5%392 15,283Bills Receivable [WN 3] 35,000Commission Receivable 1,200Cash 9,050

2,32,658 2,32,658

304

Working Notes :

(1) Ascertaining Closing Balance of Bills Payable A/c:

Dr. Bills Payable Account Cr.


To Cash 45,000 By Balance b/d 1,500To Balance c/d (Balancing figure) 6,500 By Sundry Creditors 50,000

51,500 51,500

(2) Ascertaining Closing Balance of Creditors:

Dr. Sundry Creditors Account Cr.Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs.To Cash 1,10,000 By Balance b/d 27,000To Discount Received 1,850 By Credit Purchases 1,90,000To Bills Payable 50,000To Balance c/d (Balancing figure) 55,150

2,17,000 2,17,000

(3) Ascertaining Closing Balance of B.R. A/c :

Dr. Bills Receivable Account Cr.Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs.To Balance b/d 10,000 By Cash 35,000To Sundry Debtors A/c 60,000 By Balance c/d (balancing figure) 35,000

70,000 70,000

(4) Ascertaining Closing Balance of Debtors:Dr. Sundry Debtors Account Cr.Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs.

To Balance b/d 39,250 By Cash 1,72,000To Credit Sales 2,10,500 By Discount 1,250

By Bills Receivable 60,000By Balance c/d(Balancing figure) 16,500

2,49,750 2,49,750

305

Illustration 6From the following particulars of Ada Teda Associates,

prepare Trading, Profit & Loss A/c. for the year ended 31st

March,2018 and Balance sheet as on that date :

Assets and Liabilities 31st March2017

31st March2018

Rs. Rs.

Furniture 8000 10000

Stock 12000 15000

Debtors 25000 ?

Creditors 19000 24000

Outstanding General Expenses 1500 1800

Cash at Bank 12000 15600

Bills Receivables 12400 18550

Bills Payables 8400 7400

Receipts & Payments during the year

Particulars Rs.

Receipts from Debtors 105600

Payments to Creditors 64500

Carriage 2400

Paid for Printing & Stationary 12350

Paid for Salaries 6800

Paid for Rent 7200

Paid for General Expenses 9450

Commission received 24550

a) Goods costing Rs.5,240 were used by the proprietor for hispersonal use.

b) Goods are sold at a profit margin of 25% on sales.

c) Goods costing Rs.2,460 were distributed as free samples.

d) Discount allowed to debtors Rs.480 and discount received fromcreditors Rs.820.

e) Bills of exchange accepted in favour of creditors Rs.41,300 anddrawn on Debtors Rs.34,540.

f) Any difference in cash book should be assumed to be drawingsmade or capital introduced by the proprietor.

306

Solution:

In the books of Ada Teda Associates,Opening Balance Sheet

As on 1st April 2017


Capital 40500 Furniture 8000

Stock 12000

Creditors 19000 Debtors 25000

O/s GeneralExpenses

1500 Cash at Bank 12000

Bills payable 8400 Bills Receivables 12400

69400 69400

Sundry Debtors A/c


To Balance B/d 25000 By bank 105600

To credit sales 137760 By bills receivable 34540

By discount allowed 480

By balance C/d 22140

162760 162760

Bills Receivable A/c


To Balance B/d 12400 By bank 28390

To sundry debtors 34540


46940 46940

Sundry Creditors A/c


To Bank 64500 By Balance b/d 19000

To DiscountReceived

820 By Credit Purchases 111620

To Bills Payable 41300

To Balance c/d 24000

130620 130620

307

Bills Payable A/c


To Bank 42300 By Balance b/d 8400

By Sundry Creditors 41300

To Balance B/d 7400

49700 49700

Cash/ Bank A/c


To Balance B/d 12000 By Furniture 2000

To Receipts fromDebtors

105600 By Bills Payable 42300

To CommissionReceived

24550 By Payments toCreditors

64500

To Bills Receivable 28390 By Carriage 2400

By Printing & Stationary 12350

By Paid for Salaries 6800

By Paid for Rent 7200

By Paid for Gen.Expenses

9450

By Drawings 7940


170540 170540

Trading Profit & Loss A/cDr. For the year ended 31-03-2017 Cr.


To Opening Stock 12000 By Sales 137760

To Purchases 111620 By Goods Withdrawn 5240

To Carriage 2400 By Free Samples 2460

To Gross Profit c/d 34440 By Closing Stock 15000

160460 160460

To Printing &Stationary

12350 By Gross Profit b/d 34440

To Salaries 6800 By Disc Received 820

To Rent 7200 By Commission Recd 24550

To Gen. Exp 9450

Add :clo.o/s 1800

Less op.o/s 1500) 9750

308

To Advt 2460

To Discount Allowed 480

To Net Profit c/d 20770

59810 59810

Balance SheetAs on 31st March 2017


Capital 40500 Furniture 10000

Add Net Profit 20770 Stock 15000

Less Goods (5240) Debtors 22140

Less Drawing (7940) 48090 Cash at Bank 15600

Creditors 24000 Bills Receivables 18550

O/s General Expenses 1800

Bills payable 7400

81290 81290

15.2 EXERCISES

15.3.1 Practical Problems:Q.1. Siddharth carries on a grocery business and does not keep hisbooks on a double entry basis. The following have been extractedfrom his books

01.04.2017 31.3.2018Rs Rs

Cash 1800 400Bank 3,000 8,400Credit balance in Debtors A/c 500 700Debit balance in Creditors A/c 1,000 1,500Debit balance in Debtors A/c 18,000 8,200Credit balance in Creditors A/c 9,000 12,000Bills payable 9,000 16,000Bills receivable 18,000 16,000Stock 60,000 25,000Building 1,00,000 1,00,000

309

The following information is available from his records:Rs

Renewals of the bills of exchange during the year 5,000Bills of exchange dishonoured 3,000Bills of exchange discounted with bank 8,500Interest on discount of Bills 4,000Collection from Debtors by cash 5,000Collection from debtors by cheque 95,000Cash discount to debtors 2,000Sales returns 18,000Purchases by cash 10,000Purchases by cheque 30,000Payment to creditors by cash 6,000Payment to Creditors by cheque 80,000Cash discount allowed by creditors 5,000Purchase returns 7,000Drawings by cash 2,000Drawings by cheque 3,000Capital introduced during the year 15,000Bills payable honoured (net amount paid) 55,000Discount as retirement of Bills payable 2,000Expenses paid during the year RsSalaries 12,000Rent 9,000Transport 6,000

Expenses outstanding at the year end: - RsSalaries 1,000Transport 500

Prepare Trading & Profit & Loss A/c for the year ended 31st March,2017 & Balance sheet as on the date.

Q.2. Anil who was carrying business, not maintaining proper booksof accounts. The following figures could, however, be ascertainedfrom incomplete records.

Particulars 31.12.2016 31.12.2017Rs Rs

Balance at bank 3,950 7,070Stock in trade 22,550 20,360Trade Debtors 22,500 ?Trade Creditors 12,740Furniture 15,000 ?Motor Cycle 2,000 ?

Sales during 2017 amounted to Rs. 1,60,380 and purchaseRs. 1,23,020

310

Analysis of Cash Book 2017

Paid for Credit Purchases 1,27,920 Electric Charges 2,500Received for Credit Sales 1,45,480 Advertising & Pub 1,740Further Capital brought in 10,000 Delivery charges 1,360By AnilSalaries paid 17,500 Motor cycle expenses 3,620Rent paid for 6 months 6,000 Sundry Expenses 1,400Ending 30th June 2012Taxes paid for 6 months 6,000 Drawing 5,520upto 31.3.12

On 31st Dec. 2017, there were outstanding liabilities for Electricitycharges Rs.520; advertisement Rs.260 and Sundry expenses Rs.150. Provide 5% for doubtful Debts. Anil is to be charged with onethird of the expenses of the motor cycle.

From the above information, prepare a profit and loss A/c for theyear ended 31st Dec. 2017 and Balance sheet on that date

311

16CONSIGNMENT ACCOUNTS I

Unit Structure:

16.0 Objectives

16.1 Introduction

16.2 Salient Features of Consignment Sale16.3 Meaning of Terms Involved in Consignment16.4 Distinction between Consignment and Sale16.5 Valuation of Closing Stock16.6 Accounting Treatment16.7 Exercises

16.0 OBJECTIVES

After studying the unit the students will be able to:

Know the meaning and features of Consignment.

Understand the important terms in Consignment.

Distinguish between Consignment and Sales.

Record the transactions in the books of consignor andconsignee.

16.1 INTRODUCTION

Manufacturers concentrate on manufacturing goods and

product. Selling is a specialized activity. It requires expert

knowledge. Wholesalers are also interested in wholesale business.

They do not wish to reach individual buyer and they do not have

such capacity. There are many ways in which goods can ultimately

reach the consumer. One of the ways to channelize the goods to

the ultimate consumer is consignment sale. In this type of sale, a

businessman (the Consignor) sends goods to another businessman

(the Consignee) to be sold at the risk of the consignor. The

relationship between consignor and consignee is that of Principal

and Agent. The ownership of the goods remains with the consignor

until the goods are sold. Goods which are sent to the consignee is

called as consignment.

312

16.2 SALIANT FEATURES OF CONSIGNMENT SALE

1. Goods are sent by the consignor to the consignee with anobjective to earn profit.

2. The relationship of consignor and consignee is that of Principaland Agent.

3. Both the parties enter into an agreement of consignment sale.The transactions between both the parties are governed by thisagreement. The law applicable is THE LAW OF AGENCY.

4. The property and ownership of the goods remains with theconsignee until the goods are sold.

5. The goods sent on consignment are at entire risk of theconsignor. The consignee is not responsible for any loss.

6. When goods are sent to the consignee, it is not sale, therefore,consignor cannot prepare sale invoice. He prepares a documentcalled as proforma invoice.

7. When goods are sent to the consignee, it is not sale, therefore,consignor cannot ask for price, therefore, he asks for anadvance from the consignee.

8. The consignee is entitled to claim and deduct all the reasonableexpenses incurred by him.

9. The consignee is responsible to pay to the consignor theamounts realized from sale of goods.

10.The consignee agrees to sell goods for commission at agreedrate and therefore, he is entitled to deduct his commission duefrom sale proceeds.

11.Any stock remaining unsold with the consignee belongs to theconsignor.

12.The profit or loss on sale of goods sent on consignment belongsto the consignor.

16.3 MEANING OF TERMS INVOLVED IN

CONSIGNMENT

1. CONSIGNOR: The person who sends the goods, owner of the

goods. He is the Principal.

2. CONSIGNEE: The person who receives the goods and who

sells the goods. He is the agent.

313

3. CONSIGNMENT : The goods which are sent to be sold by the

consignee

4. COMMISION: The consignee sells goods on behalf of the

consignor. The remuneration paid by the consignor for this

activity is commission. The consignee is supposed to sell the

goods at a fixed price, if he sells the goods at higher price then

he may be paid additional commission. This is known as

overriding commission. The consignee may sell goods for cash

or on credit terms. When goods are sold on credit there is a risk

of bad debts. This loss by bad debts is borne by the consignor.

Goods are sold on credit by the consignee. He knows the local

market and the customers very well. The consignor, in such

case may allow additional commission to the consignee and

pass on the risk of bad debts to the consignee. This additional

commission is called as Del Credre Commission. In such case,

all the bad debts are to be borne by the consignee. Del Credre

Commission is calculated on total sales, unless otherwise

specified.

5. PROFORMA INVOICE: When goods are sent by the consignor,

he sends one document giving details of goods sent along with

it. This document is called as Proforma Invoice. Proforma

Invoice gives the particulars of goods sent as regards quantity,

weight, rate etc. Proforma Invoice may be prepared at cost price

or at a higher price, called as invoice price. When it is prepared

at invoice price, the consignee does not know the profit made by

the consignor.

314

Sample of Proforma Invoice.

PROFORMA INVOICE

VAIBHAV CYCLE TRADERS

125, S.V.S ROAD

DADAR MUMBAI

400 028

SENT TO : SURJEET CYCLES ,PUNE

DATE: 1ST June 2013

Sr.No.

Particulars Quantity MRP AmountRs.

1. BSA SLR 50 3200 1,60,000

2. Hero CLS 60 3600 2,16,000

Total 3,76,000

Less:20%Trade Discount 75,200

3,00,800

E.& O.E.

Sd/-

(For Vaibhav CycleTraders)

6. ACCOUNT SALES: After the sales the consignee informs the

consignor about the sales made by him by sending him one

document called as Account Sales. This is a statement giving

details of quantity of goods sold, type of goods sold, expenses

incurred, commission due etc.

315

Sample of Account Sales

ACCONUT SALES

SURJEET CYCLES

424,KARVE ROAD

PUNEI

411 005

SENT TO : VAIBHAV CYCLE TRADERS

DATE:15TH JULY 2013

RE: Consignment of 110 cycles received on 1st June 2013

Sr.No.

Particulars of goods sold Quantity MRP AmountRs.

1. BSA SLR 40 3200 1,28,000

2. Hero CLS 40 3600 1,44,000

Total 2,72,000

Less: Expenses incurred 75,200

Unloading 2500

Freight 2000

Godown rent 3500

Commission@10% 7520 15,520

59,680

Less: Advance sent by DD on5th June 2013

25,000

Balance due remmited as perBank Draft enclosed

34,680

E.& O.E.

Sd/-(For Surjeet Cycles )

316

16.4 DISTICTION BETWEEN CONSIGNMENT AND

SALE

Sr. No. Consignment Sale Normal Sale

1. The two parties involved areconsignor and consignee.

The two parties involved areseller and buyer.

2. The relationship betweenconsignor and consignee isthat of principal and agent.

The relationship is seller andbuyer both are principals andthere is no agent.

3. Consignor sends a proformainvoice to the consignee.

The seller sends a regularinvoice to the buyer.

4. Ownership of goods remainswith the consignor.

Ownership of the goods istransferred to the buyerimmediately.

5. Consignee is entitled tocommission on goods sold byhim.

The buyer is not entitled to anycommission for goods sold.

6. Profit on goods sold belongsto consignor.

Profit on goods sold by thebuyer belongs to the buyer.

7. Risk of loss/damage is borneby consignor

Risk of loss/damage is borne bybuyer.

8. Consignee can return theunsold goods to theconsignor.

Buyer cannot return unsoldgoods to the seller.

9. The governing law is Law ofAgency.

The governing law is Sale ofGoods Act.

16.5 VALUATION OF CLOSING STOCK

At the end of the year, it may happen that consignee has not

sold all the goods which were sent to him for sale. These goods

belong to the consignor and hence must be included in his closing

stock. As usual, these goods are valued at cost or market value

whichever is lower. Valuation of these goods is done as follows:

317

Particulars Rs. Rs.

Cost of goods to the consignor Xx

Add: Proportionate Expenses incurred by theconsignor

Carriage Xx

Freight Xx

Insurance Xx

Packing and Forwarding Xx Xx

Add: Proportionate Expenses incurred by theconsignee

Carriage Xx

Freight Xx

Octroi Xx

Unloading Xx

Clearing charges Xx

Any other direct expense Xx Xx

Xx

Only proportionate expenses are to be taken into accountwhile valuing the closing stock.

(Total Expenses X Quantity of Goods in Closing Stock) / TotalQuantity of Goods Received

Note: Following expenses are not to be considered in the above

Godown Rent. Warehouse Charges.

Discount.

Bad Debts.

Office and Administration Expenses.

Selling and Distribution Expenses.

CHECK YOUR PROGRESS


a. Consignment

b. Consigner

c. Consignee

d. Account Sale

e. Proforma Invoice

f. Del Creder Commission

g. Overriding Commission

2. Give the specimens of the following

a. Account Sale

b. Proforma Invoice

3. Explain how the value of the closing stock is ascertained?

318

16.6 ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

A) In the books of consignor:

The consignor opens following accounts in his Ledger.

1. Consignment A/c. This is similar to Trading, Profit And Loss A/c.

2. Consignee A/c (Type of the A/c is Personal A/c)

3. Goods Sent on Consignment A/c (Type of the A/c is Real A/c)

PROFORMA JOURNAL ENTRIES

Sr. No. Particulars Dr. Rs. CR. Rs.

1. Goods sent on consignment

Consignment A/c Dr. Xx

To Goods Sent on Consignment A/c Xx

2. Loading on goods sent

Goods Sent on Consignment A/c Dr. Xx

To Consignment A/c Xx

3. Expenses incurred by the consignor


To Cash A/c Xx

4. Advance received from the consignee

Bank A/c Dr. Xx

To Consignee A/c Xx

5. Bill drawn on consignee and acceptedby him

Bills Receivable A/c Dr. Xx

To Consignee A/c Xx

6. Discounting of the bill with the bank

Bank A/c Dr. Xx

Consignment/ Discount A/c Dr. Xx

To Bill Receivable A/c xx

7. Goods returned by the consignee

Goods Sent on Consignment A/c Dr. xx


319

8. Expenses incurred by the consignee


To Consignee A/c Xx

9. Cash sales made by the consignee

Consignee A/c Dr. Xx


10. Credit sales made by the consignee



11. Amount collected by the consignee fromdebtors

NO ENTRY

12. Consignees commission



13. Del Credre commission



14. Bad debts(if Del Credre commission is paid)

NO ENTRY

15. Bad debts (if no Del Credre)


To Consignee A/c Xx

16. Amount remitted by consignee

Bank/ Bills Receivable A/c Dr. Xx

To Consignee A/c Xx

17. Closing sock with consignee

Stock on Consignment A/c Dr. Xx


320

18. Loading on closing stock withconsignee


To Stock Reserve Xx

19. Transfer of profit on Consignment


To Profit and Loss A/c Xx

20. Transfer of Loss on Consignment

Profit and Loss A/c Dr. Xx

Consignment A/c Xx

21. Closing stock of goods sent onconsignment A/c

Goods sent on consignment A/c Dr. Xx

To Trading A/c Xx

B) In the books of consignee:

The consignor opens following accounts in his Ledger.

1. Consignor A/c (Type of the A/c is Personal A/c)

2. Consignment Debtors A/c (Type of the A/c is Personal A/c)


Sr. No. Particulars Dr. Rs. Cr. Rs.

1. Goods received on consignment

NO ENTRY

2. Expenses incurred by the consignor

NO ENTRY

4. Advance paid to the consignor

Consignor A/c Dr. Xx

To Bank A/c Xx

5. Bill drawn on consignor and acceptedby Consignee


To Bills Payable A/c Xx

321

6. Discounting of the bill with the bank

NO ENTRY

7. Goods returned by the consignee

NO ENTRY

8. Expenses incurred by the consignee


To Cash A/c Xx

9. Cash sales made by the consignee

Cash A/c Dr. Xx

To Consignor A/c Xx

10. Credit sales made by the consignee

Consignment Debtors A/c Dr. Xx

To Consignor A/c Xx

11. Amount collected by the consigneefrom debtors

Cash A/c Dr. Xx

To Consignment Debtors A/c Xx

12. Consignees commission


To Commission A/c Xx

13. Del Credre Commission


To Commission A/c Xx

14. Bad debts

(if Del Credre Commission is paid)

Bad Debts A/c Dr. xx


15. Bad debts (if no Del Credre)



322

16. Amount remitted by consignee


To Bank A/c Xx

16.7 EXERCISE

1. Distinguish between Consignment and Sales.

2. Describe how the consignment account is maintained in the

books of (a) the consignor (b) the consignee.

3. If a consignment remains partly unsold (closing stock orunsold stock) at the time of balancing the books, how do you dealwith it?

4. Objective Type Questions:

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

1. Ownership of goods sent on consignment remains with

a. Consignee

b. Consignor

c. Both Consignor & Consignee

d. Either with consignee or consignor

2. The relationship between Consignee and Consignor is that of

a. Agent and principal

b. Principal and Agent

c. Creditor and Debtor

d. Supplier and Customer

3. Consignee sells goods for consignor for

a. Profit

b. Commission

c. Friendship

d. Service to his customers

4. Expenses incurred by consignee on goods received on

consignment are borne by

a. Consignor

b. Consignee

c. Both of them in agreed ratio

d. Either by consignee or consignor

323

5. Consignment A/c is prepared in the books of

a. Consignee

b. Consignor

c. Both Consignor & Consignee

d. Either in consignees books or in consignors books

6. An Account sales is

a. Prepared by the consignor

b. Sent by the consignee to the consignor

c. A ledger account in the books of consignee

d. A ledger account in the books of consignee

7. Type of consignment account is

a. Real A/c

b. Nominal A/c

c. Personal A/c

d. Artificial A/c

8. Profit on sale of goods on consignment belongs to

a. Consignor

b. Consignee

c. Both of them in agreed ratio

d. Neither consignee nor consignor

9. Proforma invoice is sent by

a. Consignee to consignor

b. Consignor to consignee

c. Consignee to cash customers

d. Consignee to credit customer

10.Closing stock with consignee is shown in

a. The Balance Sheet of the consignor

b. The Balance Sheet of the consignee

c. The Balance Sheet of the consignor and consignee both

d. The Balance Sheet of neither consignor nor consignee

11.Del Credre Commission is paid by consignor to consignee

a. On total sales

b. On credit sales only

c. On cash sales only

d. On closing stock

324

12. In the books of consignee the sale of goods is credited to:

(a). consignor's account

(b). sales account

(c). consignee's account

13.Goods sent on consignment should be debited by consignorto:(a). consignment account(b). goods sent on consignment account(c). consignors account

14. In the books of consignor, the balance of the consignmentstock would be shown:(a). as an asset in the balance sheet.(b). as liability in the balance sheet.(c). On the credit side of the trading account.

15. In the books of consignee, on dispatch of goods by theconsignor the entry would be:(a). Consignment Account [Dr.]

To Goods Sent on Consignment Account [Cr.](b). Consignment Account [Dr.]

To Consignor Account [Cr.](c). No entry

16. In the books of consignee the expenses incurred by him onconsignment are debited to:(a). consignment account(b). cash account(c). consignor's account

Answers: 1. b, 2. a, 3. b, 4. d, 5. b, 6. b, 7. b, 8. a, 9. b, 10. a,11.b,12. a,13. a, 14. a, 15. c, 16. c.

325

17

CONSIGNMENT II

Unit Structure :

17.0 Objectives


17.2 Exercises

17.0 OBJECTIVES

After studying the unit students will be able to solve thepractical problems on Consignment Accounting.


Illustration 1:Ratanlal consigned 500 boxes of tea costing Rs.100 per box

to Sohanlal. Ratanlal paid freight Rs.500, insurance Rs.200 andsundry expenses Rs.80. He drew a bill of exchange on Sohanlaland received it from Sohanlal duly accepted for Rs.10,000. The billwas discounted with the Bank by giving a discount of Rs.100.

Mr. Sohanlal sold 300 boxes of tea at Rs.150. He paidRs.180 for carriage. He was entitled to a commission of 5% on totalsales. The balance due was sent by bank draft.

Give Consignment Account and Sohanlal’s Account in thebooks of the consignor.

326

Solution :

In the Books of RatanlalConsignment to Sohanlal A/c

Dr. Cr.


To Goods sent onConsignment

50,000 By Sohanlal (Sales) 45,000

To Bank By ConsignmentStock

20,384

Freight 500

Insurance 200

Sundry Expenses 80 780

To Discount 100

To Sohanlal’s A/c

Carriage 180

Commission 2,250 2,430

To Profit & Loss A/c 12,074

65,384 65,384

In the Books of RatanlalConsignment to Sohanlal A/c

Dr. Cr.


To Consignment A/c 45,000 By Consignment A/c

Carriage 180

Commission 2,250 2,430

By Bills Receivable 10,000

By Bank A/c 32,570

45,000 45,000

Note :1. Valuation of Stock : Rs.

200 boxes @ Rs.100 = 20,000+ Proportionate Expenses 200 * 960 / 500 = 384

20,384

327

Illustration 2 :

The Mumbai Indian consigned to their Calcutta agentKolkatta Riders Rs.10,000 worth of goods, drawing a bill ofexchange on Calcutta for the amount. They pay freight andInsurance on the consignment amounting to Rs.650. The goodswere received in Calcutta and in due course the Account sales wasreceived as follows.

Account sales of 200 Bales of goods from Mumbai Indian.

Particulars Rs. Rs.

200 Bales of goods sold at 14,000

Less : Consignee’s Expenses

Delivery Charges etc. 500

Godown rent 70

Insurance 80

Sundry Charges 18

Commission 700 1,368

12,632

Bill of Exchange 10,000

Balance Cash herewith 2,632

Enter these particulars in the Ledger of the consignor andcomplete the transactions showing final profit or the loss on theconsignment. Show the Consignor’s Account in the books of theconsignee.

Solution :LEDGER OF MUMBAI INDIAN

Consignment AccountDr. Cr.


To Goods Sent on ConsignmentA/c

10,000 To Kolkatta Rider A/c (Sales) 14,000

To Cash / Bank A/c

(Mumbai Indian’s Expenses) 650

To Kolkatta Rider A/c (Expenses) 668

To Kolkatta Rider A/c (Comm.) 700

To Profit & Loss A/c (Profit) 1,982

14,000 14,000

328

Kolkatta Rider’s AccountDr. Cr.


To Consignment A/c(Sales)

14,000 By Bills ReceivableA/c (Advance)

10,000

By Consignment A/c(Expenses)

668

By Consignment A/c(Comm.)

700

By Cash / Bank A/c(Remittance)

2,632

14,000 14,000

Goods sent on Consignment AccountDr. Cr.


To Trading A/c(transfer)

10,000 By Consignment A/c 10,000

10,000 10,000

LEDGER OF KOLKATTA RIDERMumbai Indian’s Account

Dr. Cr.


To Bills Payable A/c(Advance)

10,000 By Cash / Bank A/c(Sales)

14,000

To Cash / Bank A/c(Expenses)

668

To Commission A/c 700

To Cash / Bank A/c(remittance)

2,632

14,000 14,000

Illustration 3:Sen & Co. of Calcutta consign goods costing Rs.25,000 to

their agent, Mustak of Mysore, on which they pay freight, Insuranceand charges Rs.1,500, drawing on him a bill of exchange at 90days for Rs.20,000. They discount the bill at Mercantile Bank beingcharged Rs.200 thereof. After two months they received from theiragent an Account Sales informing that the entire consignment hasbeen sold for Rs.35,000, that expenses amounting to Rs.700 have

329

been incurred and showing as a deduction the agreed commissionof 2 percent on the amount realized. A draft on the Syndicate Bankwas enclosed for the balance due.

Show important ledger accounts in the books of both the parties.

Solution :LEDGER OF SEN & COConsignment Account

Dr. Cr.


To Goods sent on Consignment A/c 25,000 By Mustak A/c (Sales) 35,000

To Cash / Bank A/c 1,500

To Bills Receivable A/c (Discount) 200

To Mustak A/c (Expenses & Comm.)

Expenses 700

Commission (2% × 35,000) 700 1,400


35,000 35,000

Mustak’s AccountDr. Cr.


To Consignment A/c

(Sales)

35,000 By Bills Receivable A/c

(Advance)

20,000

By Consignment A/c

(Expenses & Comm.)

1,400

By Bank A/c (Remittance) 13,600

35,000 35,000

Goods sent on Consignment AccountDr. Cr.


To Trading A/c (transfer) 25,000 By Consignment A/c 25,000

25,000 25,000

330

LEDGER OF MUSTAK

Sen & Co.’s Account

Dr. Cr.


To Bills Payable A/c (Advance) 20,000 By Cash/Bank A/c (Sales) 35,000

To Cash / Bank A/c (Expenses) 700


To Bank A/c (remittance) 13,600

35,000 35,000

Illustration 4:

Jayesh of Mumbai consigned 100 pieces of shirting @Rs.30 per piece to Bhavesh on consignment basis. The consigneeis entitled to commission of 5% on sales. Jayesh spent itsRs.1,000 for dispatching the goods. Bhavesh spent Rs.300 forfreight & insurance. Jayesh draws a bill on Bhavesh Rs.2,000which is discounted for Rs.1,960. All the goods were sold byBhavesh for Rs. 6,000.

Pass entries and show necessary Ledger A/c is in the booksof Consignor and Consignee.

Solution :Journal Entries

In books of Jayesh (Consignor)

Date Particulars Debit(Rs.)

Credit(Rs.)

1 Consignment A/c

To Goods Sent on Consignment A/c

(Being goods sent to Bhavesh onconsignment)

Dr. 3,000

3,000

2 Consignment A/c

To Cash / Bank A/c

(Being expenses paid)

Dr. 1,000

1,000

3 Bills Receivable A/c

To Bhavesh A/c

(Being bill draw on Bhavesh)

Dr. 2,000

2,000

4 Bank A/c

Discount A/c

To Bill Receivable A/c

(Being bill Discounted)

Dr. 1,960

40

2,000

331

5 Bhavesh A/c

To Consignment A/c

(Being consignment sales by Bhavesh)

Dr. 6,000

6,000

6 Consignment A/c

To Bhavesh A/c

(Being consignment expenses paid byBhavesh)

Dr. 300

300

7 Consignment A/c

To Bhavesh A/c

(Being 5% commission on sales payableto Bhavesh)

Dr. 300

300

8 Consignment A/c

To Profit & Loss A/c

(Being consignment profit transferred toP/L A/c)

Dr. 1,400

1,400

9 Goods Sent on Consignment A/c

To Trading A/c

Dr. 3,000

3,000

Dr. Consignment A/c Cr.


To Goods sent onConsignment A/c

3,000 By Bhavesh A/c(Sales)

6,000

To Cash Bank A/c(Expenses)

1,000

To Bhavesh A/c(Expenses)

300

To Bhavesh A/c(Commission)

300

To Profit & Loss A/c(Profit)

1,400

6,000 6,000

332

Dr. Bhavesh A/c. Cr.


To Consignment A/c 6,000 By Bills Receivable A/c 2,000


300

By Consignment A/c(Commission)

300

By Balance c/d (Unpaid) 3,400

6,000 6,000

Dr. Goods sent on Consignment A/c. Dr.


To Trading A/c (bal. fig.) 3,000 By Consignment A/c 3,000

3,000 3,000

[Note: Discount is not considered as consignment expensestherefore not debited to Consignment A/c. It will be debited to P/LA/c.]

Journal EntriesIn books of Bhavesh (Consignee)

Date Particulars L.F.

Debit( Rs. )

Credit( Rs. )

(1) Jayesh A/c Dr. 2,000

To Bills Payable A/c 2,000

(Being bill accepted)

(2) Jayesh A/c Dr. 300

To Bank A/c 300

(Being consignment expenses paid)

(3) Bank A/c Dr. 6,000

To Jayesh A/c 6,000

(Being goods sold)

(4) Jayesh A/c Dr. 300


(Being commission @ 5% charged)

333

Dr. Jayesh A/c Cr.


To Bills Payable A/c 2,000 By Bank A/c 6,000

To Bank A/c 300


To Balance c/d 3,400

6,000 6,000

Illustration - 5 :Amit of Bombay consigned 150 T.V. sets at Rs.4,000 each

to Nitin of Nagpur. He paid Rs.24,000 for freight and Rs.4,000 forwages. Nitin took delivery of the T.V. sets and paid Rs.40,000 foroctroi and other charges.

The consignee accepted a bill of Rs.1,60,000 drawn by theConsignor for 3 months.

The Consignee sent an account sale after two monthsstating that he has sold 120 sets at Rs.6,000 each and paidRs.10,000 for advertisement and other selling expenses.

The Consignee is entitled to a commission of 4% on grosssale proceeds.

Pass necessary journal entries in the books of Amit andprepare Consignment A/c.

Solution:Journal Entries in the Books of Amit

Date Particulars L.F. Debit(Rs.)

Credit(Rs.)

? Consignment A/c Dr. 6,00,000

To Goods Sent on Consignment A/c 6,00,000

(Being goods sent to Nitin of Nagpuron Consignment)

? Consignment A/c Dr. 28,000

To Bank A/c 28,000

(Being freight and wages paid)


To Nitin’s A/c 40,000

(Being expenses paid by Nitin)

334

? Bills Receivable A/c Dr. 1,60,000

To Nitin’s A/c 1,60,000

(Being bill received duly accepted byNitin)

? Nitin’s A/c Dr. 7,20,000

To Consignment A/c 7,20,000

(Being goods sold by Nitin)



(Being advertisement expenses paidby Nitin)



(Being commission @4% onRs.7,20,000)

? Consignment Stock A/c Dr. 1,33,600

To Consignment A/c 1,33,600

(Being unsold stock adjusted in theAccount). [Note 1]

? Consignment A/c Dr. 1,46,800

To Profit & Loss A/c 1,46,800

(Being profit transferred to Profit &Loss A/c)

Note :

Valuation of Closing Stock : (30 sets unsold) Rs.

30 sets at Rs. 4,000 1,20,000

Add : Proportionate expenses of Consignor 28,000*30/150

5,600

Add : Proportionate non-recurring expenses of Consignee

40,000*30/150 8,000

1,33,600

335

Dr. Consignment A/c Cr

.Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs.


6,00,000 By Nitin’s A/c (Sales) 7,20,000

To Bank A/c (Expenses) 28,000

To Nitin’s A/c (Expenses) 40,000

To Nitin’s A/c

(Adv. & Selling exp.)

10,000 By ConsignmentStock A/c

1,33,600

To Nitin’s A/c (Commission) 28,800 (see working)

To Profit & Loss A/c (Profit) 1,46,800

8,53,600 8,53,600

Illustration 6:

On 15 January, 2017 Jamshed & Co. of Mumbai sent toMukherjee Co. of Kolkata 400 bicycles at an invoice price ofRs.100 per bicycle to be sold on commission. Freight andinsurance were Rs.600. Account sale was received from consigneeas follows 15th March – 100 bicycles were sold @ Rs.145 on which5% Commission and Rs.375 for expenses were deducted.

10th April – 150 bicycles were sold @ Rs.140 on which 5%Commission and Rs.290 for expenses were deducted.

From the above information, prepare Consignment A/c in thebooks of Jamshed & Co. and close it on 30th April, 2013 keeping inmind that no sales were made afterwards. Also show accounts inthe books of Mukherjee & Co.

Solution:

LEDGER OF JAMSHED & CO.Dr. Consignment Account Cr.

2017 Particulars Rs. 2017 Particulars Rs.

Jan. 15 To Goods sent on

Consignment A/c

40,000 Mar. 15 By Mukherjee &Co. A/c

(Sales)

14.500

Jan. 15 To Cash/Bank A/c 600 Apr. 10 By Mukherjee &Co. A/c

(Jamshed & (Sales) 21,000

Co.’s Expenses) Apri. 30 By Stock on

Mar, 15 To Mukherjee & Co.A/c

375 Consignment A/c 15,225

(Expenses)

336

Mar. 15 To Mukherjee & Co.A/c

725

Apri. 10 To Mukherjee & Co.A/c

290

(Expenses)

Apri. 10 To Mukherjee & Co.A/c

1,050

(Comm.)

Apr. 30 To Profit & Loss A/c 7,685

(Profit)

50,725 50,725

Dr. Mukherjee & Co.’s Account Cr.


Mar. 15 To ConsignmentA/c

14,500 Mar. 15 By ConsignmentA/c

375

(Sales) (Expenses)Apr. 10 To Consignment

A/c21,000 Mar. 15 By Consignment

A/c725

(Sales) (Comm.)Apr. 10 By Consignment

A/c290

(Expenses)Apr. 10 By Consignment

A/c1,050

(Comm.)Apr. 30 By Balance c/d 33,060

35,500 35,500

Dr. Goods sent on Consignment Account Cr.


Apr. 30 To Trading A/c(transfer)

40,000 Jan. 15 By ConsignmentA/c

40,000

40,000 40,000

337

LEDGER OF MUKHERJEE & CO.

Dr. Jamshed & Co.’s Account Cr.


Mar. 15 To Cash/Bank A/c(Expenses)

375 Mar 15 By Cash/BankA/c (Sales)

14,500

Mar. 15 To Commission A/c 725 Apr 10 By Cash/BankA/c (Sales)

21,000

Apr. 10 To Cash/Bank A/c(Expenses)

290

Apr. 10 To Commission A/c 1,050Apr. 30 To Balance c/d 33,060

35,500 35,500

Valuation of Closing StockCost = 40,000+ Expenses = 600

------------40,600

Cl. St. 150 sets out of total 400 sent =40,600 *150 / 400= Rs.15,225

Illustration 7:Keshav of Kanpur consigned 150 T.V., sets at Rs.4,000

each to Kamalakar of Kolhapur. He paid Rs.24,000/- for freight andRs.4,000/- for wages. Kamlakar took delivery of T.V. sets & paidRs.40,000 for customs duties and other charges.

The Consignee accepted a bill of Rs.1,60,000 drawn by theConsignor for 3 months. The Consignee sent an Account Salesafter two months stating that he has sold 120 sets at Rs.6,000each. He had paid Rs.10,000 for advertisement and other sellingexpenses. The Consignee is entitled to a commission of 4% ofgross sale proceeds. Consignment stock should be valued aftertaking Consignor’s expenses and customs duty into consideration.Prepare Consignment Account and Consignee’s Account in thebooks of the Consignor.

338

Solution :

In the books of Keshav of Kanpur.Dr. Consignment Account. Cr.


To Good sent on ConsignmentA/c (150 x 4,000)

6,00,000 By Kamalkar’s A/c (Sales)(120 x 6,000)

7,20,000

To Cash A/c: By Stock on Consignment A/c

Freight 24,000 (Cost 30 x 4,000) = 1,20,000

Wages 4,000 28,000 Expenses

30/150 x 68,000

To Kamalkar’s A/c

(Custom duties)

40,000 13,600

1,33,600

To Kamalkar’s A/c

(Advertisement & OtherExpenses)

10,000

To Kamalakar’s A/c

(Commission 4%) 28,800

To P/L Loss A/c (Profit) 1,46,800

8,53,600 8,53,600

Dr. Kamalkar’s Account. Cr.Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs.

To Consignment A/c(Sales)

7,20,000 By Consignment A/c(Customs duty)

40,000

By Bills Receivable A/c 1,60,000


10,000

By Consignment A/c(Commission)

28,800

By Balance c/d 4,81,200

7,20,000 7,20,000

Illustration 8:Namdeo of Nagar consigned 250 Refrigerators at Rs.6,000

each to Vasant of Pune. He paid Rs.15,000 for carriage andRs.20,000 for insurance. Vasant took delivery of the refrigeratorsand paid Rs.60,000 for octroi and other charges. The consigneeaccepted a bill of Rs.2,00,000 drawn by consignor for four months.

The consignee sold 200 refrigerators at Rs.7,500 each. Hehas paid Rs.18,000 for selling expenses and Rs.12,000 for otherexpenses. The consignee is entitled to a commission at 10% on thegross sales.

339

Prepare consignment account in the book of consignor.

Solution:

In the books of Namdeo of NagarDr. Consignment to Pune A/c. Cr.


To Goods Sent onConsignment A/c

(250 x 6,000)

15,00,000 By Vasant’s A/c(Sales

200 x 7,500)

15,00,000

To Cash/Bank A/c. By Closing Stock 3,19,000

Carriage 15,000

Insurance 20,000 35,000

To Vasant’s A/c 60,000

(Octroi & other charges)

To Vasant’s A/c.

Selling Exps. 18,000

Other Exps. 10% 12,000

10% Commission 1,50,000 1,80,000

To Profit on Consignment 44,000

transferred to P & L A/c.

18,19,000 18,19,000

Illustration 9:Karanth sold goods on behalf of Vijay Sales on consignment

basis. On January 1, 2017, he had with him a stock of Rs.20,000on consignment.

Karanth had instruction to sell the goods at cost plus 25%and was entitled to a commission of 4% on sales. In addition to 1%del credere commission on total sales for guaranteeing collection ofall the sales proceeds.

During the year ended 31st December, 2017, cash saleswere Rs.1,20,000, credit sales Rs.1,05,000 and Karanth’sexpenses relating to the consignment Rs.3,000 being salaries andinsurance. Baddebts were Rs.3,000 and goods sent onconsignment Rs. 2,00,000.

From the above, prepare Consignment Account andConsignee’s Account in the books of Vijay Sales and importantLedger accounts in the books of Karnath.

340

Solution:

Ledger of Vijay Sales

Dr. Consignment Account Cr.

Particulars Rs. Pariculars Rs.

To Stock on ConsignmentA/c b/d

20,000 By Karanth A/c (cashSales)

1,20,000


2,00,000 By Karanth A/c

(Cr. sales)

1,05,000

To Karanth A/c(Expenses)

3,000 By Stock onconsignment A/c

40,000

To Karanth A/c (Comm.) 9,000

To Karanth A/c

(Del Cr. Comm.)

2,250

To Profit & Loss A/c(Profit)

30,750

2,65,000 2,65,000

Dr. Karanth’s Account Cr.


To Consignment A/c(Cash Sales)

1,20,000 By Consignment A/c(Expenses)

3,000

To Consignment A/c(Cr. Sales)

1,05,000 By Consignment A/c(Comm.)

9,000

By Consignment A/c(Del Cr. Comm.)

2,250


2,25,000 2,25,000



To Trading A/c(transfer)

2,00,000 By Consignment A/c 2,00,000

2,00,000 2,00,000

341

Ledger of Karanth

Dr. Vijay Sales’s Account Cr.


To Cash/Bank A/c(Expenses)

3,000 By Cash/Bank A/c(Sales)

1,20,000

To Commission A/c 9,000 1,05,000

To Del CredereCommission A/c

2,250

By ConsignmentDebtors A/c.

(Cr. Sales)

To Balance c/d 2,10,750

2,25,000 2,25,000

Dr. Consignment Debtors Account Cr.


To Vijay Sales A/c 1,05,000 By Cash/Bank A/c(collection)

1,02,000

By Del CredereCommission A/c

3,000

1,05,000 1,05,000

Dr. Commission Account Cr.


To Profit & Loss A/c (Bal. Tfd.) 9,000 By Vijay Sales’s A/c 9,000

9,000 9,000

Dr. Del Credere Commission Account Cr.


To Consignment DebtorsA/c (Bad Debts)

3,000 By Vijay Sales’s A/c 2,250

By Profit & Loss A/c(Bal. Tfd.)

750

3,000 3,000



750 By Commission A/c 9,000To Del CrederCommission A/c(Net tfd.)To Profit c/d to BalanceSheet

8,250

9,000 9,000

342

Working Note :

Closing StockCost of Opening Stock 20,000Cost of Goods Sent 2,00,000

--------------Total Cost of Goods 2,20,000Less : Cost of Goods Sold (2,25,000 x 80%) 1,80,000

--------------Value of Closing Stock 40,000

Illustration 10:Amiankusum of Calcutta consigned on 1-1-2017 goods at

invoice value of Rs.12,500 which was made up by adding 25% oncost, to Manasumukul of Arunachal. Amlankusum paid Rs.300 asfreight and Rs.200 as insurance on these goods.

On 30-6-2017 Amlankusum received a remittance ofRs.7,000 with an Account Sales from Manasumukul showing thathe had –(1) Sold 3/5 of goods for Rs.9,000.(2) Paid Rs.150 as landing charges and Rs.250 as sellingexpenses.(3) Retained his commission of 10% on gross sales.You are required to write up –(a) The Consignment to Arunachal A/c, and(b) Manasumukul’s Personal A/cas they would appear in the books of Amlankusum for the periodended 30-06-2017 which is the end of his accounting year.

Solution :LEDGER OF AMLANKUSUM

Dr. Consignment Account Cr.Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs.

To Goods Sent onConsignment A/c

12,500 By Manasmukul A/c(Sales)

9,000

To Cash/Bank A/c

(Amlankusum’s Expenses)

500 By Stock on ConsignmentA/c

5,260

To Manasmukul A/c(Expenses)

400 By Goods sent onConsignment A/c (Load)

2,500

To Manasmukul A/c (Comm.) 900

[9,000 x 10%]

To Stock Reserve (Load) 1,000


16,760 16,760

343

Dr. Manasmukul’s Account Cr.



9,000 By Consignment A/c(Expenses)

400


900

By Cash/Bank A/c(Remittance)

7,000

By Balance c/d 700

9,000 9,000

Dr. Goods Sent on Consignment Account Cr.Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs.

To Consignment A/c (Load) 2,500 By Consignment A/c 12,500

To Trading A/c (transfer) 10,000

12,500 12,500

Ledger of Manasmukul

Dr. Amlankusum’s Account Cr.Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs.


400 By Cash/Bank A/c(Sales)

9,000


To Cash/Bank A/c(Remittance)

7,000

To Balance c/d 700

9,000 9,000

Working Notes :1. Closing Stock

Value of Goods Sent 12,500Amlankusum’s Expenses 500Manasmukul’s Expenses (landing charges) 150Total value 13,150

Illustration 11:H. Ltd. forwarded on 1-7-2017, 100 bicycles to Vasu of

Hyderabad to be sold on behalf of H Ltd. The cost of each bicyclewas Rs.150 but the Invoice price was Rs.200. H. Ltd. incurredRs.1,000 on freight and insurance. Vasu received the consignmenton 14-7-2017 and accepted a three months draft drawn upon him

344

by H. Ltd. for Rs.10,000. Vasu paid Rs.400 as rent and Rs. 250 asinsurance and by 31-12-2017 had disposed of 80 bicycles atRs.205 each. Vasu is entitled to a commission of 5 per cent onsales including a del credere commission of 1%. Vasu sold 20bicycles on credit and was not able to recover sales proceeds of 5bicycles because of insolvency of the debtor.

Prepare Ledger Accounts to record the above transactions inthe books of H. Ltd. and Vasu.

Solution :

LEDGER OF H LTD.Dr. Consignment Account Cr.



20,000 By Vasu A/c (Cash Sales) 12,300

To Cash/Bank A/c 1,000 By Vasu A/c (Cr. sales) 4,100

(H. Ltd.’s Expenses) By Stock on ConsignmentA/c

4,200

To Vasu A/c (Expenses) 650 5,000

To Vasu A/c (Comm.) 656

By Goods sent onConsignment A/c

(Load)

[4% x (12,300 + 4,100)]

To Vasu A/c (Del Cr.Comm.)

164

[1% x (12,300 + 4,100)]

To Stock Reserve (Load) 1,000


25,600 25,600

Dr. Vasu’s Account Cr.



12,300 By Bills ReceivableA/c (Advance)

10,000

To Consignment A/c(Cr. Sales)

4,100 By Consignment A/c(Expenses)

650


656

By Consignment A/c(Del Cr. Comm.)

164

By Balance c/d 4, 930

16,400 16,400

345



To Consignment A/c (Load) 5,000 By Consignment A/c 20,000

To Trading A/c (transfer) 15,000

20,000 20,000

LEDGER OF VASUDr. H Ltd.’s Account Cr.


To Bills Payable A/c(Advance)

10,000 By Cash/Bank A/c(Sales)

12,300


650 By ConsignmentDebtors A/c

4,100

To Commission A/c 656 (Cr. Sales)

To Del CrederCommission A/c

164

To Balance c/d 4,930

16,400 16,400

Dr. Consignment Debtors Account Cr.


To H Ltd.’s A/c 4,100 Ny Cash/Bank A/c (collection) 3,075

By Del Credere CommissionA/c

1,025

4,100 4,100

Dr. Commission Account Cr.


To Profit & Loss A/c

(Bal. Tfd.)656 By H Ltd.’s A/c 656

656 656

Dr. Del Credere Commission Account Cr.


To Consignment Debtors A/c 1,025 By H Ltd.’s A/c 164

(Bad Debts) By Profit & Loss A/c(bal. Tfd.)

861

1,025 1,025

346



To Del Creder CommissionA/c

861 By Commission A/c 656

(Net tfd.) By Loss c/d to Balance Sheet 205

861 861

Working Notes :1. Closing StockValue of Goods Sent (Quantity x Rato) 20,000H Ltd.’s Expenses 1.000Vasu’s Direct/Non-recurring Expenses Nil

----------Total Value 21,000Closing Stock Value 21,000 * 20 /100 4,200

17.2 EXERCISES

1. On 1st June, 2013; Bendre of Bombay consigned 100 casescosting Rs.700 each to Shirole of Solapur. Bendre paid Rs.500 forcarriage. Shirole paid Rs.100 for Octroi and Rs.350 for carriageand other expenses. Shirole sent Rs.4,000 as an advance againstthe consignment. Shirole sold 90 cases for Rs.72,000. Shirole isentitled to a Commission of 5% on total sales.

Pass journal entries in the books of both the parties.[Ans. Profit Rs. 4,545]

2. Ajay of Delhi sent on consignment goods to Banita of Baroda100 sewing machines on consignment costing Rs.200 each. Theconsignor paid Rs.1,000 by way of freight and insurance. Benitaspent Rs.500 by way of godown rent and other expeses. At the endof the year,10 machines remaining unsold with Banita. Theconsignee sold sewing machines @ Rs.250 per machine. Banitaremitted the sale proceeds after deducting expenses and hercommission which was 5% of the goods sold.

Prepare Consignment Account and Consignee’s Account in thebooks of the consignor.

[Ans. Profit on Consignment Rs. 1,975Value of Unsold stock Rs. 2,100Amount remitted by Consignee Rs. 20,875]

3. M/s Raman & Co. consigned to Arora of Akola 500 radio setscosting Rs.450 each. They paid freight Rs.2,500, insurance Rs.500and sundry expenses Rs.3,000. Arora took delivery of the goods bypaying clearing charges Rs.700 and carriage Rs.500. M/s. Raman& Co. drew three months bill for Rs.1,00,000 which was discounted

347

at 5% p.a. Arora sold 300 sets at Rs.600 each and the balance atRs.550 each. Arora is entitled to commission of 5% on saleproceeds. Arora remitted the balance due by a bank draft.

Show Consignment Account and Arora’s Account in the booksof M/s Raman & Company.

(Ans. Profit Rs. 46,000; Commission Rs. 14,500: Balance receivedfrom Arora Rs. 1,74,300.)

4. M/s Ramesh Oil Mills, Mumbai, consigned 4,000 litres of Castoroil (in 10 litre tins) to Chatterji of Kolkatta on 1st April, 2017. Thecost of oil was Rs.20 per litre. The consignors paid Rs.10,000 asfreight and insurance.During transit, 5 tins were totally destroyed forwhich the Insurance Company paid directly to the consignorRs.900 in full settlement of the claim.

Chatterji took delivery of the consignment on 10th April 2017and accepted bill drawn on him by Ramesh Oil Mills for Rs. 20,000for 3 months. On June 30, 2017, Chatterji reported that 3,500 litreswere sold at Rs.30 per litre. The expenses were as following:

Particulars Rs.

Godown Rent 400Advertisement 2,000Salaries to Salesmen 4,000

Chatterji charged a normal commission of 3% and del crederecommission of 3%. He sold the remaining stock of oil for Rs.19,000to X and C, who were declared bankrupt after two months and only50 paise per rupee where realised from them.

Prepare the following accounts in the books of consignor,assuming that the consignee paid the amount due by bank draft:1) Consignment Account.2) Consigneer’s Account.3) Goods Sent on Consignment Account.(Ans. Profit Rs. 21,285; Final Remittance Rs. 1,24,000; Abnormal LossRs. 1,125)

5. M & Co of Nagpur sent 100 sewing machines on consignment toNandini of Nasik, spent Rs.250 on packing. The cost of eachmachine was Rs.112 but it was now invoiced at 25% above cost.

One case containing 5 machines was lost in transit. Nandini

paid Rs.475 as freight on the remaining machines. He had to spend

Rs.95 as cartage and octroi duty and Rs.190 as godown rent and

Rs.50 as other expenses. He sold 75 machines @ Rs.190. He

found 10 machines defective and therefore returned them to

Nagpur at cost, Nandini is entitled to a commission of 5% on

348

invoice price and 20% of any excess price realised on the invoice

price and 1% del credere commission. Nandini could not realise

sale proceeds of 5 machines.

Prepare Consignment Account, Consignee’s Account,Consignment Stock Account and Consignment Stock ReserveAccount in the books of M & Co.

[Ans. Profit on consignment Rs. 3,470. Loss Rs. 572.50. Stock Account Rs.1,485 Commission Rs. 1417.50]

349

18

BRANCH ACCOUNTS I

Unit Structure:

18.0 Objectives18.1 Introduction18.2 Types of Branches18.3 Debtors System18.4 Stock and Debtors System18.5 Exercises

18.0 OBJECTIVES

After studying the unit the students will be able to:

Explain the types of Branches.

Understand the methods of accounting of Branch

transactions

Journalise the transactions related to Branch Account.

18.1 INTRODUCTION

A large business enterprise may have one main office and

one or more small offices maintained mainly for the purpose of

increasing sales. Such small outlet is called as a branch. The main

office is called as Head Office.

Branch is an additional place of business opened mainly for

the convenience of customers.

The basic purpose of maintaining branch accounts is to

evaluate the performance of the branch and ascertain profit made

by the branch.

18.2 TYPES OF BRANCHES

A) Dependent Branch

B) Independent Branch

350

A) Dependent Branch: Head office sends goods to the branch,

either at cost or at a price higher than the cost, called as invoice

price. The branch sells the goods on cash or credit basis and

remits all the cash received to the head office. The branch

expenses are paid by the branch itself or by the head office

depending upon the policy of the enterprise. This branch

depends upon the head office for the purpose of maintaining

accounts. The branch does not maintain complete set of double

entry books of accounts. The branch maintains only necessary

records on memorandum basis and sends periodic reports to

the head office. It is the head office that does all the accounting

work.

B) Independent Branch: This branch, as the name suggests,

does not depend upon head office. It does all the accounting

work by itself. It maintains complete set of double entry books of

accounts. At the end of the year, a trial balance is extracted

from the ledger. This trial balance is then sent to the head office

for finalization.

In case of Dependent Branches, Head Office can maintain

accounts of the branch by adopting any one of the following two

methods:

1. Debtors System

2. Stock and Debtors System

18.3 DEBTORS SYSTEM

In this type of system, the head office opens one account in

its Ledger for every branch. The type of this account is personal

account.

The rule applicable is

“ Debit the Receiver and Credit the Giver”

All transactions between branch and head office are

recorded in this account. All the transactions between branch and

third party are not recorded by the head office. Here, the branch is

treated as a debtor and hence, only transactions between branch

and head office are recorded. Since actual owner of the branch is

head office itself, assets and liabilities of the branch are assets and

liabilities of head office, these are also recorded through branch

account.

351

Sometimes goods are sent to the branch at a price higher

than the cost price. This price is called as Invoice Price. The profit

element added to the cost price is called as Loading. Branch

Manager is expected to sell the goods at this price. In such case,

we have to find out the loading on all the transactions of goods

between branch and head office.

Chart showing calculation of loading:

% on Cost % on Sales

100% on cost (1/1 of Cost) 50% on sales (1/2on sales)

50 % on cost (1/2 of cost) 331/3rd on sales (1/3 on sales)

331/3rd on cost (1/3 of cost) 25% on sales (1/4 on sales)

25% on cost (1/4 of Cost) 20% on sales (1/5 on sales)

20% on cost (1/5 of Cost) 16 2/3% on sales (1/6on sales)


Sr.No.

Particulars Dr.Rs.

Cr.Rs.

1 Branch Assets at the beginning

Branch A/c Dr.

To Opening Stock A/c xx

To Furniture A/c xx

To Debtors A/c xx

To Cash A/c xx

To Prepaid Expenses A/c xx

2 Branch liabilities at the beginning

Branch Creditors A/c Dr. xx

Loading on opening stock A/c Dr. xx

Outstanding Expenses A/c Dr. xx

To Branch A/c xx

3 Goods sent to branch

Branch A/c Dr. xx

To Goods Sent to Branch xx

4 Loading on above .

Goods Sent to Branch A/c Dr xx

To Branch A/c xx

352

5 Goods Returned by Branch

Goods Sent to Branch A/c Dr. xx

To Branch A/c xx

6 Loading on above

Branch A/c Dr. xx

To Goods Sent to Branch A/c xx

7 Expenses of branch paid by head office

Branch A/c Dr. xx

To Cash A/c xx

8 Cash sent to branch for expenses

Branch A/c Dr. xx

To Cash A/c xx

9 Cash remitted by branch to head office

Cash A/c Dr. xx

To Branch A/c xx

10 Branch Assets at the end of the year

Closing Stock A/c Dr. xx

Furniture A/c Dr. xx

Debtors A/c Dr. xx

Cash A/c Dr. xx

Prepaid Expenses A/c Dr. xx

To Branch A/c xx

11 Branch liabilities at the end of the year xx

Branch A/c Dr.

To Branch Creditors A/c xx

To Loading on Closing Stock A/c xx

To Outstanding Expenses A/c xx

12 Net Profit made by the Branch

Branch A/c Dr. xx

To Profit & Loss A/c xx

13 Net Loss made by the Branch

Profit & Loss A/c Dr. xx

To Branch A/c xx

353

PROFORMA OF BRANCH A/C

Particulars Dr.Rs.

Particulars Cr.Rs.

To Balance B/dOpening Stock xxOpening Cash xxOpening Debtors xxOpening Furniture xxOpening Prepaid Exp

xx xx

By Balance B/dOpening Stock Reserve

xxOpening Creditors

xxOpening O/S Expenses

xx Xx

To Goods Sent to BranchA/c(sent by HO to Branch)

XxBy Goods Sent to BranchA/c(Loading on goods sent

to branch)

Xx

To Goods Sent to BranchA/c(loading on goods returned

by branch)

XxBy Goods Sent to BranchA/c(goods returned by

branch)

xx

To Cash A/c-branch expenses paid byHO xx-Cash remitted to branch for

expenses xx Xx

By Cash A/c-cash remitted by branchto head office xx-cash sales xx-*cash from debtors xx Xx

To Balance B/dClosing Stock Reserve xxClosing Creditors xxClosing O/S Expenses xx

xx

To Balance B/dClosing Stock xxClosing Cash xxClosing Debtors xxClosing Furniture xxClosing Prepaid Exp xx

Xx

xxx xxx

Following transactions between branch and third party are not

recorded in the above Branch A/c

1. Cash Sales made by branch

2. Credit Sales made by branch

3. Credit Sales returns at the branch

4. Discount allowed to branch debtors

5. Cash collected from debtors

6. Bad debts at branch

7. Expenses paid by branch out of cash collected

354

*If any one of these three figures is not given then Prepare Branch

Debtors A/c as follows

Proforma of Branch Debtors A/c


To Balance b/d Xx By Bad Debts Xx

To Credit Sales Xx By Branch cash Xx

By Discount allowed Xx

By Credit Sales returns Xx

By Balance c/d Xx

Xx Xx

If branch manager is allowed to make expenses out of cash

collected and remits the balance cash to Head Office, then prepare

Branch Cash A/c as follows:-

Proforma of Branch Cash A/c


To balance B/d Xx By Branch Expenses

To Cash Sales Xx Rent Xx

To Branch Debtors Xx Salaries Xx

Insurance Xx

Sundry expenses Xx

By Cash remitted to head

office

Xx

By Balance C/d Xx

Xx Xx

18.4 STOCK AND DEBTORS SYSTEM

Under this system, head office maintains following accounts for

each branch:

1. Branch Stock Account: Type of this account is Real Account.

This account is always maintained at invoice price. This account

gives us stock at branch at any given time at invoice price.

Normally balancing figure in this account is closing stock. If

closing stock and all other relevant figures are already given

then this account should balance by itself. If it does not balance

355

then balancing figure indicates either shortage of stock or

surplus of stock. If debit side is heavy (i.e. Dr. balance) then it is

surplus of stock and if credit side is heavy (i.e. Cr. balance) then

it is shortage of stock. If the Dr. balance is more then it is

regarded as excess Gross Profit

2. Goods Sent to Branch Account: Type of this account is Real

account. Transactions of goods between Branch and Head

Office are recorded through account. This account gives us cost

of goods sent to the branch. At the end of the year, this account

shows credit balance and it is transferred to Trading A/c.

3. Branch Stock Adjustment Account: Type of this account is

Nominal account. Entries regarding loading are passed through

this account. This account gives us gross profit made by the

Branch at any given time. The gross profit as shown by this

account is transferred to Branch Profit and Loss Account.

4. Branch Profit and Loss Account: Type of this account is

Nominal Account. All the losses and expenses pertaining to the

Branch are debited to this account and all the profits pertaining

to the branch are credited to this account. This account gives us

Net Profit or Net Loss made by the branch.

5. Branch Debtors Account: Type of this account is Personal

Account. Entries regarding Branch Debtors are recorded

through this Account.

6. Branch Cash Account: Type of this account is Real Account.

Transactions pertaining to branch cash are recorded through

this account. This account gives us cash position at

the branch at any given time.

7. Branch Expenses Account: All the expenses of the Branch

are debited to this account. At the end of the year, balance in

this account is transferred to Branch Profit and Loss account.

If the branch expenses are directly debited to Branch Profit

and Loss Account, then this account is not opened at all.

356


Sr.No.

Particulars Dr.Rs.

Cr.Rs.

1 Branch Assets at the beginning

Branch stock(at invoice price)

Branch Cash

Branch Debtors

Taken as opening Dr. balances in therespective accounts

2 Branch liabilities at the beginning

Branch Creditors A/c

Taken as opening cr. balance in theBranch Creditors Account

Loading on Opening Stock A/c

Taken as opening cr. balance in theBranch Stock Adjustment Account

3 Goods sent to branch

At Invoice Price

a. Branch Stock A/c Dr. xx


b. Loading on above


To Branch Stock Adjustment A/c xx

357

4 Goods Returned by Branch

a. At Invoice Price


To Branch Stock A/c xx

b. Loading on above

Branch Stock Adjustment A/c Dr. xx


5. Cash sales at Branch

Branch Cash A/c Dr. Xx

To Branch Stock A/c Xx

6. Cash Sales Returns

Branch Stock A/c Dr. Xx

To Branch Cash A/c Xx

7. Credit Sales at Branch

Branch Debtors A/c Dr. Xx

To Branch Stock A/c Xx

8. Credit Sales Returns

Branch Stock A/c Dr. Xx

To Branch Debtors A/c Xx

9. Cash collected from Branch Debtors

Branch Cash A/c Dr. Xx


10. Bad debts at Branch

Branch Profit And Loss A/c Dr. Xx


358

11. Discount allowed to Branch Debtors



12. Cash sent to Branch

Branch Cash A/c Dr. xx

To Cash A/c Xx

13. Cash remitted by Branch to Head Office

Cash A/c Dr. xx


14. Expenses incurred at branch

Branch Expenses A/c Dr. Xx


15 Expenses of Branch paid by Head Office

Branch Expenses A/c Dr. Xx

To Cash A/c Xx

16. Surplus of Stock at branch

Branch Stock A/c (at invoice price) Dr. Xx

To Branch Stock Adjustment A/c

(loading)

Xx

To Branch Profit and Loss A/c

(cost Price)

Xx

17. Shortage of Stock at branch

Branch Stock Adjustment A/c Dr.

(loading)

Xx

Branch Profit and Loss A/c Dr.

(cost Price)

Xx

To Branch Stock A/c (at invoice price) Xx

18. Closing of Goods Sent To Branch A/c

Goods Sent To Branch A/c Dr. Xx

To Trading A/c Xx

359

19. Closing of Branch Expenses


To Branch Expenses A/c Xx

20. Transfer of Gross Profit

Branch Stock Adjustment A/c Dr. Xx

To Branch Profit And Loss A/c Xx

21. Closing of Branch Profit and Loss A/c

a. If it shows Credit Balance i.e. Profit

Branch Profit & Loss A/c Dr. xx

To Profit & Loss A/c Xx

b. If it shows Debit Balance i.e. Loss

Profit & Loss A/c A/c Dr. xx

To Branch Profit & Loss A/c Xx

22 Branch Assets at the end of the year

Closing Stock (at Invoice Price)

Debtors

Cash

--Shown as debit balances in respectiveAccounts

23. Branch liabilities at the end of the year

Branch Creditors

Loading on Closing stock

--Shown as credit balances in respectiveAccounts

360

PROFORMA OF VARIOUS ACCOUNTS

Branch Stock A/c(At Invoice Price)


To Balance b/d(Opening Stock)

Xx By Branch Debtors A/c(Credit Sales )

Xx

To Goods Sent to Branch A/c Xx By Branch Cash A/c(Cash Sales )

Xx

To Branch Debtors A/c(Sales Returns)

By Goods Sent to Branch A/c(Goods Returned)

Xx

To Branch Cash A/c(Sales Returns)

By Shortage Xx

To Surplus Xx By Balance c/d (Closing Stock) Xx

Xx Xx

Goods Sent to Branch A/c


To Branch Stock AdjustmentA/c (loading on goods sent)

Xx By Branch Stock A/c

(Invoice Price)

Xx

To Branch Stock A/c

(Goods Returned by branch)

Xx By Branch Stock Adjustment A/c

(Loading on goods returned)

Xx

To Trading A/c Xx Xx

Xx Xx

Branch Stock Adjustment A/c (Loading Element)


To Goods Sent to Branch A/c(Loading on goods returned)

Xx By Balance B/d(Loading on opening Stock)

Xx

To Shortage (Loading) Xx By Goods Sent to Branch A/c(Loading on goods sent)

Xx

To Branch Profit & Loss A/c(Transfer of gross profit)

Xx By Surplus (Loading) Xx

To Balance B/d(Loading on closing stock)

Xx

Xx Xx

361

Branch Profit and Loss A/c


To Branch Expenses Xx By Branch Stock Adjustment(Gross Profit )

Xx

To Branch Debtors (BadDebts)

Xx

To Branch Debtors (Discount ) Xx By Net Profit Transferred togeneral P& L A/c

Xx

To Depreciation on BranchAssets

Xx

To Net Profit Transferred togeneral P& L A/c

Xx

Xx Xx

Branch Debtors A/c


To Balance b/d Xx By Branch P & L A/c

(Bad debts)

Xx

To Branch Stock A/c

(Credit sales )

Xx By Branch cash Xx

By Branch P & L A/c (Discountallowed)

Xx

By Branch Stock A/c

(Credit sales returns)

Xx

By Balance c/d Xx

Xx Xx

362

Branch Cash A/c


To Balance B/d Xx By Branch Expenses A/c

To Branch Stock A/c

(Cash sales)

Xx Rent Xx

To Branch Debtors Xx Salaries Xx

To Cash A/c

(from head office forexpenses)

Insurance Xx

Sundry expenses Xx

By Branch Cash A/c

(Cash Sales returns )

By Branch Debtors A/c

(Credit Sales returns)

By Cash remitted to headoffice A/c

Xx

By Balance C/d Xx

Xx

Xx Xx

Sometimes all the cash collected by the branch is remitted to head

office and expenses of Branch are paid out of petty cash maintained

at branch.

Branch Petty Cash A/c


To balance B/d Xx By Branch Expenses A/c

To Cash A/c

(from head office forexpenses)

Rent Xx

Salaries Xx

Insurance Xx

Sundry expenses Xx

By Balance C/d Xx

Xx Xx

363

Sometimes goods are sent to branch at cost price then

Branch Stock A/c is maintained at cost price and Branch Stock

Adjustment Account is not at all required.

18.5 EXERCISE

1. Explain the types of branches.

2. Elaborate the accounting procedure under the Debtors Method.

3. Which accounts are opened under the Stock and Debtors

Account System?

4. Objective type questions:

State whether the following statements are True or False.

1. Under Debtors System, bad debts and discount allowed areshown in the Branch Account.

2. Under Debtors System, Debtors at close are shown on the DebitSide of the Branch Account after adjusting for bad debts,discount allowed etc.

3. Under Debtors System, Depreciation is not shown in the BranchAccount.

4. Reserve for Bad Debts and Reserve for Discount on Debtorswill be recorded separately in the Branch account under theDebtors System.

5. Actual petty expenses incurred by the Branch Account underthe Debtors system will not be recorded in the Branch Account.

6. Sales Returns will not appear directly in the Branch Accountunder the Debtors System.

7. Branch Account under Debtors System is a Real Account.

8. Under Debtors System, Branch Account is debited with losseslike bad debts, discounts allowed and depreciation.

9. When the Branch Manager is allowed petty cash on ImprestSystem, the amount remitted by Head Office to reimburse theactual expenses will be debited to the Branch Account.

10.Branch Account is a nominal account in nature and is preparedin the Branch Books.

(Answers: False – 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10 True – 3, 5, 6, 9)

364

Indicate the correct answers:

1. Under Debtors System, the Debtors at close are shown(i) On the credit side of the Head Office Account(ii) On the debit side of the Branch Account(iii) On the credit side of the Branch Account after adjusting for

bad debts, discount allowed etc.(iv) Are not shown in the Branch account

2. Under Debtors System, treatment of Reserve for Bad debts is(i) Shown it on the credit side of Branch a/c(ii) It is not shown in Branch a/c(iii) It is deducted from the Branch Debtors and the good

Branch debtors are shown in the Branch account(iv) It is shown on the debit side of the general Profit and Loss

account

3. The treatment of petty expenses made by the Debtors Systemis as follows(i) It is not recorded in the Branch account(ii) It is shown on the debit side of the Branch account(iii) It is shown on the general Profit and Loss account of Head

Office(iv) Only the closing balance of Petty Cash(Opening balance plus amount reduced from Head Office lesspetty expenses) will appear in the credit side of the Branchaccount

4. Under Debtors System, the Branch Account is(i) Real Account(ii) Nominal Account(iii) Personal Account(iv) None of the above

5. Stock Reserve in relation on opening Stock appears (under theDebtors System)(i) On the debit side of the Branch Account(ii) On the credit side of the Branch Account(iii) On the Credit side of Head Office Account(iv) None of the above

6. Stock reserve in relation to closing stock appears (under theDebtors System)

(i) On the debit side of the Branch Account(ii) On the credit side of the Branch Account(iii) On the debit side of Head Office Account(iv) None of the above

365

7. The cash and credit sales of the branch are Rs.5,000 andRs.15,000 respectively. The amount collected from debtors isRs.10,000. The amount to be credited to Branch Account underthe Debtors System will be

(i) Rs.20,000 (ii) Rs.15,000(iii) Rs.10,000 (iv) Rs.25,000

8. The opening balance of Petty Cash at the Branch is Rs.2,000,Amount received from the Head Office for Petty Expenses isRs.10,000, the closing balance of Petty Cash is Rs. 3,000; Which ofthe following is the right answer under the Debtors System?

(i) Rs.9,000 on the Debit side of the Branch Account as PettyExpenses.

(ii) Rs.3,000 on the Credit side of the Branch Account as PettyCash.

(iii) Rs.7,000 on the Credit side of the Branch Account as PettyCash Expenses.

(iv) None of the above.

(Answers: 1-(iii); 2-(iii); 3-(iv); 4-(ii); 5-(ii); 6-(i); 7-(ii); 8-(ii) )

Fill in the Blanks:

1. The system of operating at several places through one’s ownestablishments is called .

2. The main establishment located at the main place of activityis called the and the subsidiary establishmentlocated at various places are called .

3. Branches may be divided into 3categories, branches, branchesand foreign branches.

4. Goods supplied to Dependent Branches by the Head Officemay be either at or at price.

5. The One Account System or Debtors System is generallyadopted when the branch is fairly in size.

6. Branch Account is a in nature and is preparedin the Head Office Books.

7. Under Debtors System, bad debts and discounts allowedare in the Branch Account.

8. Under the Debtors System, the debtors (at close) are shownon the of the Branch Account after adjusting baddebts, discount allowed etc.

366

9. Under Debtors System, fixed assets is shown on the creditside only after the amount of depreciation, ifany.

10.Under the Debtors System, the Head Office will record allthe transactions relating to the branch in the Branch Accountthrough and relationship between theBranch and the Head Office.

11.Under the Debtors System, the Reserve for Doubtful Debts/Reserve for Discount on Debtors, should be fromclosing Debtors and only the good closing Debtors will berecorded in the Branch Account.

12.Actual petty expenses incurred by the branchwill in the Branch Account under the DebtorsSystem.

(Answers: 1- Branch Organization; 2 - Head Office, Branches;3 - Dependent, Independent; 4 - Cost, Invoice; 5 - Small;6 - Nominal Account; 7 - not taken/ shown; 8 - Credit side;9 - deducting; 10 - Debtors, Creditors; 11 - deducted; 12 - not berecorded)

367

19

BRANCH ILLUSTRATIONS

Unit Structure:

19.0 Objectives19.1 Solved Problems19.2 Exercises

19.0 OBJECTIVES

After studying the unit the students will be able to solve thepractical problems on Branch Accounting.


Illustration No. 1:

Moonlight Ltd. has a head office at Chandrapur and branchat Poona Branch is are supplied goods from the head office at 20%profit on sales price. Accounts are kept at head office from whereall expenses (except petty expenses) are paid. Such pettyexpenses are paid by the branches which are allowed to maintainpetty cash balance of Rs. 4,600 on imprest system

Particulars Rs.

Balance on 1-4-2017

Petty Cash at Branch 4,600

Stock at Branch at Sales Price 1,00,000

Sundry Debtors at Branch 48,000

Sundry Creditors at Branch 22,400

Furniture at Branch 56,000

Rent Prepaid (upto 30-06-2018) 2,600

Transactions during the year ended 31-03-2018

Goods sent to Branch less Returns 8,08,000

Cash Sales at Branch 11,60,000

Credit Sales at Branch 1.90.000

Allowances to Debtors 3,000

Cash from Debtors 1,60,000

368

Bad Debts written off 2,400

Cash Purchases by the Branch 81,000

Credit Purcahses 1,99,600

Creditors at the end 46,000

Payments made by the Head Office:

Rent for one year (paid on 01-07-2017) 5,600

Salaries 24,000

Insurance paid for the year ending 30-06-2018 1,920

Payments made by the Branch :

Petty Expenses 960

Balance on 31-03-2018 :

Stock at Sales Price 75,000

Write off 10% depreciation on furniture.

Solution

In the Books of Moonlight Ltd.Dr. Branch A/c Cr.


To Balance b/d By Balance b/d

Petty Cash 4,600 Creditors 22,400

Stock 1,00,000 By Cash (Remittance) 10,63,000

Debtors 48,000 By Goods sent toBranch

1,61,600

Furniture 56,000 By Balance c/d:

Prepaid Rent 2,600 Branch Stock 75,000

To Goods sent to Branch Debtors 72,600

Branch A/c 8,08,000 Branch Petty Cash 4,600

To Bank A/c: Branch Furniture 50,400

Rent 5,600 Rent Prepaid 1,400

Salaries 24,000 Insurance Prepaid 480

Insurance 1,920 31,520 Stock Reserve 20,000

By Bank A/c

(Petty Expenses) 960

By Balance c/d:

Creditors 46,000

Stock Reserve 15,000

Profit & Loss A/c 3,58,800

14,71,480 14,71,480

369

Working Notes :`

Dr. 1. Cash A/c Cr.


To Cash Sales. 11,60,000 By Purchases 81,000

To Debtors 1,60,000 By Creditors 1,76,000

By Cash remitted

(Balancing Figure) 10,63,000

13,20,000 13,20,000

Dr. 2. Petty Cash A/c Cr.


To Balance b/d 4,600 By Petty Expenses 960

To Reimbursementof Expenses

960 By Balance c/d 4,600

5,560 5,560

Dr. 3. Debtors A/c Cr.


To Balance b/d 48,000 By Allowances 3,000

To Sales 1,90,000 By Bad Debts 2,400

By Cash 1,60,000

By balance c/d 72,600

2,38,000 2,38,000

Dr. 4. Creditors A/c Cr.


To Cash (BalancingFigure)

1,76,000 By Balance b/d 22,400

To Balance c/d 46,000 By Purchases 1,99,600

2,22,000 2,22,000

Illustration No. 2 :Amit Traders of Pune have their branch at Mumbai. Prepare

the Branch A/c in the books of the H.O from the followingtransactions with the branch for the year.

370

Particulars Rs.

Opening Balance :

Petty cash at Bank 1,250

Stock at Branch 77,000

Debtors at Branch 41,250

Goods supplied to Branch during the year 3,78,000

Amount Remitted to the Branch :

For Petty cash expenses 7,500

For Salary 18,500

For Rent & Taxes 6,000

Closing Balance :

Petty cash at Bank 1,880

Stock at Branch 57,880

Debtors at Branch 1,26,150

Discount allowed to customers 1,060

Amount Remitted by the Branch:

Cash Sales 26,250

Realisation from debtors 4,10,350

Mr. Shah to whom goods were sold by the Branchdirectly remitted the Amt. to the H.O. 9,000

Solution:(In the Books of Head Office at Pune)

Dr. Mumbai Branch A/c Cr.

Date Particulars Rs. Date Particulars Rs.

To Balanceb/d

By Bank A/c

Petty cash 1,250 Cash Sales 26,250

Stock 77,000 Realisationfrom

Debtors 41,250 1,19, 500 Debtors 4,10,350

To GoodsSent to Branch

3,78,000 Remitted toH.O.

9,000 4,45,600

To Bank A/c

Petty cashexpenses

7,500 By Balancec/d

Salary 18,500 Petty cash 1,880

Rent & Taxes 6,000 32,000 Stock 57,880

To General P& L A/c

1,02,010 Debtors 1,26,150 1,85,910

6,31,510 6,31,510

371

Note:Discount Allowed to Customers Rs.1,060 is already reduced

from closing Debtors and hence, separate Entry is not passed.

Illustration No. 3 :Hari is having his Head Office at Mumbai and Branch Office

at Nasik. Prepare the Branch Account in the books of the HeadOffice from the following transactions with the branch:


Opening Balance atbranch :

Amounts remitted tothe branch for :

- Petty Cash 1,000 - Petty CashExpenses

4,000

- Stock 39,500 - Salary 12,000

- Debtors 21,000 - Rent and Taxes 3,500

Goods Supplied tobranch during the year

3,10,000 Closing balances atBranch :

Amounts remitted bythe branch :

- Petty Cash 950

- Cash Sales 1,13,200 - Debtors 53,000

- Realisation fromdebtors

2,30,300 - Stock 26,500

Solution:In the books of H. O.

Dr. Nasik Branch Account Cr.


To Balance b/d: By Bank (Remittances) :

Branch Petty Cash 1,000 Cash Sales 1,13,200

Branch Stock 39,500 Realisation from Debtors 2,30,300

Branch Debtors 21,000 By Balance c/d:

To Goods sent toBranch

3,10,000 Branch Petty Cash 950

To Cash remitted for: Branch Debtors 53,000

Petty Cash Expenses 4,000 Branch Stock 26,500

Salary 12,000

Rent 3,500

To General P & L A/c(Bal. Fig.)

32,950

4,23,950 4,23,950

372

Illustration No. 4:

Following information is given to you from the books ofShivam Law Agency for its branch at Virar for the financial year2017-18. Prepare Virar Branch A/c in the books of Shivam LawAgency.


Balance as on 1-4-2017 Transactions during 2017-2018

-Branch Debtors 1,200 - Goods sent H.O. 7,800

- Stock 600 - Cash sent by H.O. for pettycash

2,000

- Cash 100 - Goods lost at branch 750

Balance as on 31-3-2012 - Credit Sales 3,600

- Branch Debtors ? - Insurance claim received bybranch

600

- Cash 600 - Cash received from debtors. 2,400

- Stock 1,000 - Discount allowed 480

- Bad debts 520

- Goods returned by debtors 100

- Branch Exp. paid by H. O.Salary

320

- Advt. 780

- Amount remitted by branch toH.O.

8,460

(Nov. 1997, adapted)

Solution :

In the books of H.O.Dr. Virar Branch Account Cr.


To Balance b/d: By Bank 8,460

Debtors 1,200 By Balance c/d:

Stock 600 Closing stock 1,000

Cash 100 Cash 600

To Goods sent to Branch 7,800 Debtors (WN 1) 1,300

To Cash (Petty Cash) 2,000 By General P & L A/c 1,440

To Cash : (Bal. Fig. : Loss)

Salary 320

Advertisement 780 1,100

12,800 12,800

373

Working Notes:

1) In Memorandum Books of Branch

Dr. Debtors Account Cr.


To Balance b/d 1,200 By Sales Returns 100

To Sales 3,600 By Cash 2,400

By Bad Debts 520

By Discount 480

By Balance c/d (bal.fig.)

1,300

4,800 4,800

2) It is assumed that remittance to H. O. Rs.8,460 includes theamount received as insurance claim.

3) No direct entry will be passed in Branch A/c for Goods lostRs.750: it is indirectly adjusted in the closing stock of the BranchRs.1,000.

Illustration No. 5:

Idea Traders, Mumbai opened a branch at Delhi on 1st

January 2017. The following information is available in respect ofthe branch for the year 2017.

Transactions during the year Rs.

Goods sent to branch 85,000

Cash sales at the branch 45,000

Credit sales at the branch 75,000

Salaries of the branch staff paid by H. O. 16,500

Office expenses of the branch paid by H. O. 12,000

Cash remittance to branch towards petty cash 6,000

Closing Balance on 31st Dec, 2017

Petty cash at branch 500

Debtors at branch 5,000

Stock at branch 27,000

Prepare Branch A/c to show the profit or loss from the Branch forthe year 2017.

374

Solution:

(In the Books of Head Office at Mumbai)Dr. Delhi Branch A/c. Cr.


To Goods Sent toBranch

85,000 By Cash A/c

To Cash A/c Cash Sales 45,000

Salaries 16,500 Realisation from

Officeexpenses

12,000 28,500 debtors 70,000 1,15,000

To Cash A/c 6,000

(for petty expenses) By Balance c/d

Petty cash 500

To General P & L A/c 28,000 Stock 27,000

Debtors 5,000 32,500

1,47,500 1,47,500

Dr. Memorandum Debtors A/c. Cr.


To Credit Sales 75,000 By Cash Received 70,000

By Balance c/d. 5,000

75,000 75,000

Illustration No. 6:From the following details relating to the Delhi Branch for the

year ending on 31st March 2018, prepare the Branch Account in thebooks of the Head Office.


Stock as on 1-4-2017 25,000 Cash received fromDebtors

65,000

Debtors as on 1-4-2017 10,000 Cash paid by Debtorsdirectly to H.O.

5,000

Fumiture as on 1-4-2017 6,000 Stock as on 31-3-2018 15,000

Petty Cash as on 1-4-2017

1,000 Goods returned byBranch

2,000

Insurance Pre-paid as on1-4-2017

300 Goods returned byDebtors

1,000

375

Salaries outstanding ason 1-4-2017

4,000 Cash sent to Branchfor Expenses:

Goods sent to branchduring 2017-2018

2,00,000 -Rent (Rs.800 p.m.) 9,600

Cash Sales during theyear

2,70,000 - Salary

(Rs.4,000 p.m.)

48,000

Total Sales 3,50,000 - Petty Cash 2,000

Petty Cash Expenses 2,200 Insurance

(upto June, 2018)

1,200

Discount allowed toDebtors

500

Goods costing Rs. 2,500 were damaged in transit and a sumof Rs.2,000 was recovered from the insurance company in fullsettlement of the claim. Depreciate the Furniture @ 10% p.a.

Solution:

IN THE BOOKS OF H.O.Dr. Delhi Branch Account Cr.


To Balanceb/d:

By Balance b/d(O/S Salary)

4,000

Stock 25,000 By Bank(Remittances):

Debtors 10,000 -by BranchCash (WN 3)

3,37,000

Furniture 6,000 - by BranchDebtors

Petty Cash 1,000 directly to H.O. 5,000

PrepaidInsurance

300

To GoodsSent toBranch

2,00,000

To Bank(Remittanceby H.O.)

By Goods Sentto Branch

(returns bybranch) 2,000

Rent 9,600 By Balance c/d:

Salary 48,000 Stock 15,000

Petty Cash 2,000 Debtors (WN 1) 18,500

376

Insurance 1,200 60,800 Petty Cash(WN 2)

800

To Balancec/d (O/Ssalary)

4,000 Furniture(6,000-600)

5,400

To Net Profittfd. toGeneral P &L A/c

(Bal. Fig.)

80,900 PrepaidInsurance

(WN 4)

300 40,000

3,88,000 3,88,000

Working Notes :The missing figures are ascertained by preparing memorandumledger accounts as shown below :

(1) Ascertaining debtors closing balance :

Dr. Delhi Branch Debtors Account Cr.


To Balance b/d 10,000 By Cash A/c(collection by H.O.)

5,000

To Credit Sales 80,000 By Branch Cash A/c 65,000

(Total 3,50,000-Cash2,70,000)

(collection by Branch)

By Returns Inwards 1,000

By Discount Allowed 500

By Balance c/d(Balancing figure)

18,500

90,000 90,000

(2) Ascertaining petty cash closing balance :

Dr. Delhi Branch Petty Cash Account Cr.


To Balance b/d 1,000 By Petty Expenses A/c 2,200

To Brach Cash A/c 2,000 By Balance c/d(Balancing figure)

800

3,000 3,000

377

(3) Ascertaining remittance to H. O.:

Dr. Delhi Branch Cash Account Cr.


To Cash Sales 2,70,000 By Salaries to theprevious year

4,000

To Collection fromDebtors

65,000 By Salaries for thecurrent year

44,000

To Remittance from H.O.

60,800 By Rent 9,600

To Insurance Claim 2,000 By Petty Cash 2,000

By Insurance 1,200

By Cash H.O. 3,37,000

3,97,800 3,97,800

Illustration No. 7:

M/s R. T. Ltd has a head office at Poona and branch at

Nasik. The head office sends goods to branch at price to show

profit of 2.5% on cost. The following transactions relate to the year

2017. All the information’s given below is at invoice price.

Stock on 1st January, 2017 Rs.20,000 and on 31st

December, 2017 Rs.25,000. Goods were sent to branchRs.1,00,000 of which goods worth Rs. 5,000 were returned. Branchsold goods for Rs. 82,000 on credit but customers returned goodsworth Rs. 2,000. On 1st January, 2017; Rs. 2,000. On 1st January,2017; Rs. 28,000 was due from customers. During the year,Rs.88,200 was received from customers after allowing discount @2% special discount of Rs. 5,000 was allowed to one customer.Cash sales amounted to Rs. 10,000. Branch remitted entire sumreceived by it. Rs.6,000 was sent from Poona to Nasik to pay rentRs.2,400; salary Rs.2,400 ; sundry expenses Rs.1,200.

You are required to prepare Branch Account & Goods sentto Branch Account.

378

Solution

In the books of M/s. R.T.Ltd.

Nasik Branch A/c


To Balance b/d By Balance b/d

Stock 20,000 Stock Reserve 4,000

Debtors 28,000 48,000 By Goods sent to Branch 5,000

To Goods sent to Branch 1,00,000 By Cash

To Cash 6,000 from Debtors 88,200

To P & L A/c (Bal. Fig.) 5,200 from Cash Sale 10,000 98,200

To Balance c/d By Goods sent to branch 19,000

Stock Reserve 5,000 (Profit Element)

By Balance c/d

Stock 25,000

Debtors 13,000 38,000

1,64,200 1,64,200

Goods sent to Branch A/c


To Nasik Branch 5,000 By Nasik Branch A/c 1,00,000

To Nasik Branch

(Profit Element 19,000

on 95,000@20%)

To Trading A/c(Balance Figure)

76,000

1,00,000 1,00,000

Illustration No.8:Mandar Chemicals has a branch at Patna. Goods are

invoiced to the Branch at cost plus 30%. From following detailsprepare Branch Account.

379


Stock on 1-1-2017 26,000 Goods returned to H.O. 6,500

Debtors on 1-1-2017 50,000 Goods returned by BranchDebtors to Branch

3,000

Cash-in-Hand on 1-1-2017 250 Total Sales of the Branch 2,23,000

Goods sent to PatnaBranch

1,30,000 Cash Sales 1,70,000

Cheques sent to Branch Expenses paid by Branch 23,000

a) Salary 3,000 Collection from Debtors 84,000

b) Rent 2,000 Closing Stock on 31-12-2017 1,04,000

Furniture Purchased byH.O. for the Branch

10,000 Cash Balance on 31-12-2017 130

Depreciation on Furniture at 10% p.a.

Solution :

In the books of Mandar ChemicalsDr. Patna Branch Account Cr.Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs.

To Balance b/d:

Stock 26,000

By Stock Reserve A/c b/d

(26,000 x 30/130) 6,000

Cash 250 By Goods sent to BranchA/c

30,000

Debtors 50,000 (Load:1,30,000 x 30/130)

To Goods sent to Branch A/c 1,30,000 By Goods sent to BranchA/c (returns)

6,500

To Goods sent to Branch A/c 1,500 By Cash (WN 1) 2,31,120

(Load 6,500 x 30/130) By Balance c/d:

To Bank A/c; Closing Stock 1,04,000

Salary 3,000 Cash 130

Rent 2,000 Debtors (WN 2) 16,000

Furnitre 10,000 15,000 Furniture (10,000 – Depr.1,000)

9,000

To Stock Reserve c/d 24,000

(Load:Cl, Stock

104,000 x30/130)

To General P & L A/c (bal. fig.) 1,56,000

4,02,750 4,02,750

380

Working Notes:

(1) Patna Branch Cash/Bank Account

Dr. Cr.


To Balance b/d 250 By Expenses 23,000

To Cash Sales 1,70,000 By Cash sent to H.O.

(bal. flg.)

2,31,120

To Debtors 84,000 By Balance c/d 130

2,54,250 2,54,250

(2) Patna Branch Total Debtors Account

Dr. Cr.


To Balance b/d 50,000 By Sales Returns 3,000

To Credit Sales 53,000 By Cash 84,000

(2,23,000-1,70,000) By Balance c/d (bal. fig.) 16,000

1,03,000 1,03,000

(3) Profit or Loading:

Cost + Profit = Invoice Price100 + 30 = 130So, Profit or loading is 30/130 of Invoice Price.

Illustration No.9:

Raj Oils Ltd. opened a branch at Shrinagar on 1st January,2017. Goods are invoiced to the branch at cost plus 33 1/3 % whichis the selling price. From the following particulars relating to 2016and 2017, ascertain the profit made of Shrinagar Branch in the twoyears and show how the relevant items will appear in Company’sBalance Sheet on 31st December, 2016 and 2017.

381

Particulars 2016Rs.

2017Rs.

Goods sent to Shrinagar branchduring the year at selling price

... … … 45,000 70,000

Sales at branch :

Cash … … … 15,000 30,400

Credit … … … 19,600 41,000

Cash received from debtors … … … 15,400 32,300

Discount allowed to customers … … … 200 500

Cash sent to branch for expenses(including Petty Cash)

… … … 6,000 10,000

Goods returned by the Branch(Invoice price)

… … … 1,500 -

Stock at 31st December at invoiceprice

… … … 8,400 6,900

Petty Cash at branch on 31st

December… … … 90 40

(Mar, 96, adapted)

Solution:

In the books of H.O.

Dr. Shrinagar Branch Account Cr.Particulars 2016

Rs.2017Rs.

Particulars 2016Rs.

2017Rs.

To Balance b/d

Stock (IP) - 8,400

By Stock ReserveA/c

(Load on OpeningStock)

2,100

Debtors - 4,000 By Cash/Bank

Petty Cash - 90 (RemittanceReceived)

To Goods sentto Branch A/c(IP)

45,000 70,000 -Cash Sales 15,000 30,400

To Cash 6,000 10,000 -Collection fromDebtors

15,400 32,300

To Goods Sentto branch A/c

375 - By Goods Sent toBranch A/c

11,250 17,500

(Load onReturns)

(Load on GoodsSent)

382

To StockReserve A/c

2,100 1,725 By Goods sent toBranch A/c

1,500 -

(Load onClosing Stock)

(Returns at IP)

To Net Profittransferred to

By Balance c/d:

General P & LA/c

2,165 7,225 Stock (IP) 8,400 6,900

Debtors (WN 1) 4,000 12,200

Petty Cash 90 40

55,640 1,01,440 55,640 1,01,440

Working Notes :

(1) Dr. Shrinagar Branch Debtors Account Cr.

Particulars 2016Rs.

2017Rs.

Particulars 2016Rs.

2017Rs.

To Balance b/d - 4,000 By Cash receivedfrom customers

15,400 32,300

To Credit Sales 19,600 41,000

By Discount 200 500

By Balance c/d 4,000 12,200

(Balancing figure)

19,600 45,000 19,600 45,000

(2) Dr. Shrinagar Branch Petty Cash Account Cr.

Particulars 2016Rs.

2017Rs.

Particulars 2016Rs.

2017Rs.

To Balance b/d - 90 By Petty CashExpenses

5,910 10,050

To H.O. Cash 6,000 10,000 (Balancing figure)

By Balance c/d 90 40

6,000 10,090 6,000 10,090

(3) H. O. invoices goods at 33.33% over cost.Profit is ¼ or 25% of Invoice Price.

Illustration No.10:Sarda Brothers, Bombay has a branch at Nagpur. All goods

required for sale at Nagpur Branch are supplied from Bombay atcost plus 25% and all cash received at the Branch is banked dailyin the Head Office Account opened in a Bank at Nagpur.

383

From the following particulars, give the Branch Account andBranch Debtors Account.

Particulars Rs.

Stock (1.1.2017)Debtors (1.1.2017)Petty Cash (1.1.2017)Returns from CustomersGoods invoiced to BranchReturned Goods to Head OfficeBad DebtsCash SalesBranch Expenses paid by Head OfficeRentSalarySundriesAllowances givenPetty Cash Expenses at BranchTotal SalesRemittances to branch for Petty CashStock (31.12.2017)Debtors (31.12.2017)

79,0001,13,000

9004,000

2,50,00010,000

1,00014,000

14,00015,000

7,0004,5002,400

3,49,0002,800

84,0001,95,100

SolutionIn the books of Sarda Brothers Bombay

Dr. Nagpur Branch A/c Cr.


To Branch Stock 79,000 By Goods sent to branch 10,000

To Branch Debtors 1,13,000 By Cash A/c

To Branch Petty Cash 900 i) Cash Sales 14,000

To Goods sent to Branch A/c 2,50,000 ii) Collectionfrom Debtors

2,43,400 2,57,400

To Cash A/c By Branch Stock 84,000

Rent 14,000 By Branch Debtors 1,95,100

Salary 15,000 By Branch Petty Cash 1,300

Sundry Expenses 7,000 36,000 By Stock Reserve(Loading)

15,800

To Petty Cash A/c 2,800 By Goods sent to branch(Loading)

50,000

To Stock Reserve (Loading) 16,800

To Goods Sent to Branch

(Loading) 2,000

To General Profit & Loss A/c

(Balance Figure) 1,13,100

6,13,600 6,13,600

384

Dr. Branch Debtors A/c Cr.


To Balance b/d 1,13,000 By Cash A/c (Balance Figure) 2,43,400

To Credit Sales 3,35,000 By Return Inward 4,000

By Bad Debts 1,000

By Allowances to Customers 4,500


4,48,000 4,48,000

Loading :Cost + Loading = Invoice Price100 + 25 = 25

25 1

125 5Loading

Illustration No. 11:J. S. Trading Company, Nagpur, invoices goods to its KanpurBranch at cost which sells on credit as well as for cash. From thefollowing particulars, prepare Branch Stock Account, BranchDebtors Account, Branch Expenses Account. Cash is immediatelyremitted by Branch to Head Office. Expenses are paid directly byHead Office.

Particulars Rs.

Stock at Branch on 1-1-2017 … … … … 7,560

Goods from Head Office … … … … 35,500

Goods returned by customers … … … … 300

Total Sales … … … … 46,760

Cash Sales … … … … 16,750

Goods returned to Head Office … … … … 350

Stock at Branch on 31st December 2017 … … … … 6,950

Debtors on 1st January 2017 … … … … 13,000

Cash paid by customers … … … … 24,600

Discount and commission to customers … … … … 1,360

Bad Debts … … … … 300

Rent Rates and Taxes … … … … 900

Salaries and Wages etc. … … … … 3,650

385

Solution :

Dr. Branch Stock Account Cr.Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs.

To Balance b/d

(Stock on 1-1-2017)

7,560 By Cash (Cash sales) 16,750

To Goods sent to branchA/c

35,500 By Branch Debtors (CreditSales)

30,010

To Branch Debtors A/c(Sales Return)

300 By Goods sent to branchA/c (Return from Branch )

350

To Gross Profit transferredto Profit & Loss A/c

10,700 By Balance c/d (stock on31-12-2012)

6,950

54,060 54,060

Dr. Branch Debtors Account Cr.Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs.

To Balance b/d (Debtors1-1-2017)

13,000 By Cash 24,600

To Branch Stock A/c 30,010 By Branch Stock A/c

(Sales Return)

300

(Credit Sales 46,760 –16,750)

By Discount and Commission 1,360

By Bad Debts 300

By Balance c/d (Bal. Fig.) 16,450

43,010 43,010

Dr. Branch Expenses Account Cr.Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs.

To Bad Debts 300 By Branch Profit & Loss A/c 6,210

To Discount andCommission A/c

1,360

To Cash A/c.

Rent, Rates and Taxes 900

Salaries and Wages 3,650

6,210 6,210

Dr. Branch Profit and Loss Account Cr.Particulars Rs. Particulars Rs.

To Branch Expenses A/c 6,210 By Gross Profit transferred 10,700To Net Profit transferred toGeneral Profit & Loss A/c

from Branch Stock A/c

4,490

10,700 10,700

386

Dr. Goods Sent to branch Account Cr.


To Branch Stock A/c 350 By Branch Stock A/c 35,500

To Trading A/c 35,150

35,500 35,500

Illustration No. 12:

Following particulars are related to Solapur Branch for theyear ended 31st March, 2018. Goods are invoiced to Branch @ costplus 50%. Branch remits all cash received to the head office and allexpenses are met by the Head office. From the followingparticulars, prepare the necessary accounts under the stock andDebtors method.

Transactions during the year. Rs.

Stock (at invoice price) on 1st April , 2017 93,000

Branch Debtors on 1st April, 2017 68,000

Goods invoiced to branch at cost 3,40,000

Sales at Branch :

Cash Sales 2,50,100

Credit Sales 3,10,000

Cash received from Debtors 3,04,000

Goods returned by Debtors 12,000

Goods returned by Branch to HO 1,500

Shortage of Stock 4,500

Discount allowed to Debtors 2,000

Expenses at Branch 54,000

387

Solution :

In the Books of Pune Head OfficeDr. Solapur Branch Stock A/c. Cr.


To Balance b/d 93,000 By Sales

To Goods Sent toBranch

5,10,000 Cash 2,50,100

To Branch Debtors A/c 12,000 Credit (Deb.) 3,10,000 5,60,100

By Goods Sent to Br. A/c.(Returns)

1,500

By Branch Adj. A/c(Shortage)

4,500

By Balance c/d 48,900

6,15,000 6,15,000

Dr. Solapur Branch A/c. Cr.


To Balance b/d 68,000 By Branch Cash 3,04,000

To Branch Stock A/c 3,10,000 By Branch Stock A/c 12,000

(Credit Sales) (Sales Returns)

By Discount 2,000

By Balance c/d 60,000

3,78,000 3,78,000

Goods Sent to Solapur Branch A/c.Dr. Cr.


To Branch Stock A/c. 1,500 By Branch Stock A/c 5,10,000

(Returns) 1,70,000 By Goods Sent to Branch 500

To Branch Adjs. A/c 3,39,000

5,10,500 5,10,500

Solapur Branch Cash A/c.


To Sales 2,50,100 By Head Office Cash A/c. 5,54,100

To Debtors 3,04,000

5,54,100 5,54,100

388

Solapur Branch Adjustment A/c.


To Branch Stock Res. A/c. 16,300 By Branch Stock Res.A/c.

31,000

(closing Stock) 2.(e+f) Opening Stock) 2. (d)

To Goods Sent to Br. A/c. 500 By Goods Sent to Br. A/c. 1,70,000

To Branch Stock A/c. 4,500 2(a)

(Shortage)

To Gross Profit c/d 1,79,700

2,01,000 2,01,000

Solapur Branch Profit & Loss A/c.


To Discount 2,000 By Gross Profit 1,79,700

To Branch Exp. A/c 54,000

To Net Profit 1,23,700

1,79,700 1,79,700

Note : (1) Loading (20%on CP = 1/3rd of IP)

Inv PriceRs.

(1/3rd) Rs.

(a) Goods sent to Branch 5,10,000 1,70,000

Goods returned 12,000

4,98,000

4,000

1,66,000

(b) Goods return to Branch 1,500 500 Cost

(c) Shortage 4,500 1,500 3,000

(d) Stock-Opening 93,000 31,000

(e) -Closing 48,900 16,300

(2) Assumption : Shortage is of Normal (nothing abnormal)

389

19.2 EXERCISES

1. M/s Gupta Brothers are having their Head Office at Delhi andBranch at Calcutta. The following are the transactions of theHead Office with Branch for the year :


Stock at Branch as on 1st Jan. 30,800 Amount sent to Branch :

Debtors at the Branch as 1st

January16,500 - Salary 7,440

Petty Cash as on 1st Jan. 500 - Rent 2,400

Goods supplied to the Branch 1,51,200 - Petty Cash 3,000

Remittance from Branch : Stock at Branch as on31st Dec.

23,150

- Cash Sales 10,500 Sundry Debtors at theBranch as

- Realisation of Debts 1,57,740 on 31st Dec. 50,460

Petty Cash an on 31st

Dec.750

Show the Branch Account in the books of the Head Office.(Ans.: N.P. Rs. 30,760)

2. From the following information, prepare Delhi Branch Account inthe books of head office for the year ending 31st March, 2018 :


Opening Stock (at cost) 1,78,000 Discount allowed to Customers 500

Opening Debtors 14,000 Bad Debts written off 1,000

Opening Petty Cash 250 Credit Sales 7,29,400

Furniture

(in the beginning)

6,000 Cash Sales 32,000

Opening Creditors 6,000 Petty Expenses paid by Branch 8,000

Goods sent to Branch(at Cost)

5,22,000 Cheques sent to Branch ofexpenses :

Goods returned byBranch to H.O. (at cost)

7,800 Salaries 30,000

Goods returned byCustomers to Branch

5,700 Rent and Insurance 12,000

Cash received byBranch from itscustomers

6,11,000 Petty Cash 7,870

390

Goods are sold to customers at cost plus 50%. Depreciate thefurniture @ 10% p.a.

(Ans.: N.P. Rs. 1,99,800 Cl. bal. 1,25,200, Cl. Petty-Cash 120)

STOCK & DEBTORS3. Mumbai Soap Mills Ltd has two branches at Kolhapur and at

Pune. Goods are invoiced to branches at cost plus 50%. Fromthe following particulars, prepare necessary accounts under“Stock and Debtor System” to find out profit earned by thebranches.

Particulars Rs. PuneRs.

Stock on 1.4.2017 (at Invoice Price) 9,300 15,600

Debtors on 1.4.2017 6,800 8,700

Goods invoiced to Branches at cost 34,000 36,000

Cash Sales 25,010 35,000

Credit Sales 31,000 30,100

Cash from Debtors 30,400 29,800

Goods returned by Debtors 1,200 1,500

Goods returned by branch to H.O. 1,500 -

Goods transferred from Pune to Kolhapur 2,100 2,100

Surplus in stock - 300

Shortage in stock 450 -

Discount allowed to customers 200 350

Expenses at branches 5,400 6,700

[Ans. Branch Stock Account Debit Balance L Kolhapur Rs. 5,640; Pune Rs.4,200., Br. Debtors on 31.3.2013 : Kolhapur Rs. 6,000; Pune Rs. 7,150.Gross profit : Kolhapur Rs. 18,270; Pune Rs. 21,200. Net Profit : KolhapurRs. 12,370; Pune Rs. 14,350]

4. Ruchika Ltd. sends goods to its branch at cost plus 25%. Thefollowing particulars are available in respect of the branch forthe year ended 31st March, 2018.

Particulars Rs.

Opening stock at Branch at cost to the Branch 80,000

Goods sent to Branch at Invoice Price 12,00,000

Loss in transit at invoice price 18,000

Pilferage at invoice price 6,000

391

Sales 12,10,000

Expenses 60,000

Closing Stock at Branch at cost to the Branch 40,000

Recovery from insurance company against loss intransit

10,000

Prepare :i) Branch Stock Account.ii) Goods Sent to Branch Account.iii) Branch Adjustment Account.iv) Branch Profit & Loss Account in the books of H.O.

[Ans. Gross Profit Rs. 2,43,800. Net Profit Rs. 1,77,000]

5. Ferwani Traders with head office in Kolhapur had a branch atSatara.

Following information is provided :

(1) Mark-up on cost by Head Office on goods sentto branch

33 1/3%

(2) Goods sent to branch at invoice price Rs.8,70,000

(3) Goods Returned by branch debtors Rs. 24,000

(4) Goods Returned by branch Rs. 32,000

(5) Stock on hand at branch (1-4-2016) (at cost) Rs. 9,000

(6) Stock on hand at branch (Invoice price)

(31-3-2017)

Rs. 45,000

(7) Cost of free sample given by branch Rs. 3,000

(8) Expenses at Branch Rs. 34,000

(9) Goods of invoice value Rs.15,000 were in transit from HO tobranch on 31-3-2017.

(10) Branch Manager was allowed to buy goods for own use at aspecial discount of 10%; branch manager availed of theconcession and bought goods costing Rs.12,000 during theyear.

Prepare Branch Stock Account, Branch Debtors Account andBranch Profit and Loss Account.

(Mumbai TY April 2001, adapted)

[Ans.: Profit Rs. 1,57,900)

392

20

FIRE INSURANCE CLAIM I

UNIT STRUCTURE

20.0 Objectives20.1 Introduction20.2 Requisite of Insurance20.3 Procedure of Claim for Loss of Stock20.4 Steps for Calculating the Claim20.5 Exercise20.6 Illustrations

20.0 OBJECTIVES

After studying the unit the students will be able: To introduce the topic To know about the term fire insurance claim To understand the meaning of Average Clause To make ready for calculating the claim amount To illustrate the practical problems

20.1 INTRODUCTION

Insurance contract is a contract of indemnity. Under thiscontract, an insurance company indemnifies the insured for loss ofproperty due to the reasons like fire, flood, earthquake, etc. Abusiness organisation usually get its property insured against therisk of fire and other natural calamities. On the occurrence of fire oraccident, the business organisation has to estimate the loss andlodge a claim with insurance company.

Losses due to fire are of two types: Loss of assets and Loss of profit

Loss of assets affects so badly on business activities whichultimately affects profits of the business. Therefore the businessconcerns take a fire insurance policy in respect of,

Loss of stock only, Loss of profit only, OR

393

A comprehensive or Package Policy which covers loss of allthe items i.e. stock, other assets, profit, expenses etc.

20.2 REQUISITE OF INSURANCE

A fire at the place of business place destroys assets likebuilding, furniture and machinery. It also destroys records. It alsodisturbs the normal functioning of the business. Therefore, theprudent businessman usually chooses to take insurance policy inorder to cover the risk of loss due the occurrence of the fire. Ifunfortunately, the fire broke out, the businessman getscompensation equal to the amount of loss sustained. In order toreceive compensation, the businessman has to lodge the claim withthe insurance company for loss of stock. In order to lodge the claim,businessman has to find out the stock on the date of fire. Inabsence of the proper record of the stock, it becomes challengingto compute the amount of claim.

20.3 PROCEDURE OF CLAIM FOR LOSS OF STOCK

I. If proper stock records are maintained or if records are notdestroyed by fire:-In such a case calculation of claim will be as follows:A. Calculate the amount of stock lost by fire:

B. Calculation of the amount of claim:a) If there is no average clause then

Stock lost by fire = Amount of claim

b) If there is average clause thenAmount of claim = Policy Amount/ Stock on the Date of Fire × Stock

lost by fire

II. If proper stock records are not maintained or if records aredestroyed by fire:-

A. Calculation of the Percentage of Gross Profit:

Determine the Gross Profit to Sales ratio. In absence of anyinformation, it is required to take the figure of pervious year fordetermining the percentage of gross profit. If the information aboutsale and gross profit is available, it is essential to take average ofthese figures.

Particulars AmountsStock on the date of fire xx

(-) Salvage xxStock lost by fire xx

394

Prepare a Trading Account in the usual manner. Following aresome of the items associated with preparation of Trading Account:

(i) Stock:Stock contains stock of raw materials, work in progress, finishedgoods, etc. In absence of any clear information, stock is consideredas stock of finished goods only. Such stock should be valued atcost. If any other basis is given, convert it to cost.

(ii) Purchases less returns.

(iii) Wages.

(iv) Manufacturing expenses.

(v) Sales less returns.

(vi) Gross profit.

The rate of Gross profit is the key for determining the stock onthe date of fire. Therefore, there should be regularity in the grossprofit ratio.

B. Memorandum Trading Account

It is required to prepare Memorandum Trading Account up tothe date of fire by gathering figures in respect of opening stock,purchases, direct expenses and sales from the record. In case therecord is destroyed by fire, the information can be discovered fromthe documentary evidence.

The estimated value of stock on the date of fire is the balancingfigure on the credit side of the Memorandum Trading Account.While preparing Memorandum Trading Account, following pointsshould be taken into consideration:

(i) Period:This Account is prepared for the period from last date of accountsto the date of fire which is given in the problem.

(ii) Opening Stock:The opening stock should be valued at cost.

In case of undervaluation of stock:Cost of stock = (100\100 – Rate of Undervaluation) × Value of stock

In case of overvaluation of stock:Cost of stock = (100\100 + Rate of Overvaluation) × Value of stock

395

(iii) Purchases:Purchases should be taken into account for the period from

last date of accounts to the date of fire. Goods received but notaccounted should be added to purchases. If the amount ofpurchases is not given, it can be calculated by preparing CreditorsAccount.

If purchases are not given, it should be decided by preparingcreditors A/c as follows.

Creditors A/cParticulars Amounts Particulars AmountsTo Bank A/c XX By Balance b/d XXTo Discount A/c XX By Purchases XXTo Bills Payable A/c XX (Bal. Fig.)To Balance c/d XX

XX XX

(iv) Sales:Sales should be taken into account for the period from last

date of accounts to the date of fire. Goods included in the abovesales but not delivered should be deducted from sales.Misappropriated cash sales and goods delivered but not recordedshould be added to sales.

If sales are not given, it should be ascertained by preparingDebtors A/c as follows:

Debtors A/cParticulars Amounts Particulars AmountsTo Balance b/d XX By Bank A/c XXTo Sales A/c XX By Discount A/c XX

(Bal.fig.) By Sales Returns A/c XXBy Bills Receivable A/c XX

XX XX

Particulars AmountsPurchases xxLess: Goods included in purchases but not actuallyreceived

xx

Add: Unrecorded Purchases xxLess: Purchase Returns xxPurchases to be debited to Trading A/c xx

Particulars AmountsSales xxLess: Goods sold but not delivered xxLess: Sale of assets xxAdd: Unrecorded sales xxLess: Sales returns xxSales to be credited to Trading A/c xx

396

(v) Wages:Wages for the period from the last accounts to the date of

fire should be debited to Memorandum Trading Account.Amount of wages should be calculated as follows:

(vi) Manufacturing Expenses:Manufacturing expenses or factory expenses for the period fromlast date of accounts to the date of fire should also be considered.

(vii) Gross Profit and Gross Profit Ratio:Gross profit ratio should be at a certain percentage on cost or onsales. Consistent gross profit ratio over the past years is essentialto find out stock on the date of fire. Gross profit ratio should beadjusted under the following circumstances:

(a)Different gross profit ratios in past years should be averaged out.

(b) Change in material prices.

(c) Change in expenses ratio.

(d) Change in sales price.

(e) Different gross profit ratios for different goods.

The ratio of Gross Profit for the purpose of claim should be atnormal rate.

(i) If information about the Gross Profit Ratio of the immediatelypreceding year is given, then the Gross Profit Ratio of the previousyear should be taken as a normal rate of Gross Profit.

(ii) If the rate of Gross Profit of previous years has been falling fromyear to year consistently then it is not proper to consider theaverage rate of gross profit of previous years as normal rate ofgross profit. In such a situation, make an estimate of the rate ofgross profit that is likely to prevail in the current year and considerthat rate as the normal rate of gross profit , e.g., gross profit ratesfor three years have been 25%, 20% and 15%. In this case,average will be 20%, Instead of taking average reasonable grossprofit rate likely to prevail will be 10%.The above procedure shouldbe followed, in case of continuous rise in the rate of gross profit.

Particulars AmountsWages paid xxLess: Wages incurred for installation of machinery xxLess: Outstanding wages of the last year paid duringthe year

xx

Add: Outstanding wages for the current year xxWages to be debited to Trading A/c xx

397

(viii) Abnormal Goods:Goods which are slow moving or which are damaged are called

as abnormal goods. Valuation of such goods may be at cost or at alower value as given. It becomes necessary to adjust purchases,sales and stock on account of abnormal goods.

Abnormal items are treated as follows:

1. If abnormal items are included in closing stock:(a) Deduct value of abnormal items from closing stock.(b) Deduct cost of abnormal items from purchases.(c) Deduct sale of abnormal items from sales.

2. If abnormal items are included in opening stock:(a) Deduct value of abnormal items from opening stock.(b) Deduct sale of abnormal items from sales.(c) Deduct value of abnormal items, if any, from closing stock.

3. If abnormal items are written off to some extent from closingstock:(a) Deduct the value of remaining items from closing stock.(b) Deduct cost of abnormal items from purchases.(c) Deduct sale of abnormal items from sales.

(ix) Stock:Balancing figure in Memorandum Trading Account after adjustmentof gross profit is the stock of normal goods. Then, it should beadjusted for:-(i) Goods with consignee or third party and(ii)Salvage, i. e. realisable value of scrap or partly damaged goods.The adjusted stock is the amount of loss suffered.

Memorandum Trading A/cFor Period __

Particulars Amounts Particulars Amounts

To Opening Stock XX By SalesLess: Returns

XX

To PurchasesLess: Returns

XX By Goods Distributed asFree Samples

XX

To Wages XX By Stock Sent onConsignment

XX

To Carriage XX By Bills Receivable XX

To Gross Profit C/d XX By Stock Sent on Approval XX

XX By Closing Stock (Stockon the date of fire)(Bal.fig.)

XX

XX XX

398

C. Loss of StockDeduct the amount of salvage from the value of stock on the

date of fire to get the value of loss of stock.

Loss of Stock = Stock on the Date of Fire – Salvage.

D. Average ClauseThe insurance policy is taken for compensating probable

loss in the future and not to earn profit. Therefore, a fire insurancepolicy generally includes an average clause in order to discourageunder insurance of stock. As per this clause, the insurancecompany pays compensation to the insured proportionately if thevalue of stock or asset on the date of fire is more than the amountof insurance policy.

Formula applied in case of an Average Clause:Claim = (Value of policy / Value of stock on the date of fire) × Value

of stock destroyed by fire

For example:- suppose stock of Rs.2,00,000 may be insured sayfor Rs.1,50,000. So if fire occurs and the actual loss isRs.1,30,000 the insured can recover the amount of loss if there isno ‘average clause’ in the policy.

To discourage such tendency of under-insurance andprevent the misuse of insurance there is an ‘Average Clause’included in the policy.The effect of this clause is that the insureddoes not get the full amount of loss, even though the policy amountis more than the loss. The insured gets only proportionate amountof loss. The base of this principle is that in case of under-insurancethe owner of the property himself acts as an insurer to the extentthe property has not been insured with the insurance company. Inthe above example insured is self-responsible for the amount of thestock

Rs.50,000 (Rs.2,00,000 – Rs.1,50,000) as he has under-insured the stock. The formula for calculating the amount of claim ifthere is Average Clause:

Amount of claim = Sum Insured (amount of claim) X Actual lossTotal stock on the date of fire

= 1,50,000 / 2,00,000 X 1,30,000

=Rs.97,500

399

20.4 STEPS FOR CALCULATING THE CLAIM

1. Prepare the Trading A/c for the previous accounting years &calculate the gross profit.

2. Calculate the Gross Profit Ratios for the previous accountingyears & choice a Gross Profit Ratio for the Memorandum TradingAccount.

3. In order to ascertain the closing stock (i.e.) stock on hand as onthe date of fire, prepare a Memorandum Trading A/c. This A/c isfrom the commencement of the accounting year to the date of fire.

4. Record everything that is applicable in the Memorandum TradingA/c.

5. Calculate the gross profit as a percentage of sales on the basisof Gross Profit Ratio in step 2.

6. The Memorandum Trading A/c should be balanced. Thebalancing figure would represent closing stock.

7. Statement of claimClosing Stock xx

(-) Salvage (xx)Amount of Loss or claim xx

8. Average Clause:If closing stock is greater than the amount of policy.Claim = (Value of policy / Value of stock on the date of fire) × Value

of stock destroyed by fire

Adjustments:1. The Stock should always be valued at cost. If there is anyundervaluation or overvaluation then the stock should be broughtback to cost.

2. Purchases & Sales should include only purchases & sales ofgoods. Purchases & sales of assets should be excluded from thepurchases & sales.

3. Unrecorded purchases and sales if any should be recorded.

4. Purchases should include those goods which have been actuallyreceived before the date of fire. Whether the invoice is received ornot is not material, similarly, sales should include only those goodswhich have been dispatched before the date of fire.

400

5. Salvage should be valued either at cost or market valuewhichever is less.

6. The insurance company would compensate the insured to the fullextent of firefighting expenses.

20.5 EXERCISES

A) Theory Questions

1. What is the treatment of Abnormal Goods?

2. Write short note on Memorandum Trading Account.

3. What is the procedure of computing claim for loss of stock?

4. Write short note on Average Clause.

5. Write short note on need of insurance.

B) Test your understanding by selecting the most appropriatealternative:

1. Salvage refers to --------------a) Stock destroyed by fire. b) Stock moving fast.c) Stock saved from fire. d) Stock moving slow.

2. Purchase of furniture should be ------------a) Added to purchase. b) Deducted from purchase.c) Ignored. d) None of the above.

3. Unrecorded sales should be --------------.a) Added to sales. b) Deducted from sales.c) Ignored. d) None of the above.

4. Percentage of Gross Profit should be--------------.a) Increasing b) Decreasingc) Fluctuating d) Constant

5. Percentage of Gross Profit should be at --------------.a) cost b) market valuec) marginal price d) realisable value

6. Debtors Account is prepared to find out ----------------.a) cash sales b) credit salesc) cash purchases d) credit purchases

7. Credit purchases should be ascertained from ---------------A/c.a) Total Creditors b) Total Debtorsc) Cash d) Bank

401

8. Abnormal items included in the closing stock should be ---------.a) added to sales b) deducted from salesc) deducted from purchases d) deducted from closing stock

9. As per Average Clause, insurance company pay compensation----------------.

a) more than the loss b) less than the lossc) equal to loss d) proportionately

10. Goods sent on approval is --------------.a) debited to Memorandum Trading A/cb) credited to Memorandum Trading A/cc) added to salesd) deducted from sales

11. Carriage on purchase should be --------------.a) debited to Memorandum Trading A/cb) credited to Memorandum Trading A/cc) added to salesd) deducted from sales

12. In fire insurance, compensation is -----------------.a) equal to policy amount b) less than policy amountc) actual loss incurred d) stock on the date of fire

13. Goods sent on consignment are --------------.a) debited to Memorandum Trading A/cb) credited to Memorandum Trading A/cc) added to salesd) deducted from sales

14. Fire insurance ----------------.a) covers risk of loss b) decreases lossc) prevents loss d) None of the above

15. Sales are Rs.50,000, gross profit is 25% on sales, the grossprofit will be ---------------- .

a) Rs.12,500 b) Rs.10,000c) Rs.25,000 d) None of the above

16. If opening creditors are Rs.30,000, closing creditors areRs.45,000 and the payment to creditors Rs.87,500, then creditpurchases will be ---------------- .

a) Rs.1,02,500 b) Rs.1,00,000c) Rs.97,500 d) Rs.1,07,500

Answer: 1-c, 2-b, 3-a, 4-d, 5-a, 6 - b, 7 - a, 8 - d, 9 - d, 10 - b,11 - a, 12 - c, 13 - b, 14 - a, 15 - a, 16-a.

402

C) State whether the following statements are True or False:

1) In case of overvaluation of stock, it should be brought down to

cost.

2) Insurance avoids loss due to fire.

3) Valuation of stock should be carried out at market value only.

4) Goods sent on consignment should be credited to Memorandum

Trading A/c for deciding the stock on the date of fire.

5) It is not compulsory to insure the stock.

6) Sale of asset should be debited to Trading A/c.

7) Average Clause do not affect calculation of claim.

8) Credit purchases are ascertained from Total Debtors A/c.

9) Abnormal goods are fast moving goods.

10) Memorandum Trading A/c is prepared to find out credit sales.

11) Average Clause is not applicable when goods are fully insured.

12)Goods saved from fire as called as abnormal goods.

13)Normal good are slow moving goods.

14) If sales are Rs.2,00,000 and gross profit is Rs.40,000 ,then

gross profit ratio is 20% .

Answer:

False : 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,12,13True : 1, 4, 5,11,14

D) Fill in the blanks:

1) Credit purchases can be ascertained from --------------- A/c.

2) Sale of asset should be deducted from --------------- .

3) Slow moving goods are also known as ------------ goods.

4) In fire insurance, insured get compensation equal to ------------incurred.

5) Purchases should be -------------- to Trading A/c.

6) -------------- Account is prepared to find out credit sales.

7) Wages incurred on installation of machinery should bededucted from ---------.

8) Goods saved from the fire is called as --------------.

9) --------- businessman takes out an insurance policy.

10) Stock distributed as free sample should be credited to ---- A/c.

403

11) Memorandum Trading A/c is prepared to find out ---------- onthe date of fire.

12) ------------- = Salvage + Loss of Stock.

Answer:1) Total Creditors, 2) Sales, 3) Abnormal, 4) loss, 5) debited,6) Total Debtors, 7) Wages, 8) salvage, 9) Prudent, 10) Trading,11) stock, 12) Stock on the date of fire

E) Match the following:I)

Column A Column B

A) Mark up 1) Fast moving goods

B) Average Clause 2) Stock on the date of fire -Salvage

C) Abnormal Goods 3) Slow moving goods

D) Loss of Stock 4) Discourage the insurance

5) Based on cost

Answer: I) A - 5, B - 4, C - 3, D - 2

II)

Column A Column B

A) Shop soiled goods 1) Total Debtors A/c

B) Insurance 2) Total Creditors A/c

C) Credit sales 3) Contract of Indemnity

D) Credit purchases 4) Abnormal Goods

5) Normal Goods

Answer: II) A - 4, B - 3, C - 1, D - 2

404

21

FIRE INSURANCE CLAIM IIILLUSTRATION & EXERCISE

Unit Structure:

21.0 Objectives


21.2 Exercises

21.0 OBJECTIVES

After studying the unit, students will be able to solve thepractical problems on computation of Fire Insurance Claim.


Illustration No. 1

Ascertain purchases when cost of goods sold is Rs. 1,00,000.Opening stock : Rs. 10,000.Closing stock : Rs. 25,000 .

Solution:

Cost of goods sold = Opening Stock + Purchases – Closing Stock

1,00,000 = 10,000 + Purchases – 25,000

1,00,000 – 10,000 + 25,000 = Purchases

Purchases = Rs.1,15,000

Illustration No. 2

Find out sales when cost of goods sold is Rs. 1,60,000 and GrossProfit ratio 20%.

Solution:

Gross Profit = 1,60,000 × 20/80

= Rs.40,000

Sales = Cost of Goods Sold + Gross Profit

= 1,60,000 + 40,000

= Rs.2,00,000

405

Illustration No. 3

(Calculation of Claim in case of under insurance, usingaverage clause)

Find out the actual claim in the following case:

Particulars Amounts

Rs.

Value of stock on the date of fire 8,000

Value of the Insurance Policy 6,000

Value of stock saved from fire 1,000

There is an average clause in the policy.

Solution:

1. Calculation of Actual Amount of Loss

Particulars AmountsRs.

Value of stock on the date of fire 8,000

Value of stock saved from fire 1,000

Actual Amount of Loss 7,000

2. Calculation of Amount of Claim

Claim = (Value of policy / Value of stock on the date of fire) × Valueof stock destroyed by fire

=(5,000 /8,000)× 6,000

=Rs. 3,750

Illustration No. 4

Razavi Traders have taken a fire policy of Rs.4,80,000 covering itsstock in trade. A fire occurs on 31-3-2018 and stock was destroyedwith the exception of the value of Rs.1,24,080.

Following particulars are available from the books of accounts ofthe firm:

Stock on 31-12-2017 Rs. 1,80,000

Purchases to the date of fire Rs. 7,80,000

Sales to the date of fire Rs. 5,40,000

Carriage Inwards to the date of fire Rs. 24,000

Commission paid on purchases 2%

Rate of Gross Profit on cost 50%

406

The policy was subject to average clause. You are required tocalculate:-

(i) Total loss of stock.

(ii) Amount of claim to be lodged with the Insurance Company.

(iii) Loss suffered due to under insurance

Solution:

Step 1

In the books of Razavi TradersMemorandum Trading Account

For the period from 1-1-2018 to 31-3-2018Dr. Cr.



To Opening stock 1,80,000 By Sales 5,40,000

To Purchases 7,80,000 By Closing Stock(Bal.Fig.)

6,39,600

To Commission(2/100 × 7,80,000)

15,600

To CarriageInwards

24,000

To Gross Profit C/d[5,40,000×1/3]

1,80,000

11,79,600 11,79,600

Note: 50% or 1/2 on cost = 1/3 on sales.

Step 2

Calculation of Actual Loss

Particulars Rs.

Stock on the date of fire 6,39,600

Less: Salvage 1,24,080

Actual Loss 5,15,520

Step 3

Calculation of Amount of Claim

Claim = (Value of policy / Value of stock on the date of fire) × Actual

Loss

= 4,80,000 / 6,39,600 × 5,15,520

= Rs. 3,86,882

407

Step 4Calculation of loss due to under insurance

Particulars Rs.Actual Loss 5,15,520Less: Amount of claim 3,86,882Loss due to under insurance 1,28,638

Illustration No. 5

A fire broke out in the warehouse of Ankita Traders Ltd. on 30th

September 2017. The company desires to file a claim with theinsurance company for loss of stock. From the following informationprepare a statement showing the amount of claim. The lastaccounts of company were prepared on 31.12.2016.

Stock on 31.12. 2016 Rs. 1,20,000

Sundry debtors on 31.12. 2016 Rs .3,20,000

Sundry debtors on 30.9. 2017 Rs . 2,40,000

Cash received from debtors Rs .11,52,000

Purchases from 1.1. 2017 to 30.9. 2017 Rs .10,00,000

Rate of Gross Profit on sales 25%

Solution:

Step 1

In the books of Ankita Traders Ltd.Dr. Total Debtors A/c Cr.



To Balance b/d 3,20,000 By Cash received 11,52,000

To Credit Sales

(Bal. fig.)

10,72,000 By Balance c/d 2,40,000

13,92,000 13,92,000

408

Step 2

In the books of Ankita Traders Ltd.Memorandum Trading Account

For the period from 1-1-2017 to 30/09/2017Dr. Cr.

Step 3

Statement of Claim

Particulars Rs.


Less: Salvage Nil

Amount of claim 3,16,000

Illustration No. 6

A fire occurred in the premises of Mr. Dinkarrao on 7th November2017. From the following particulars, prepare a statement of claimto be lodged with insurance company:-

Particulars Rs.Stock on 01/04/2016 80,000Stock on 31/03/2017 98,000Purchases during 2016 - 17 6,75,000Sales during 2016 - 17 8,10,000Purchases from 01/04/2017 to 07/11/2017 5,05,400Sales from 01/04/2017 to 07/11/2017 6,25,000

In valuing the stock for Balance Sheet on 31st March 2017 Rs.8,000had been written off. Certain stock having cost Rs.14,000. Half ofthese goods were sold in May 2017 for Rs.2,000. The balance isestimated to be worth 60% of original cost. Subject to thisexception, gross profit had remained at uniform rate. The policyamount was Rs.1,20,000.The stock salvaged was worth Rs.7,500.




To Purchases 10,00,000 By Closing Stock

(Bal.Fig.)

3,16,000

To Gross Profit C/d(10,72,000 × 25%)

2,68,000

13,88,000 13,88,000

409

Solution :

Step 1

In the books of Mr. DinkarraoTrading Account

For the year ended 31/03/2017Dr. Cr.

Step 2

Gross Profit Ratio =Gross Profit / Net Sales X 100

=1,61,000/ 8,10,000X 100

=19.88% i.e. 20.00%

Step 3

In the books of Mr. DinkarraoMemorandum Trading Account

For the period ended from 01/04/2017 to 07/11/2017Dr. Cr.

Particulars AbnormalRs.

NormalRs.


NormalRs.

To Openingstock

- 80,000 By Sales - 8,10,000

To Purchases 14,000 6,61,000 By ClosingStock

6,000 92,000

To Gross ProfitC/d

- 1,61,000 By Profit andLoss A/c

8,000 -

14,000 9,02,000 14,000 9,02,000


NormalRs.


NormalRs.

To Openingstock

6,000 92,000 By Sales 2,000 6,23,000

To Purchases 5,05,400 By ClosingStock

4,200 99,000

To Gross ProfitC/d

(6,23,000×20%)

1,24,600 -

7,22,000 7,22,000

410

Step 4

Loss of Stock

Particulars Rs.Stock on the date of fire (99,000+ 4,200) 1,03,200Less: Salvage 7,500Loss of Stock 95,700

Step 5

ClaimClaim = Amount of Policy / Stock on the date of fire × Actual Loss

= 1,20,000 / 1,03,200 × 95,700

=Rs.1,11,279

Note:-Average clause is not applicable as the amount of policyis more than the stock on the date of fire. Claim by averageclause is more than actual loss.

Therefore, Claim =Rs. 95,700.

Illustration No. 7Fire occurred in the factory of X Co. Ltd on 30th June 2018

which had taken an insurance policy of Rs.50,000 subject toaverage clause.

From the following particulars, calculate the claim to berecovered from the Insurance Company:-

Particulars Rs

Stock on 31/12/2017 50,000

Purchases from 1/1/2018 to the date of fire 2,00,000

Sales from 1/1/2018 to the date of fire 2,40,000

It was ascertained that the company had made an averagegross profit of 25% on sales for past five years. The value of thegoods salvaged was Rs.14,000.

411

Solution:

Step 1In the books of X Co. Ltd

Memorandum Trading AccountFor the period from 01/01/2018 to 30/06/2018

Dr Cr

Step 2Statement of Claim

Particulars Rs.

Stock on the date of fire 70,000

Less: Salvage 14,000

Amount of claim 56,000

Illustration No. 8A fire occurred in the factory of Good Luck Co. Ltd on 15th April

2018. The value of the goods saved from fire was Rs.1,40,000.Following information is available:-

Year SalesRs.

GrossProfitRs.

2015-16 30,00,000 9,80,100

2016-17 27,50,000 9,35,000

2017-18 30,00,000 10,00,000

The stock on 31st March 2018 was valued atRs.4,85,000.Purchases, sales and wages from 1st April 2018 to14th April 2018 were ascertained at Rs.3,75,000, Rs.7,95,000 andRs.1,50,000 respectively.

Calculate the claim to be recovered from the InsuranceCompany



To Opening stock 50,000 By Sales 2,40,000

To Purchases 2,00,000 By Closing Stock(Bal. Fig.)

70,000

To Gross Profit C/d(2,40,000 × 25%)

60,000

3,10,000 3,10,000

412

Solution:

Step 1In the books of Good Luck Co. Ltd


Dr Cr

Step 2

Statement of Claim

Particulars Rs.


Less: Salvage 1,40,000

Amount of claim 3,40,000

Working Note:-

Gross Profit Ratio =Gross Profit / Net Sales X 100

Year Calculation Ratio

2015-16 9,80,100/30,00,000 X 100 32.67

2016-17 9,35,000/27,50,000 X 100 34.00

2017-18 10,00,000/30,00,000 X 100 33.33

Average rate of gross profit for last three years is 33.33%

Illustration No. 9Balaji Co. Ltd. have taken a fire insurance policy of Rs.1,60,000

covering its stock in trade. A fire occurred in the factory on 31st

March 2018 and stock was destroyed with the exception ofRs.40,980 worth.

From the following particulars, calculate the claim to berecovered from the Insurance Company:-





4,80,000

To Wages 1,50,000

To Gross Profit C/d(7,95,000×33.33%)

2,65,000

12,75,000 12,75,000

413

Particulars Rs.

Stock on 1/1/2018 60,000

Purchases from 1/1/2018 to the date of fire 2,60,000


Carriage paid on purchases 1,600

Commission paid to the purchase manager on purchase: - 2%Average Gross Profit on cost:-50%The policy was subject to average clause.

Solution:

Step 1In the books of Balaji Co. Ltd.


Dr Cr

Step 2

Statement of Claim

Particulars Rs.



Actual Loss 1,65,820

Claim = Amount of Policy / Stock on the date of fire × Actual Loss= 1,60,000 / 2,06,800 × 1,65,820=Rs.1,28,294




To Purchases 2,60,000 By Closing Stock(Bal.Fig.)

2,06,800

To Carriage paid onpurchases

1,600

To Commission tothe purchasemanager(2,,60,000 × 2%)

5,200

To Gross Profit C/d(1,80,000× 33.33%)

60,000

3,86,800 3,86,800

414

Illustration No. 10Fire occurred on 14th October 2017 destroyed the stock of

Salunkhe and Associates. From the following available particulars,calculate the claim to be recovered from the Insurance Company:-

Particulars Rs.

Stock on 1/4/2016 88,600

Stock on 1/4/2017 75,100

Purchases for the year up to 31/3/2016 2,07,700

Purchases from 1/4/2017 to the date of fire 74,700

Sales for the year up to 31/3/2016 3,05,000


Rs.1,200 had been written off a particular line of goods whichhad originally cost Rs.3,600 and which were sold in June 2017 forRs.3,500. Except as regards this transactions, the ratio of grossprofit had remained unchanged throughout. The value of the goodssalvaged was Rs.10,232.

Solution:

Step 1In the books of M/s Salunkhe and Associates

Memorandum Trading AccountFor the year ended 31st March 2016

Dr Cr

Step 2

Gross Profit Ratio =Gross Profit / Net Sales X 100=85,000 / 3,05,000 X 100=27.87%




To Purchases2,07,700

Less: Abnormal3,600

2,04,100 By Closing Stock75,100

Less: Abnormal2,400

72,700

To Gross Profit C/d 85,000

3,77,700 3,77,700

415

Step 3In the books of M/s Salunkhe and Associates


Dr Cr


Particulars Rs.




Illustration No. 11On 13th December 2017, a fire in the godown of Minal Stores

damaged stock to a large extent. From the following availableparticulars, prepare statement of claim to be submitted to InsuranceCompany:-

Particulars Rs.

Balance on 31/03/2017

Stock 6,80,000

Creditors 90,000

Debtors 1,25,000

Transactions from 01/04/2017 to 13/12/2017

Payment to creditors 3,72,000

Return outwards 12,000

Return inwards 18,000

Receipt from debtors 6,20,000

Credit purchases 3,42,000

Credit sales 6,18,000

Sales are made at a profit of 33.33% on selling price. Thepolicy is for Rs.5,40,000 with average clause. Salvage value ofstock damaged is Rs.20,000.



To Opening stock 72,700 By Sales 1,18,000Less: Abnormal

3,500

1,14,500

To Purchases 74,700 By Closing Stock 64,810

To Gross Profit C/d(1,14,500 × 27.87%)

31,910

1,79,310 1,79,310

416

Calculate the claim to be recovered from the InsuranceCompany

Solution:Step 1

In the books of Minal StoresMemorandum Trading Account

For the period ended from 01/04/2017 to 13/12/2017Dr Cr

Step 2Loss of Stock

Particulars Rs



Loss of Stock 5,90,000

Step 3

Amount of claimClaim = Amount of Policy / Stock on the date of fire × Actual Loss

= 5,40,000 / 6,10,000× 5,90,000=Rs.5,22,295

Illustration No. 12The business premises of M/s Patel Timber Mart Ltd destroyed byfire on 15/07/2017. However, the books of accounts and stockamounting to Rs.18,000 were salvaged and the followinginformation was available from the books:-



To Opening stock 6,80,000 By Sales 6,18,000Less: Returns

18,000

6,00,000

To Purchases3,42,000

Less: Returns12,000

3,30,000 By Closing Stock(Bal. Fig.)

6,10,000

To Gross Profit C/d(6,00,000 × 33.33%)

2,00,000

12,10,000 12,10,000

417

Year GrossProfit

Rs.

Sales

Rs.

2012-13 2,04,250 8,17,000

2013-14 2,02,350 6,74,500

2014-15 1,90,000 7,60,000

2015-16 1,77,650 7,10,600

2016-17 1,52,000 7,60,000

Additional information:-

1. Stock on 31/03/2017 Rs.92,250.

2. Purchases from 01/04/2017 to 14/07/2017 Rs.89,250.

3. Sales from 01/04/2017 to 14/07/2017 Rs.1,60,000.

4. Wages from 01/04/2017 to 14/07/2017 Rs.28,500.

5. The policy is for Rs.80,000 subject to average clause.

You are required to prepare a statement of claim against theInsurance Company with any comments, if necessary.

Solution:

Step 1Gross Profit Ratio =Gross Profit / Net Sales X 100


2012-13 2,04,250 / 8,17,000 X 100 25.00%

2013-14 2,02,350 / 6,74,500 X 100 30.00%

2014-15 1,90,000 / 7,60,000 X 100 25.00%

2015-16 1,77,650 / 7,10,600 X 100 25.00%

2016-17 1,52,000 / 7,60,000X 100 20.00%

Average rate of gross profit =25+30+25+25+20 / 5=125 / 5=25.00%

418

Step 2In the books of M/s Patel Timber Mart Ltd

Memorandum Trading AccountFor the period ended from 01/04/2017 to 13/07/2017

Dr Cr

Step 3Loss of Stock

Particulars Rs.



Loss of Stock 72,000

Step 4ClaimClaim = Amount of Policy / Stock on the date of fire × Actual Loss

= 80,000 / 90,000× 72,000=Rs.64,000

Illustration No. 13Ajinkya Ltd suffered loss of stock due to fire on 31st May 2018.From the following information, prepare a statement showing theamount of claim to be lodged:-

Particulars Rs.

Stock on 01/01/2017 38,400

Purchases during 2017 1,60,000

Sales during 2017 2,02,600

Stock on 31/12/2017 31,800

Purchases from 01/01/2018 to 31/05/2018 54,000

Sales from 01/01/2018 to 31/05/2018 61,400

An item of stock purchased in 2016 at a cost of Rs.10,000 wasvalued at Rs.6,000 on 31st December 2016.Half of the stock wassold in 2017 for Rs.2,600. Remaining stock was valued at Rs.2,400on 31st December 2017.1/4th of the original stock was sold in March,




To Purchases 89,250 By Closing Stock(Bal. Fig.)

90,000

To Wages 28,500

To Gross Profit C/d(1,60,000 ×25.00%)

40,000

2,50,000 2,50,000

419

2018 for Rs.1,400.The remaining stock was considered to be worth60% of the original cost. Salvage was Rs.12,000.The amount of thepolicy was Rs.30,000.There was an average clause in the policy.

Solution:Step 1

In the books of Ajinkya LtdTrading Account

For the year ended 31/12/2017Dr Cr

Step 2Gross Profit Ratio =Gross Profit / Net Sales X 100

=37,000 / 2,00,000 X 100=18.50%

Step 3In the books of Ajinkya Ltd


Dr Cr



To Opening stock 29,400 By Sales 61,400Less: Abnormal

1,400

60,000

To Purchases 54,000 By Closing Stock(Bal. Fig.)

34,500

To Gross Profit C/d(60,000 × 18.50%)

11,100

94,500 94,500



To Opening stock38,400

Less: Abnormal6,000

32,400 By Sales 2,02,600Less: Abnormal 2,600

2,00,000

To Purchases 1,60,000 By Closing Stock31,800

Less: Abnormal 2,400

29,400

To Gross Profit C/d 37,000

2,29,400 2,29,400

420

Step 4

Loss of Stock

Particulars Rs

Stock on the date of fire (34,500 + 1,500) 36,000


Loss of Stock 24,000

Step 5

ClaimClaim = Amount of Policy / Stock on the date of fire × Actual Loss

= 30,000 / 36,000 × 20,000=Rs.20,000

Working Note:-


ValuedRs.

10,000 6,000

½ Sold 5,000 3,000

5,000 3,000

¼ Sold 2,500 1,500

Balance 2,500 1,500

Illustration No. 14A fire occurred in the premises of Mr. Rajendra on 15th October

2017. From the following particulars, prepare a statement of claimto be lodged with insurance company:-

Particulars Rs.

Stock on 31/03/2016 1,98,000

Stock on 31/03/2017 2,42,000

Purchases during 2016 -17 6,40,000

Sales during 2016 -17 8,00,000

Purchases from 01/04/2017 to 15/10/2017 8,00,000

Sales from 01/04/2017 to 15/10/2017 7,58,000

The stock on 31st March 2016 was valued at 90% of cost priceand on 31st March 2017 was valued at 10% above cost. The stocksalvaged was of the value of Rs.35,600. The claim was subject toaverage clause.

421

Solution:Step 1

In the books of Mr. RajendraTrading Account


Step 2Gross Profit Ratio =Gross Profit / Net Sales × 100

=1,60,000 / 8,00,000 × 100=20.00%

Step 3In the books of Mr. Rajendra


Dr Cr

Particulars AmountsRs

Particulars AmountsRs



2,13,600

To Gross Profit C/d(7,58,000×20.00%)

1,51,600

9,71,600 9,71,600

Step 4Loss of Stock

Particulars Rs



Loss of Stock 1,78,000



To Opening stock1,98,000

Add:-Undervalued22,000

2,20,000 By Sales 8,00,000

To Purchases 6,40,000 By Closing Stock2,42,000

Less: Overvalued22,000

2,20,000

To Gross Profit C/d 1,60,000

10,20,000 10,20,000

422

Step 5ClaimClaim = Amount of Policy / Stock on the date of fire × Actual Loss

= 2,00,000 / 2,13,600 ×1,78,000=Rs.1,66,667

Illustration No. 15On 7th May 2018, the premises and stock of a firm destroyed by

fire, however, books of accounts being saved. In order to make aclaim on their fire policy, they ask your advice and you are able toobtain the following information. The stock on hand has alwaysbeen valued at 5% below cost.

Particulars 2015

Rs.

2016

Rs.

2017

Rs.

2018

Rs.

Opening Stock 22,800 30,400 36,100 39,900

Wages 28,400 31,200 34,200 12,000

Purchases 91,000 1,10,000 1,20,000 41,000

Sales 1,40,000 1,70,000 1,86,000 75,000

Closing Stock 30,400 36,100 39,900 -

Prepare a statement of submission to the insurance companyin support of your claim for loss of stock.

Solution:Step 1

In the books of the firmTrading Account


Particulars 2015

Rs.

2016

Rs.

2017

Rs.

Particulars 2015

Rs.

2016

Rs.

2017

Rs.

To OpeningStock

24,000 32,000 38,000 By Sales 1,40,000 1,70,000 1,86,000

To Purchases 91,000 1,10,000 1,20,000 By ClosingStock

32,000 38,000 42,000

To Wages 28,400 31,200 34,200

To Gross ProfitC/d

28,600 34,800 35,800

1,72,000

2,08,000 2,28,000 1,72,000 2,08,000 2,28,000

423

Step 2Gross Profit Ratio =Gross Profit / Net Sales × 100


2015 28,600/ 1,40,000 × 100 20.43%

2016 34,800/ 1,70,000 × 100 20.47%

2017 35,800/ 1,86,000 × 100 19.25%

Average rate of gross profit =20.43 + 20.47 + 19.25 / 5=60.15 / 3=20.05% i.e. 20.00%

Step 3In the books of the firm



Particulars Rs


Less: Salvage Nil




To Opening stock 42,000 By Sales 75,000

To Purchases 41,000 By Closing Stock

(Bal. Fig.)

35,000

To Wages 12,000

To Gross Profit C/d

(75,000×20%)

15,000 -

1,10,000 1,10,000

424

21.2 EXERCISES

Illustration 1:A fire occurred in the business premises of M/S Black on

15th October ,2017. From the following particulars ascertain the lossof stock and prepare a claim for insurance.

Particulars Rs.

Stock on 1-1-2016

Purchases from 1-1-2016 to 31-12-2016

Sales from 1-1-2007 to 31-12-2016

Stock on 31-12-2016

Purchases from 1-1-2017 to 14-10-2017

Sales from 1-1-2017 to 14-10-2017

30,600

1,22,000

1,80,000

27,000

1,47,000

1,50,000

The stocks were always valued at 90% of cost. The stocksaved was worth Rs.18,000.The amount of the policy wasRs.63,000. There was an average clause in the policy.

(Amount of claim = Rs. 47,250)(Ans.: G/P Rs.25,000, Stock on the date of Fire Rs.17,600, Amount of Claim

Rs.14,000)

Illustration 2:On 21st June, 2017 the premises of X Ltd. were destroyed by

fire but sufficient records were saved from which the followingparticulars were ascertained.

Rs.

Stock at cost on 1-1-2016 73,500

Stock at cost on 31-12-2016 79,600

Purchases during the year 2016 3,98,000

Sales during the year 2016 4,87,000

Purchases from 1-1-2017 to 21-6-2017 1,62,000

Sales from 1-1-2017 to 21-6-2017 2,31,200

In valuing the stock for the Balance Sheet at 31st December2016 Rs.2,300 had been written off from certain stock which was apoor selling line, having cost Rs.6,900.A portion of these goodswas sold in April 2017 at a loss of Rs.250 on the original cost ofRs.3,450.The remainder of this stock now estimated to be worth theoriginal cost. Subject to above exception, gross profit had remainedat a uniform rate throughout.

The stock salvaged was Rs.5,800.Show the amount of claim.

[Ans : Insurance Claim – Rs.52,250]

425

Illustration 3:The premises of M/s. Thin and Company were destroyed by

fire on 1st September 2014 and some stock was found badlydamaged. The accounts of the firm are closed on 31st Decembereach year. On 31st December 2013, stock was valued at costRs.26,544 against Rs.19,228 as at 31st December 2012.Purchases and sales were as follow:

Particulars Rs.

Purchases for the year 2013 90,516

Sales for the year 2013 1, 04,000

Purchases from 01/01/2014 to 01/09/2014 69,654

Sales from 01/01/2014 to 01/09/2014 98,340

In addition to the above following additional information is collected:

i) Sometime in May 2014 goods costing Rs.10,000 weredistributed as part of advertisement campaign in supportwhereof no entry appears to have been passed in the books.

ii) During 2014, cash sales of Rs.1,190 were misappropriated andthese were not recorded in the books.

Ascertain the estimated value of Stock on the date of theassuming that the rate of gross profit has been constant.

[Ans: Amount of Claim Rs.6,574]

Illustration 4:The premises of M/s Weakend were destroyed by fire on

30-06-2018. Following figures were collected from availablesources. Prepare statement of claim, showing the amount of claim.The firm closes its books on 31st December every year.

Details 2015

Rs.

2016

Rs.

2017

Rs.

30/06/18

Rs.

Opening Stock

Sales

Purchases

Freight Outward

Freight Inward

Return Inward

Closing Stock

20,000

2,22,000

1,60,000

6,000

5,000

22,000

22,000

22,000

2,02,500

1,45,000

7,000

3,000

4,000

11,800

11,800

1,93,500

1,70,000

3,000

5,000

6,000

34,020

34,020

28,000

35,000

2,500

1,000

2,000

?

426

Further Information:

1) In 2015, while valuing closing stock, a slow moving item costingRs.5,000 was valued at Rs.4,000 and this was sold in 2016, forRs.4,500.

2) In 2016, while valuing closing stock, an item costing Rs.6,000was wrongly valued at Rs.7,000 and was sold in 2017 forRs.5,500.

3) In 2017 while valuing closing stock, goods costing Rs.12,000were valued at Rs.10,000. 50% of these goods were soldbefore 30-06-2018 for Rs.6,000.

4) The goods salvaged were Rs.10,000.[Ans : Insurance Claim – Rs.40,020]

Illustration 5:A fire occurred in the godown of X Ltd. on 9th March, 2018,

destroying the entire Stock. The books and records were salvagedfrom salvaged from which the following particulars wereascertained :

Rs.Sales for the year, 2017 10,01,000Sales for the period 1-1-2018 to 8-3-2018 3,00,000Purchases for the year, 2017 8,00,000Purchases for the period 1-1-2018 to 8-3-2018 1,25,000Stock on 1-1-2017 3,31,100Stock on 31-12-2017 3,85,000

The company has been following the practice of valuing theStock of goods at actual cost plus 10%. Included in the Stock on1-1-2017 were some shop-soiled goods which originally costRs.2,000, but were valued at Rs.1,100. These goods were soldduring the year 2017 for Rs.1000. Subject to these, the rate ofGross Profit on the basis of valuation of Stock was uniform.

You are required to ascertain the value of the Stock destroyed.

[Ans : Rs.2,50,000]

427

(REVISED COURSE)

(3 Hours) (Total Marks : 100)

N.B. 1) All questions are compulsory, subject to internal option.2) Figures to the right indicates full marks.3) Working notes should form part of your answer.

1. a) State whether the following statements are True or False(Any Ten) (10)

i) Goodwill is tangible Asset.

ii) Assets purchased on Hire Purchase are never depreciated.

iii) Balance sheet is real account.

iv) Capital Account can never show debit balance.

v) Accounting Standards are issued by Company Law Board.

vi) Inventory is always valued at cost or markets whichever ishigher.

vii) Limited companies cannot maintain their accounts onsingle entry system.

viii) Account sale is sent by the consignee to the consignor.

ix) Loading 25% on cost is same as 20% on sales.

x) Reserve for bad and doubtful debts is subtracted fromdebtors in the Balance Sheet.

xi) No proper books of accounts are maintained under singleentry system.

xii) Purchase Returns are also called as Returns outwards.

b) Match the following (Any Ten) (10)

Column A Column A

Discount Received Balance sheet liability side

Discount allowed Profit and loss account debitside

Returns inwards Subtracted from purchases

Returns outwards Profit and loss account creditside

Bank overdraft Subtracted from sales

Proforma Invoice Debited to debtors account

Dependent branch Debited to bills Receivableaccount

Independent branch Credited to capital account

428

Bills receivable dishonored Depends upon head office formaintaining books of accounts

Bills receivable accepted bycustomers

Does not Depend upon headoffice for maintaining books ofaccounts

Additional capital introduced Credited to cash account

Drawings of the proprietor Sent by consignor along withgoods sent

Balance Sheet Asset Side

2. Following is the Trial Balance of Snow Coolers as on31st March, 2019. (10)

Particulars Debit ` Credit `

Monika’s Capital A/c 6,50,000

Stock on 1st April, 2018

Raw materials 45,000

Finished Goods 65,000

Monika’s drawings 30,000

Furniture 1,10,000

Machinery 2,50,000

Bills Receivable / Bills Payable 25,750 19,370

Purchase of Raw Materials 6,45,730

Sales 9,18,350

Bank Overdraft 46,150

Motor Car 75,000

Returns Inward / Returns outward 8,350 5,730

Rates & Taxes 18,360

Power & Fuel 22,400

Factory Expenses 18,430

Printing & Stationary 23,490



Salaries (11 months) 22,000

429

Wages 12,400

Insurance 6,500


Commission Received 25,000

10% Loan (taken on 01-10-2018) 1,00,000

Interest on above loan 5,000

Bad debts 2,400

Advertisement 6,600

Reserve for doubtful debts 4,200

Building (50% Factory, 50% Office) 3,40,000

18,22,000 18,22,000

Adjustments :1) Stock as on 31st March, 2019 is valued at Raw Materials

`45,000, Finished Goods `86,300.2) Depreciate Machinery at 10% p.a., Furniture is 15% p.a.,

Building at 5% p.a., Motor Car at 20% p.a.3) Of the debtors `3,390 are bad. Provide reserve doubtful

debts at 5%.4) Wages outstanding `500.5) Insurance is prepaid to extent of `1,500.From the above Trial Balance and the adjustments preparemanufacturing A/c, Trading A/c, Profit and Loss A/c for theyear ended 31st March 2019 and Balance Sheet as on thatdate.

OR

2. From the following details available, prepare storesledger under F.I.F.O. method. (15)

Date Particulars Quantity (Kg) Rate ` per Kg.

1st February 2019 Balance 800 kg 25

2nd February 2019 Received 300 kg 26

5th February 2019 Issued 500 kg

8th February 2019 Received 900 kg 27


10th February 2019 Received 400 kg 28



430

3. From the following particulars of Thirumala Traders,Sangli prepare Trading and Profit and Loss Account ofthe two departments Flower and Petal for the year ended31st March 2019) (15)

Flower ` Petal ` Total `

Opening Stock (1-04-2018) 35,460 44,540 80,000

Purchases 5,38,340 7,61,660 13,00,000

Carriage Inwards 3,560 5,320 8,880

Salaries 65,200

Sales 7,00,000 8,00,000 15,00,000

Discount Received 4,320 5,340 9,660

Rent and Rates 48,000

Traveling expenses 45,450

Carriage Outwards 6,450


Advertising 33,300


Insurance 24,600

Selling commission 36,000

Further information is relevant :1) General expenses and Insurance are to be allocated equally.2) The area occupied is Flower 3/5 and Petal 2/5.3) Number of employees Flower 2, Petal 3.4) The closing stock of the two departments were Flower

`1,77,360 and Petal `2,11,520.

OR

3. On 1st January 2016 M/s Fufa Fabricators, Faltan purchasedone Molding Machine from Baba Batteries, Balapur on Hirepurchase system. The cash price of the machine is 2,80,000.The firm paid down payment `80,000 on 1st January 2016and balance in 3 annual installments of `80,000 eachincluding interest at 10% p.a. commencing from 31st

December 2016.M/S Fufa Fabricators provide depreciation on machinery at20% p.a. on written Down Value Method on 31st Decemberevery year.

431

You are required to give1 Molding Machine A/c 2 Baba Batteries, Balapur A/cFor the years ended 31st December 2016, 2017, 2018 inbooks of M/s Fufa Fabricators, Faltan

4. M/s Yogen Cement Suppliers does not maintain double entrybooks of accounts. They have furnished you with thefollowing information. (15)

Particulars 1st April 2018 ` 31st March 2019 `

Sundry Debtors 36,270 48,530

Stock 51,740 1,44,400

Sundry Creditors 24,020 32,160

Furniture 15,000 25,000

Buildings 1,20,000 ?

Cash and Bank balance 51,010 45,070

Summary of Cash transactions for the year 2018-2019

Receipts `

Cash Sales 66,700

Received from Debtors 84,340

Paid to Creditors 56,420

Wages paid 18,200

Salaries paid 34,000

Printing & Stationery Expenses paid 12,670

Conveyance expenses paid 1,750

Drawings 32,960

Furniture Purchased on 1st October 2018 10,000

Additional capital introduced 50,000

Cash purchases 23,490

General expenses paid 17,490

Returns inwards were `2,310 and returns outwards were`1,440. Bad debts written off were `1,090. Depreciation is tobe provided on Furniture @ 10% p.a. and on Buildings @5% p.a. Wages outstanding `800.

432

Prepare Trading Profit and Loss Account of M/s. YogenCement Suppliers for the year ended 31st March 2019 andBalance Sheet as on that date.

OR

4. On 14th December 2018 the premises of Honey Hosierywere destroyed by fire, but sufficient records were savedfrom which the following particulars were found : (15)

Particulars `

Stock (1.4.2017) 93,200

Stock (31.03.2018) 1,32,000

Purchases (F.Y. 2017-2018) 7,74,000

Sales (F.Y. 2017-2018) 9,34,000

Purchases (1.4.2018 to 14.12.2018) 7,45,000

Sales (1.4.2018 to 14.12.2018) 8,40,000

Stock for the Balance sheet at 31-03-2018 was valued at20% above cost. During May 2018 Miss Honey hadwithdrawn goods costing `23,000. The policy amount was`1,20,000. The stock salvaged was worth `34,000. Show theamount of claim to be lodged with the insurance Company.

5. Jayant of Jejuri consigned, 100 Washing Machines costing`6,200 per machine to Manu of Mumbai on 1st June 2019.Freight charges incurred on the consignment were `18,000.On the same day Jayanti drew a bill on Manu for 6,00,000payableon 30th September 2019 which Manu accepted. Thebill was discounted by Jayant with his bankers on 1st July,2019 at 12% p.a. Manu paid 12,000 for unloading and`13,000 for godown rent. Manu rendered account to Jayanton 31st August 2019 showing sales of 80 machines for`7,60,000 and selling expenses of 25,000 and 20 machinesfor `1,80,000 after incurring expenses of `44,000. Manu’scommission was @ 10% on sales. On this date manuremitted to Jayant the amount due to him.You are required to prepare consignment Account and Manuof Mumbai’s Account in the books of Jayant of Jejuri.

OR

433

5. M/s Abhijeet Ayurveda, nagpur has a branch at Chandrapur.All purchases are made by Head Office. Goods are sent toBranch at Cost. The branch does not maintain double entrybooks of accounts, the books are kept at head office. Branchsells goods for cash as well as on credit. All cash received issent to head office after meeting all the expenses of thebranch. From the following information supplied to you,prepare branch account in the books of head office for theyear ended 31st March 2019.

Particulars `

Stock on branch at cost on 1st April 2018 1,10,000

Debtors at branch on 1st April 2018 36,090

Cash at branch on 1st April 2018 25,700

Furniture at branch on 1st April 2018 80,000

Goods sent to Branch 6,54,890

Cash Sales 2,43,600

Credit Sales 6,12,980

Cash received from debtors 5,89,300

Bad debts at branch 1,290

Expenses paid by Branch

Salaries 36,300

Rent 18,000

Printing and Stationary 21,650

Sundry Expenses 12,650 88,600

Goods returned by Branch to Head Office 12,750

Goods Returned by branch debtors 3,480

Cash remitted by branch to Head Office ??

Stock at branch on 31st March 2019 1,25,000

Debtors at branch on 31st March 2019 ??

Cash at branch on 31st March 2019 70,000

Furniture at branch on 31st March 2019 72,000

434

6. Answer following questions. (20)a) What is manufacturing account? Give its proforma.b) What is branch? Explain in detail Stock and Debtors method

of Branch accounting.

OR

6. Write short notes on (Any Four) (20)a) Distinguish between Capital Expenditure and Revenue

Expenditure.b) What is inventory valuation? Explain weighted average

method of stock valuation.c) What is accounting policy? Give four examples of accounting

policies.d) What is single entry system of maintaining accounts? What

are its disadvantages?e) Valuation of closing stock under consignment system.f) Debtor system of branch accounting.

f.y.b · inter departmental transfer : at cost price and invoice price stock reserve departmental...

Documents